^iiiPii5liiMiililii^i UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. Mrs. SARAH P. WALS WORTH. Received October, 1894. Accessions No^ 7 ^^ . Class No. DARROWS Wholesale and Retail 1846.^ 1879. 1879. Ilili 187 9"H 1 Jan. Feb 1284 Jul . . i A ui 1234 5 r i a March yum i-j a3 2 125 26 27 2S . . 7 8 9 li i : 04 37 28 29 30 ffiiiiS.li;! Sep I 5 6 7 s Minn iai3 21 222321 2."i ' . April. Mav " Oct 2 '3 '4 5| 6i 7 8 91011 MM IB 398031.. 1 June. iVe'i Dec S 91011 121314 15161718192021 262728 ' a 81 4 5 6 7 8 ll 121:; in:, . :siaai22 *i 24 25 26 27 - !". ul'ltlL 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ' -.17 is 19 20 ,21222324252627 188.29 31 BOOK & STATIONERY HOUSE, 67 E. MAIN St., Rochester, N. Y. LOUIS NAPOLEON THE DESTINED MONARCH OF THE WORLD, FORESHOWN IN PROPHECY TO CONFIRM A SEVEN YEARS' COVE- NANT WITH THE JEWS ABOUT SEVEN YEARS BEFORE THE M-IL- AND (AFTER THE RESURRECTION OF SAINTS, AND :ON OF WATCHFUL CHRISTIANS HAS TAKEN PLACE TWO YEARS AND FROM THREE TO FIVE WEEKS AFTER TUB NT,) SUBSEQUENTLY TO BECOME COMPLETELY 'VER ENGLAND AND MOST OP^AMK,R**;- AND ALL CHRISTENDOM, AND TO CAUSE"V#BAT KCUTION 01 !;IN<} THE LAT- 1IAI.F OF THE LR8, UNTIL HE AT THE DESCENT OF 1ST, AT THE END OF THE ABOUT OR SOON A I 187 I . INCLV: : '. KAMI VAT: . 'ISIIOPS IRE- Hii'poLYTUs, \ "d, PRIMASIUS, REVS. G. S. FA- BER, EDWARD IRVINO, E T. BIRKS, C. MAIT- .VD, DR. SEISS, DEBUROU, C. MOLYNEUX, J. KELLY, R. A. PURDON, 1' :, J. JL riiKIlE, ^111 E.' MAJOR PHILLIPS, JUDGE STRANGB, DR. TliEGELLES, ETC. WITH NINE DIAGRAMS AND TWO MAPS. Nineteenth Thousand. BY THE REV. M. BAXTER. AUTHOB OF TUB " COMING BATTLE," "COMING T70NDEM," JSTO PHILADELPHIA: JAMES S. CLAXTON, No. 1214 CHESTMUT STREET. ~8toGN : MORGAN A CHASE, 08 LUDGATE HILL. ,m. ea 1 ^\^JJ THE YEAR-DAY FULFILMENT OF "APOCALYPSE. The siege of Jericho by Joslmo, contains a concentrated or bird's-eye view, or type, of the history developed in the' Revelation. The character of successive periods of the church is typified by the seven churches of Asia. The prophetic visions are seven. (This is rcry nearly a fac-%mile of the diagram by the Revs. E. Bickerstelh and T. BirkbJ EPISTLES TO THE CHURCHES, CHAPTERS I. II. in. GENERAL INTRODUCTION, CHAPTER. IV. [1.] THE SEALS. II [2.] THE TRUMPETS. [3.] THE CHURCH. THE KINGDOM OF PROVIDENCE, THE KINGDOM OF THE WORLD, KINGDOM OK THE SPIRIT. CHRIST THB LAMB OF GOD. CHRIST, THE ANGEL OF THH CHK1ST THE SON OF MAX COVENANT. Introduction, ch. Introduction viii. The Travail of Church, xli v. 4 to 14. 2 to 6. 1 to 4. Sealed Book, the Se- cret Councils of the Christ the Priest. Fire oast on the earth, Birth of the seed of tha >.* World's Redemption. 70-180, Luke xii. 4tf. man, ver. 5. Seal I. vi. 1, 2. Victories of the Warning Earthquake, 18o to J60. T-.v : witness- Flight to wilderness begaa Church Militant, 33 es, the tvro ver. 6. to 323-4. Epheus Trumpet I. viii. 7. ^^SSSS War in heaven, T. 7, 8. 5*7~*>t>(J~' Gothic Invasions, 250 c'h. i.4to to Sf'iiS. j i Satan cast down, ver. 9 to 12. Beal II. Vi. 3. 324 Smyrna to 584. Trumpet II. viii. 8,9. Pall of Rome, W-41S. Eagle's wings given to the woman, ver. 14, 3'.5. Discord of theChurch. Trumpet III. viii. Protection of the two em- fivrordsfnt. M:.t. x.34. Beal III. vi. 5, 6. 9,412-476. of the East. pires. Flood from mouth of dragon. Spiritual Famine of the Church, 534 to ]<>;:!. PeamM Trumpet IV. viii t'omtn-nce- 12,470. ment of their Ter. 15. Id. Deluge of Arian nations. Seal IV. vi. 7, 8. Extinction of the f^ sarkHo'th Commencement of 1 ^todays. Spiritual Desolation of the Church, 1073 \\'estern Emperor- /. t r ort >ig n "hip. tonue)534-< Rise of Beast from the sea, to!43. Thyattm \N'.e Trumpets 126X) xiii. 1 to 10, 47ii. For four first seals, see Zf.-h. vi. |, f>. .lays. Trumpet V. Ix. 1 Civil Apostary of the West. Beal V. vi.9toll. to 18, Cui'-Stttf. Kise of Beast from thts earth, Cry of the Martyrs, SaracenW xiii. 11 to 18. &*ll\I vi 1 t Srirdi ' Trumpet VI. ix.l.'J, T 1,oir Miu S h Krdcsiastical Empire of the viii. 1798-8, Turkish nureof^ffir Wc"U French Revolution. CAi-i*/ (U I'ruphet, d.-:ul Lodii-s FirstAngel message,xiv. fi, 7. X I to 4. for 3 merit, lxif>, vii. 1 to 3. I'uiUdclphia A tim- no longer. from 17'J4 to .Second Angel message, ver. 8, The 144,000 sealed. Resurrection of saints l **-*. Tempi* m- Third Angel message, ver. 9 to 11. and Transition of \V 1 ... Vi ruins. Earthquake warninf. _ llHmn nit ifriBhti-il RaWMTfe- Fourth and Fifth Angels, 14 Seal VII. viii. 1, 1863-8tolS71-3 frumpelVILxLlS, ).';; 186-8 to 1971-3. uin"o2 to I-,. The harvest of mercy. Pause at the return of Laodicea llf.-urrec-tion and lirbt Christ. ls, (3. xiv. and xvi. 15, il>. Vial I. Xvi. 1, 2. A grievous sore. Eruption of Infidelity ami Ai-airhy, 17.'.' :. Viivl II. v. 3. Soa turned to hU.J. ind mawacre in France, ir93~i. Vial III. ver. 4, 7. Rivers turned to blood. Education become murderous, HV*. Vial IV. Ver. 8, 9. S.-oivliing H-:.t. I-n.^ria! Despot-urn of ttoiup irte, isifc. Vial V. ver. 10, 11. Kingdom of l>,,t. KetributiYCjiUtkM on Kran-re, 1*1*. Kuin of Turkish Empire, w-2 1- tV4-S.Res in Vial VI. Ver. 12, 16. Euphrates dried. ti..n and first tran-l.tti'jn at ihe COIH:L K c.j Vial VII. ver. 17 to 21. Fall of Ballo itf to 1713 Hcetit of Ct J [C.] Vition offirtt Revealing Any el. xvii. 1 to xix. VBI FALL or BABTLOK. [6.] Vition of Chritt the Word. xix. 1 to xxi. 2. I [7.J iim of Last Re Ana el. xi. 2 ro xxii. 15. Interpretation of th Seven Heads of the Heast Kev. xvii. 10, 11 and xiii. 3. 1st. King.i--7. r 2 u.o. d. Connuls. 3d. Decemvirs. 4th. Dictators fith. Tribune*. th. The Roman Kmperorhip. 7tli. apolaonic Dynasty under Napoleon I., 1800 to 1816. 8th, 'U 7th revived. The Napoleonic Jyn**tjr under Napoleon 111., 1SW to 1871-8. PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. Tnis prophetical treatise was first published in July, 18fil, and is now enlarged to nearly four times its original size. Chapter II was published as an addition to it in August, 1862. According to the views here presented, and which were briefly- stated by the author in "The Corning I5atele, ' printed in I860, it is considered to be certain that Louis Napoleon will be the Personal .Antichrist, and that he will soon make a seven-years' Covenant with the Jews (Dan. ix. 27), seven years and 2J months before his destruction by the descent of Christ, at Arma- geddon, at the End of this Dispensation. The Ascension of the .: gins is ex] pears and from three to five weeks a. ivenant (1 Th- Rov. xiv., Matt. xxv.). Opportunity is here tak<-. N T Y ONE IS AT LIUKUTY TO RE-I'lT.I.lsl! THIS OB ANY OTHER OF . KATISIS; reali/.a the momentous charac- . ihat they can co-ope- Q important :ers and <> -:.-ir respective neighbour- hoods, by sending them a copy ot tins wurk. May .-ation to the ad- vancement of His glory and the go. h, and iu- :i;ly guide us into all truth by ly Spirit. The .s of God's people are requested for the bestow men t of the ur>on the* circulation of this work, and upon ita author. PREFACE TO THE NINTH THOUSAND. important, during the present postal facili- ties for ; information, before they are greatly impeded reaching wars and revolutions, to send this book, or^the abridgement of it, or the author's other pamphlets, such as " The Coming Battle," to ministers, especially in country- places and .colonies, where such information is not easily attainable. his view any sums of money expressly sent for the Gratis Circulation of these prophetic works, addressed to the Rev. 1 H. .: >x 1199, Philadelphia, Pa., will be expended in send- in<* these publications by post to ministers, according to the .ns of the donors, or according to the printed ministerial lists of the different denominations, as far as such contributions may enable. ... . , Any communications for the Author will reach him by tue above address. \ ^ March, 1865. SYNOPSIS. INTBODUCTORY REMARKS 1 to 10 CHAPTER I. TEN SCRIPTURE PROOFS THAT Louis NAPOLEON is THE DESTINED MONARCH OP THE WORLD AND PERSONAL ANTICHRIST, FORK- SHOWN IN PROPHECY, TO INSTITUTE AN EXTERMINATING PER- SECUTION AGAINST CHRISTIANS DURING THE FINAL 3J YEARS, AND TO BE ALMOST 1/NIVERSALLY WORSHIPPED AS GOD, AND THEN TO BE DESTROYED BY CHRIST AT THE BATTLE OP AR- MAGEDDON. Brief Sketch of his past Life 11, 12 I. Because he represents the revived Napoleon dynasty the Seventh-restored, or Eighth ruling Head of the Beast or Roman Empire and is thus comprehensively termed the Beast itself, and is foreshown to be the Personal Antichrist, who shall gain "power over all kindreds and tongues and nations," and fiercely persecute Christians, and be almost universally worshipped for 3J years, and then perish at Christ's descent at Armageddon, (Rev. xiii. 3-8, xvii. 7-14, xix. 20.) 13 to 20 II. Because he corresponds with the predicted character of the Personal Antichrist in respect of his warlike prowess, his insa- tiable ambition, and his vast military power, (Rey. xiii. 3, 4; Is. xiv. 16, 17.) 20 to 22 III. Because he has obtained actual possession of the city of Rome, (Rev. xvii. 7-11.) 22 to 24 IV. Because he apparently protects and supports the Pope, but yet suffers him to be plundered, and gradually stripped of his temporal power, (Rev. xvii. 1-18.) 24 to 28 SYNOPSIS. w V. Because the whole extent of the original Roman Empire is becoming subordinated to his control, and is evidently approach- ing its final division into ten kingdoms, which, according to Rev. xvii. 12 14, are to give their power and strength to the Eighth Head during the closing 3J years. (The ten toes, Dan. ii. 40 44, and ten horns, Dan. vii. 2325; Rev. xvii. 1214) 28 to 34 VI. Because, in respect to his name, ho fulfils the prophecy, that the name of the Eighth Head, or Antichrist, should be in the Greek tongue, Apollyon, (or Apclcon,) and should, numerically, be equal to the number 666, (Rev. ix. 1 1, xiii. 18.) 34 to 38 VII. Because his Grecian extraction, his sphinx-like impenetra- bility of countenance, his addiction to the practice of Spiritual- ism, and his deceptive professions of a pacific policy, identify him Tvith the description given of the Personal Antichrist in Dan. viii. 02--) 38 to 45 VII. Because his sudden elevation from obscurity to great power, hi" nt.vious determination to nieze Palestine, and also his acqui- sition of extensive dominions, and of valuable gold fields in the north of Africa, are in accordance with the prophecies in Dan, xi. 21 45, regarding the Personal Antichrist 45 to 60 IX. Because the rise of a French Emperor a few years before 1864 68, who should revive the wounded extinct Seventh Head, or Napoleon dynasty, and become the Personal Antichrist, or Eighth Head was foreshown from Rev. xiii. 3, and xvii. 10, 11, by prophetic writers, each as Faber, Frere, Gauntlett, etc., as early as thirty years before Louis Napoleon's accession to the throne of France. 50 to 56 X. Because the End of this Dispensation is shown by ten dates and four septenaries, to be about A. D. 1871-3 and as the Per- sonal Antichrist is to be revealed seven years previously by mak- ing a Covenant with the Jews, therefore, at the present time, (1861 62,) he must be approaching the time of his manifesta- tion, and no living person corresponds with his predicted cha- racter except Louis Napoleon 56 to 59 Practical exhortation to those who are unready for the impending Advent of Christ, (from McCheyne's Sermons.) 60 to 66 Map cf Europe- 67 ri SYNOPSIS. CHAPTER II. TWENTY COMING EVENTS, ARRANGED IN THE CONSECUTIVE ORDER IN WHICH THEY ABE FORESHOWN IN PROPHECY TO OCCUR DURING THE FINAL SEVEN YEARS AND 2J MONTHS OF THIS DISPENSATION, AND WHICH COMMENCE \ITH THE DATE OF THE SEVEN-YEARS' COVENANT, AND END WITH ANTICHRIST'S DE- STRUCTION AT THE DESCENT OF CHRIST AT ARMAGEDDON. The relative positions of these twenty events are ascertained, in many cases, by deducing the future literal-day fulfilment of the prophecies from their past year-day fulfilment, as shown in dia- gram 4. These positions are here shown by giving their distance from the date of the Covenant, as a common standard of reference. Diagram 2 Chronological Map of these twenty events 68 I. The Confirmation of a seven years' Covenant between Napoleon and the Jews, seven years and 2J months before the End, (Dan. ix. 27, the 2 J months, or 75 days, being the excess of the 1335 over the 12GO days, or latter half of the seven years, Dan. xii. ^ 712.) 70 to 72 II. Renewal of the Jewish sacrifices and temple-worship at Jeru- salem 2300 days before the cleansing of the Sanctuary, (Dan. viii. 13, 14, Is. Ixvi. 3,) that is, about 9 months, or 9 months and 25 days after the Covenant 72 to 74 III. The complete drying up of the Turkish Empire, consisting partly of the separation of Syria from Turkey, within about two years after the Covenant, (year-day, Rev. xvi. 12.) 74, 75 IV. The successful invasion of Egypt by Napoleon within about a year or two after the Covenant, (Dan. xi. 25 28.) .... 75 to 77 V. The coming of Christ in the air, the Resurrection of the de- ceased saints, and Translation or Ascension of the 144,000 Wise Virgins, or Man-child, (Rev. xii. 5, Rev. xiv. 15, 1 Thess. iv. 16, 17, Matt. xxv. 10 ? ) two years and from four to six weeks after the Covenant 77 to 81 VI. An unprecedented Revival of Religion, and of Missionary effort among the Foolish Virgins, and the Unconverted that are left on the earth after the Translation of the Wise Virgins, (lite- ral-day Rev. vL 2, xiv. 6 11; the latter passage seems to im- SYNOPSIS. rii ply that some angels, or glorified sainta will then preach to man- kind.) 81 to 83 The next six events will take place almost entirely within the concluding seven months of the first 3 J years of the 7 years of the Covenant-week. VII. Commencement of Astounding Physical Phenomena, such as hail and fire falling on the earth, a third part of salt and fresh water becoming blood, and a third part of the luminaries being eclipsed during the first four literal-day trumpets, (Rev. viii.) between the Cod an, 1 1;) the wilderness, very possibly, being some remote region of the United States. This hegira will be during part of the 3d year, and first half of the 4th year after the Covenant 87 to 89 X. The Fall of Babylon, or transformation of Popery into what may be termed Napoleonism, for the Pope will institute and establish the worship of Napoleon and his image throughout all the earth, principally during the last half of the seven years following the Covenant, (Rev. xiii., xviii. 2.) 89 to 97 XL Complete acquirement by Napoleon of supreme power over Great Britain, and in a less degree over a considerable part of America, within 3J years after the Covenant, (Rev. xiii. 7, xvii. 112, 13.) 97 to 107 XII. Division of the entire territory of the old Roman Empire into ten kingdoms, Great Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Austria,' Greece, Egyp\, Syria, the rest of Turkey, and most probably Tripoli with Tunis, and the union of their ten kings in a coiu gressional confederation under Napoleon, within 3J years after the Covenant, (Rev. xvii. 12, 13, xiii. 1, Dan. vii. 24.) 107 to 116 The next eight events occur almost entirely within the latter half of the Covenant-week of 7 years, that is, the 3 J years of Great Tribulation, or Antichristiaa persecution, and also the supplemen-^ tary 2J months. Till SYNOPSIS. XIII. Assault upon Jerusalem by Napoleon, the Antichrist, be- tween 3 years and 3J years after the Covenant, and substitution of the worship of his image in the place of the Jewish sacrifices, after which, during the latter 3J years of the 7 years, all the ungodly, or non-elect, who dwell upon the prophetic earth, (at least the above-mentioned ten kingdoms, and probably all Chris- tendom,) will worship him, (Rev. xiii. 5 8,) and nearly all within the prophetic earth who refuse to worship him will be killed. (Rev. xiii., xi. 2, 3, xii. 6, 14, vi. 3 11; Dan. vii. 25, xii. 17, viii. 24, xi. 31 45, ix. 27; Ezek. xxxviii.; Zech. xiv. 1, 2; Matt. xxiv. 1528 ; Mark xiii. 1423.) 116 to 124 XIV. The prophesying of the two witnesses, (Elijah and another,) during the whole of Napoleon, the Antichrist's, 3J years' uni- versal reign and persecution, upon the expiration of which they are slain, but after 3J days raised to life and caught up to hea- ven. (Rev. xi. 312, Mai. iv. 5.) 124 to 127 XV. The First Woe during the fifth literal-day trumpet, or the tor- menting of the ungodly by supernatural locusts for five months, (Rev. ix. 1-10,) and the hurting of them apparently for five months more, (Rev. ix. 10-12.) This Woe begins three years and 9J months after the Covenant 127 to 131 XVI. The Second Woe during the sixth literal-day trumpet, or the conflicts between countless invading forces from beyond the Euphrates and the armies of Napoleon's ten kingdoms, princi- pally constituting the Armageddon War, and causing the slaughter of the third part of men within the first year and month, (Rev. ix. 13-21, xi. 14.) This Woe continues altogether twice a year and month, as a period of both rise and fall, and begins five years after the Covenant 131 to 134 XVII. Conversion of upward of from 15 to 50 million persons, chiefly among the heathen, during the five years between the two translations, and especially during the final year. (Literal-day, Rev. vii., x., xiv. 4, 15; Joel ii. 28-32; Is. xxvi. 9.).. 134 to 139 XVIII. Darkening of the constellations and a great earthquake, (Rev. vi. 12, xi. 13,) simultaneously with the commencement of the seven successive literal-day Vials, which during the final 2J months (1) afflict the Napoleonists with sores, (2) turn all fresh and (3) all salt water into blood, (4) produce intolerable heat, (5) cover Europe with darkness, (6) dry up the literal Euphrates, SYNOPSIS. i x and (7) cause an unparalleled earthquake and hail-storm, and the Battle of Armageddon. (Rev. xvi.) These final 2J months commence seven years after the Covenant 140 to 14.4. XIX. Visible manifestation of Christ coming in the clouds of hea- ven, and Second Translation of living saints about five days, before this Dispensation ends, and the Millennium begins. (Matt. xxiv. 31; Mark xiii. l!0. i!7 ; Luke xxi. 27; Dan. vii. 13; literal- day, Rev. vii. 0-17, xi. 15-10, xvi. 16, xiv. 16.) This occurs seven years, two months, and ten days after the Covenant.. 144 to 150 XX. The Third TVoe during the seventh literal day trumpet, and within the final 3J days, consisting principally in the transforma- tion of the territory adjoining Rome into a perpetual lake of lire, (Rev. xix. 3,) and the destruction of Napoleon and the Pope and five-sixths of their vast armies at the Battle of Armageddon, when Christ will descend on the earth and slay all incorrigible rejectors of the Go.pcl. (Isaiah xxxiv., Ixvi.; E/ek. xxxix. ; Zech. xiv. ; Rev. xi. 1">, xvi. 17, xix.) '1 rminates seven years and 2} months from the date of the Covenant.. 150 to 154 The ensuing Millennial dispensation, or Day of the Lord, or Day of Judgment, lasting for a thousand years, (2 Peter iii. 8, 10, Rev. xx.,) with the burning of the earth partially at its com- iiH'n.-L-incnt, l.ut chi-:ly at its close, (Rev. xxi. 1;) BLESSEDNESS of the Millennial earth, (1.) Physically; (Amos ix. 13, Joel iii. 18,) its population probably being 150 times greater than 1300 million, as at present. (2.) Politically and socially: Jesus Christ, (Dan. vii. 14, Zech. xiv. 4, 9,) with his glorified, raised, and translated saints dwelling in the Heavenly Jerusalem, (Rer. xxi.,) and reigning over the earth's unglorified mortal inhabit- ants who will be the descendants of the ungodly that will be spared and converted at his Second Advent, (Is. Ixvi. 10, Zech. xiv. 1C, Rev. xx.) (3.) Spiritually: Christianity universally prevalent, (Is. xi. 9, Hab. ii. 14, Rev. xi. 15, xx.) (4.) As regards the Jews: their spiritual and earthly prosperity, (see also Is., iv., xi., xii., xxxv., liv., Ix., Ixi., Ixv., Ixvi.; Ezek. xl. to xlviii., Jer. xxxiii., xxxi., xxxiii., etc.) 154 to 161 Purdon's description of the Millennium; Practical remarks: neces- sity of becoming born again, or converted, (John iii. 3,) and of constantly praying to Jesus, and studying the Scriptures; Im- portance of open air preaching 161 to 172 x SYNOPSIS. CHAPTER III. EVIDENCE FROM MORE THAN FIFTY EXPOSITORS SHOWING THAT DANIEL'S SEVENTIETH WEEK OF SEVEN YEARS WILL BE FUL- FILLED WITHIN ALMOST EXACTLY THE FINAL SEVEN YEARS OF THIS GENTILE DISPENSATION, AND WILL COMMENCE WITH A SEVEN YEARS' COVENANT BEING CONFIRMED BETWEEN THE PERSONAL ANTICHRIST AND THE JEWS. THEREFORE Louis NAPOLEON, IF HE is THE PERSONAL ANTICHRIST, WILL CONFIRM A SEVEN YEARS' COVENANT WITH THE JEWS, ABOUT SEVEN YEARS BEFORE THE END. Diagram 3, showing the fulfilment of the 70 weeks 174 Preliminary Observations Fulfilment of the Seventy Weeks ex- plained Distinction between the Year-day and Literal-day sys- tems of Interpretation 175 to 183 All the following fifty books or expositors state or imply Daniel's 70th week (Dan. ix. 27) to be the last seven years of this dis- pensation, closing with the almost immediate destruction of Anti- christ by Christ's descent upon the earth; and the greater part of them expressly specify the Personal Antichrist to be the confirmer of the covenant with the Jews for seven years. They also mostly hold that its latter half is the 3J years of the Great Tribulation, or Antichrist's persecuting reign, as described in Dan. vii. 25, xii. 7; Rev. xi. 2, 3, xii. G, 14, xiii. 5, and that the Per- sonal or Infidel Antichrist is a single individual, an avowed infi- del, (1 John ii. 22,) and the same person as the Little Horn of Dan. vii., and Dan. viii., the Wilful King of Dan. xi., the Eighth Head of the Beast, which is also called the Beast itself, in Rev. xiii., and xvii., and the Man of Sin, (2 Thess. ii.,) who will be wor- " shipped in the Jewish Temple, and whose image, the abomination of desolation, will be set up there, as described in Matt, xxiv., and Mark xiii.; they generally state the Two Witnesses, (Rev. xi.,) to be two literal persons who will prophesy on earth during Anti- christ's 3J years' tyranny. The extracts here quoted from these writers give their statements to this effect at some length. (1.) Irenseus, Bishop in the Primitive Church, (A. D. 180;) Anti- christ to lay waste all the world during his half-week, or 3J years' tyranny, then to. perish at Christ's appearing 184 SYNOPSIS. xi (2.) Ilrppolytus, Bishop of Oatia, (A. D. 220;) Antichrist to per- secute Christians, and desolate tho world during the last half- week, and to be opposed by the Witnesses, Elias and Enoch, 185 (3) Ongen, (225,) t 186, 187 (4.) Victorimis, Bishop of Pettau, (A. D. 200;) 70th week future; ichrist's image to be set up like Nebnchndnerzar's, and to peak ; His mark to be branded upon men 187 (5) and (6.) Apollin hop of Laodicea, (380,) and Prima- sius, Bishop of the Carthagenian Province, (500,) 188 (7.) Rev. Dr. Burgh, of the Church of England, author of "Se- cond Advent Lectures," (1832,) " Exposition of Revelation," efc.; Tho Seventy Weeks Expounded; Bishop ilorsley's statement that Antichrist and his image would be worshipped 189 to 191 (3) and ( 9.) Rev. E. Bickersteth, and Rev. T. Birks, of the Church of Englan ! : their united statement in Bickcrsteth's "Guide to the Prophecies," (1839,) M to tho futurity of the 7"th week, and the Inftdel Antichrist's 3} years' persecution . Diagram 4, showing, in two parallel columns, the double fulfil- ment of Daniel and Revelation within 2525 years, and also within ys, (explained on page 288) 274 Preliminary remarks : Time of Christ's Advent not unrevcaled ; Six pro<>: ; remillennial, Rev. xx. 4-G, Zech. xiv. 4, I. ake xxi. , Dan. xii., Rev. xi. 15-19, etc '2 1 5 to 287 I. Two distinct Translations or removals of living saints from the ist's coming, arc plainly described in literal-day, Rev. xiv., the first being an earlier mid smaller ingathering than the 8ec<" nsisting of 144,000 persons, called the First- Fruits, (vi-r. 4.) who .ire caujrht up btfort the fall of Babylon, and Antichrist's subsequent 3| years' persecution ; the second being composed of all the saints found on the earth after Anti- christ's 3J years' persecution, and who are called the Harvest, (Rev. xiv! i:>, vii. 1- 289 to 292 II. The general descriptions of Christ's Second Advent intimate that he comes to remove the Wise Virgins at a time of compara- tive peace and prosperity, (Luke xvii. 28, Matt. xxiv. 37, 1 Thess. T. 2, 3,) and then comes, after a short interval of awful tribula- tion, to gather up the remnant of saints, and to destroy Anti- christ and the unrepentant, (Rev. xvi. 18, Matt. xxiv. 29, Dan. xii., Zech. xiv. 1-4) 292 to 290 III. Two different Greek words TT^VC-H and ITIIXW*., are used in Scripture to describe the Second coming of Christ, the one sig- nifying only his actual presence transferred to the vicinity of this earth, the other denoting the subsequent appearing or open XT i SYNOPSIS. manifestation of that presence. There are thus two distinct stages in his Advent 296 to 298 IV. A distinct promise is given in Luke xxi. 36, and Rev. iii. 10, that those who faithfully watch for Christ's Advent shall escape, and be kept altogether OUT OF the hour of temptation, that is, the 3} years' Great Tribulation 298 to 300 V. In the Parables of the Ten Virgins and of the Marriage Supper, and in the Narrative of the Wise and Evil Servants, the Wise Virgins and Wise Servants are an earlier ingathering, and the Foolish Virgins and Evil Servants, being real saints, are a later ingathering, to the Marriage Supper of the Lamb. (Matt. xxv. ; Luke xiv. 22, xii. 42 ; Matt. xxiv. 45) 300 to 302 VI. The ultimate literal-day fulfilment of the prophetic visions of Revelation obviously lasts for rather more than 3} years, (Rev. xi. 2, 3, xii. 6, 14, xiii. 5,) and is shown by the scenery of Rev. v., not to begin until after Christ has come and taken up the raised and translated saints to the heavens 302 to 305 VII. In the literal-day fulfilment of Rev. xiL, expectant believers in Christ's Advent are represented under the figure of a Man- child, as being caught up into the heavens before the 3J years' Great Tribulation and Infidel persecution commences. 305 to 311 VIII. There is an ingathering of the saints to heaven at Christ's Advent, at the beginning of the seventh year-day Seal, about five years before the End, and also at the beginning of the seventh literal- day Seal, about five days before the End. (Rev. vii. 9-17, viii. 1) 311 to 314 IX. There is an ingathering to heaven of raised and translated saints at the beginning of the year-day seventh trumpet, about five years before the End, and again at the beginning of the lite- ral-day seventh trumpet, five days before the End, constituting the two stages in the First Resurrection and Second Advent, (Rev. xi. 15-19, x. 7, xx. 6; 1 Cor. xv. 61, 52) 314 to 317 X. The coming of Christ, accompanied necessarily by a translation and resurrection of saints, takes place just before the year-day seventh vial, about five years previous to the End, and also just before the literal-day seventh vial, five days previous to the End ; occurring thus in two stages, (Rev. xvi. 15-17) 317 to 321 Concluding observations and appendices 321 to 840 LOUIS NAPOLEON THE DESTINED MONARCH OF THE WORLD. INTRODUCTION. "I'ower was given him (Louis Napoleoo, the Sealed bead. of the IWast) over all kindreds and tongues and lialious." iti.v. xiii. 7. Tm; study of prophecy, which during the dark ages !iri>tian era, was almost wholly in- . has for (hi- last halfcenti^, attracted onwoutea attention. The French Revolution of 1 TIM, which w. n by many expositors, upward' of one hundred years before- hand, to be t : in the eh-Vfislh chapter <;!' \l; (ion, ha-1 the dl'-rl ul'drawiiiif n:aiiy intellir'nt minds to political coir. ..tors ha\ n-co^ui/ed a most iinj)ortant proj.hi'tical landmark, ly m.-ans of which tlm slight d^i^n-e of oh.-.-urity in which tin- } day ful:. ies was previously vailed ist entirely i Guid.-.l hy the liixht which that momentous epoch shed upon the pa-_rc of p; >t:uidard c\|o>iturs f c'omph-ti-ly elucidatr.i tation of the Lfi of Daniel and 1 and reliability ,<-iplesof. '.. -en fully atte the ulenttt ooncluaions at which they hav- !y arrived. Although - in minor ieral outlines of pro].'l. them concur in show i about 1804 to 1872 to be the time oi' (' ig, the close of the Christian . ; the Millennium, More than a hundred able tn 1 during tha tnitioii of this view; and when tlic scarcity of roally profound students of propli ecy is considered, it must be admitted that a conelusior :iel by so many serious and sober-mindod writer^ is not VCJT likely to be devoid of foundation- 2 LOUIS NAPOLEON THK A^YICHKIST. Ever since the old-established ; Tribulation would inter Translations, from about i Froph* and J> 6: "The world \v ripeninu' by i: \ -ins f..r that feari'iil vintage of divine wrath which i- the f so many predict.i,.im of the word of r(>sent state of p. -ace and prosperity will continue man It will rather, we ha\ e rc-ason to think from G&d'fl w.rd, soon eea- 4 LOUIS NAPOLEON THE ANTICHRIST. Elliott, in his celebrated work, Horce Apocalyptic^ (first published in 1844,) having demonstrated the period 1805 to 1869, to be the time of the Second Advent, said: "The thought of the nearness of the consummation is of it- self unspeakably awakening and solemn; and the rather when we consider further that there is to be expected antecedently a time of silling and trial such as, perhaps, has never yet been experienced. For our Christian* poet Cowper's exquisite language does by no means adequately express the probable severity of the coming crisis. Ere the sabbatism of the saints begins, something much more is to be looked for than the mere gusty, closing blasts of a long tempest or billowy heavings of the sea before a calm, as c it works itself to rest.' The final conflict be- tween Christ's true Church and antichrist, and their re- spective chiefs aiyl supporters, both visible and invisible, seems set forth in prophecy as most severe." The Rev. G. S. Faber,* who showed the time of the End to begin in 18G4, spoke thus in his Secessions to Popery, in 1846 : "The Ottoman empire totters to its fall : and the threo spirits of Hellish Infidelity, Despotism, springing out of Anarchy, and Jesuitical Popery, are already engaged in their allied predicted vocation (Rev. xvi.) The peace of Europe and of the world apparently rests upon the life ol a single wise old man, (Louis Philippe.) When the ob- stacle presented by this modern Sobrino shall have been removed, the demons of discord, now scarcely repressed, will be let loose. Revolution will elevate the successful F< tidier, the revived Bonaparte of the day, to the imperial throne of military despotism. Then will follow that fear- ful matiM'ial Universal War Avhu-h is foretold by all the prophets as occurring at the Time of the Jnd, and syn- chronically with the Restoration ofisrael. And then Po- pery, biK.li ling as it has ever done into Lawlessness and In- fidelity through the loathliness of its own corruptions, and * His Revival of th-e French Emperorship, written in 1853, and re- published at Appletons', in New- York, America, under the title of Na poleon III. the Man of Propliecy, (Ji7 cents,) demonstrates most con vincingly that Louis Napoleon is the Eighth Head of the Beast and In- fidel Antichrist, He, as well as Frere and Gauntlett, showed previous to 1820, that a second French Emperor, exactly like Napoleon I. would arise some few years before 1864-7, and would* be the last great Anti- christ. More 'than twenty other writers have Cup to 1861) shown Kapolcon III. to be the eighth head or future personal Antichrist, INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 5 allied with the great God-donyini: Antiehrih"d i-pen>:ii ion at hand. I'::' 1 ' VrrfteN ha\e ,vn in their works that Cliri^t will come to take away the \Vi- Antichrist's threo nnd a half y. tion, and will remain in the ]>a- vilion-clonaltle of Armageddon. 1) it Although there is almost envnnammmiB belief mnong tliovo who have honestly and laboriously investigated the proj)hee; '.-'- >lati?i tarianism. INTttOUi tplril of his mo*'/*. /,V brightness of his coming ; also in 1 John ii. 1 B, -J-J : *J 1>* //-//v heard that THK (w.) Aniirhrtst sf,,i 'here Antichrists^ n. and .Mahon: iiiorc particular and individual Ant irl,n ,t i. arise, just be- 'it, who i !y c-illo-1 Hie IN-r-- or Infidel Antichrist, and who U in l, t . w.ixhijjod a^ (rod in the t ; ^ uM< % rly to (Jfiiy tlie 'Vah an-l Hi- i-\jlil - fully described i:i H.inii'l \i. nml \vii. and in the literal-day fulfilment oi' 1) . viii. xii., arifl i . xiii., alth.v.i'_r'i the yt:ir-day fnltil- nicnt of lhi.'^ c!i.ij:iM-s r--/ ani Tliis ^rcat Personal incjly f..ro 1>" (r > 1. ( i be- conir --house or shanihlo.s, in u! o{' thon^anii '-r's shcoj) will i . "oely any ono will at to tho I 1)" killol, i h:ij>s with dreadful tortun^ ; or whether fhoy will know ' 1, and thus purchase, ton- j:)ra -it the cost - \1 damnation. Thoso who ch'. altoniativo will bo branded in theii forehead or hand with Xaj>ohoivs name, or the number 666, or some particular mark, just as cattle ha\e stamped upon them the name of their owner, (Rev. xiii.) This exterminating persecution is the leading feature in the three and a half years Great Tribulation ; there will, how- ever, be superadded unparalleled wars, earthquakes, pesti- lences, and famines. Sucb is " the temptation, which shall comeupon ALL the world, to try them, that dwell upon the earth." Its uni- versal prevalence, at least throughout Christendom, is 9 LOTTIE JSTAP-OLEO^ THE AXTICHETST. Declared In the most emphatic- terms. The Person^. Antichrist is to obtain "power over ALL kindred$ 7 and tongues, and nations;" "to make war with the mints, and to overcome them," (Rev. xiiL ;,) " to make war with the saints and prevail against them icntil the Ancient of Days comes" (Dan. vii. 21 ;) u to he worshipped by AIJ, THAT DWELL UPON THE * EAUTH," CXCCpt the SailltS \ " to make the world a wilderness*" (Isaiah xiv, 17.) It would evidently l>e impossible for him " to overcome the saints," unless his persecution extended to every place where they could be found ; nor would the company of saints, that is to be specially bid in the wilderness, be particularly mentioned, unless to show that they alone ara to be exempted from the persecution, In view of the nearness of these overwhelmingly crush- ing ju< laments, how criminal is the conduct of those whose duty it is to admonish persons of approaching calamities, but who are giving no real attention to Prophecy, and even smiting those of their fellow-servants who do proclaim these truths. How many there are, who in the excitement and agitation of having to choose between worshipping Antichrist or being put to death, will choose the former, and receive the fatal mark ; whereas, had they been forewarned of the great trial coming upon them, they would have prepared" to witness a bald conli'SMon, even unto death. A terrible day of reckoning is close at hand, when the treacherous and blind leaders of the blind, who make a mock at Prophecy and prophetic expositors, will be confronted by the bitter reproaches of those whom they ha*4Julled into .fiilse se- curity, by crying Peace and safety, whvn sudden destruc- tion. is about to descend with the fury <>f an avalanche. The mistaken idea that if we are born up;:iin mid pre- pared for death, we are also prepared for the Second Ad- vent, leads many to neglect prophecy ; for they naturally think that the study of it is not at all necessary to salva- * The expression "upon the earth," (em rrjq -yrj^) can not, in its lit- eral fulfilment, be merely limited to Europe, for the very same Greek words are used in the Lord's prayer in the sentence, Thy Ml be done upon the earth as it is in heaven, (Matt. vi. 10, Luke xi. 2.) Al- though inaccurately translated in earth in Matthew and Luke, yet the Greek words are precisely the same as in Rev. xiii. 8. lOTROpUCTORY ft EM ARKS. 4 tfon. But althon :ion from hell-fire maybe ob- tained by tilt) nc\v birtli and true faith in Christ's atone- ment, yet salvation from the shame and misery of beui left on the earth a! Chri^fs coining cnii only be obtained by n-.-tl belief in the immediate nearness of his Advent, and by liiitht'nl confe>sion of that belief. The distinction drawn bet \veeii l : nd foolish virgins, and between the faithful and evil servant, who is cut "//'(^r.) and left to endure the (jlrc-at Tribulation, (Matt. xxiv. -15-51,) ell as other Scripture u-h as in lleb. \\. . . \\\. 1 '.iinly >ho\\ s that many wl. ie children of <;<>d, but unbelievers in the nearness of the Advent, and in a baek>lidin'_r and luke- warm state, will not b ' up to meet Ciiri-t ( Uev. xiv. iiis coming i:i tin- air, l the' / that the ]ro]hecie.s eanin-t be neglected with impunity, and that i:; D LATH i DINJE8S Fn: Tin: TIIK sru.i aia TKKATISE may be divided into four rhapter*: I. Ten I'roofs that Louis Napoleon is TUB Antichrist, and IVstined Moiian-b of the World, and Eighth or L i of the Ivoinau Empire. II. Twenty Com- intr I 'hat are foreshown to occur during the final and 2 months of this Gentile Dispensation, ill. Evidence that THE Antichrist (Napoleon) is to make a seven -years' Covenant with the Jews, seven years and 2 A- months before the End of the Dispensation, as shown by above fifty writers. IV. Ten Reasons proving that the Advent of Christ in the air, and the resurrection of the righteous, and ascension of the Wise Virgins, PRECEDES the final 3J years' Great Tribulation or Napoleonic per- secution, and is about five years before the End. 1806 to 1815. The Roman Empire under Napoleon I., Who represented the Napoleon dynasty the seventh governing Head of the seven-headed and ten-horned Wild-Beast. (Dan. Tii. 7; Rev. xiii., xvii.) 1815 to 1852. The Koman Empire Headless. 1852 to 1871-73. The Roman Empire under Napoleon III., Who represents the Napoleon dynasty the seventh revived, or eighth Head of the Wild-Beast healed of the deadly wound it received at Waterloo in 1815. He is comprehensively termed the Wild-Beast itself, and is also called the Assyrian, (Is. x., xiv., xxx.,) the Little Ilorn. (Dan. vii., viii.,) the Wilful Kiv FOR 3.V YKAKS TO HA \ ND THKX TO "F CHRIST AT THK UA-ITLK OF ARMAGEDDON, ABOUT OR SOON BEFORE adducing the evidence in support of this it in '1 to glanee briefly at the palr..n (or \apok-on III.) Was horn on lh, 180s, at the Tuilerk-s ; ami liis birth, like that of jjonapartc's only M-H the K in g of Rome, was announced by the tiring of cannon, a mark of honor ion to ha\o essed a presentiment that he would bo the ultimate representative of the Napoleon dyna-ty. At the age of ity he united l'.r a short time with his In-other in an Italian rebellion against the Tope. His conduct in the io which he was thus exposed was marked by f-possesnion and 00 From an early period in life he was profoundly impressed with the conviction that lie had a great mission and destiny to fulfil in relation to France. In accordance with this belief he landed at >n December 17th, 1836, with a few asao- id endeavored to excite the garrison and inhabit* ant s of that city to revolt-against the government of Louis Philippe. A portion of the military forces stationed there ranged themselves under his banner, but from a want of compliance on the part of other regiments, the attempt proved abortive, and he was apprehended, and upon trial oanished to the United States, where he did not remain 12 PAST HISTOKY OF NAPOLEON III. more than two or three months. A second expedition for the same purpose, and with a like result, was undertaken by him on August Gth, 1840. Embarking from the Eng- lish coast in company with a band of devoted adherents. he landed at Boulogne, and marched with his followers into the town, hoping to cause an uprising of the people in favor of his movement. They failed, however, to re- spond as he had anticipated, and upon his consequent arrest and trial he was sentenced to incarceration for the term of his natural life in the fortress of Ham. He effected his escape from this place of confinement on May 25th, 1846. Assuming the disguise of a workman with a plank upon his shoulder, he contrived to pass all the sentinels who guarded the gates of the castle. In order to gain time before his flight was discovered, as it was the duty of the commandant of the fortress to see him every few hours, his physician reported him to be ill, and placing a stuffed figure in his bed, by this stratagem succeeded in allaying all suspicion as to his absence, until it was too .te to recapture him. The Revolution in France in 184-8 opened the way for his return to his native land, and on the 8th of June he was chosen Deputy of one of the pro- vinces, and admitted to his seat in the National Assem- bly. On December 30th, in the same year, he was elected by more than five million votes of the people to be their President for three years. When the three years of his Presidency were drawing to a close, in 1851, he dissolved the National Assembly, because of its refusal to listen to proposals for the extension of his term of office ; and on December 4th he consummated the famous coup &etat, arresting in the dead of night all the principal men in military and political circles who stood in the way of his being permanently invested with the supreme power. At a Court-ball given by him on this eventful evening, he displayed his characteristic imperturbability and selt-pos- ion, by appearing to enter heartily into the enjoyment of the festivities of the hour, although the blow was at that moment being struck which was to decide whether he was to overcome or be supplanted by his political ri- vals. The plot of the coup d'etat was contrived with con- summate skill and secresy; all those whom he feared were seized and either imprisoned or sent into exile. LOUIS NAPOLEON THE ANTICHRIST. 13 Having thus fairly settled himself in the seat of supreme authority, he submitted a proposal to the French people that he should be re-elected JVoident of the Uepublic for ten years; and partly through the influence of the Cath- olic priests, who were strongly enlisted on his side, he ob- tained, on December 24th, seven millions of votes in rati- fication of this measure. His ambition, however, had always aimed at the acquirement of the Imperial dignity, and the reestablislnnent of the Napoleon dynasty ; con- sequently, on I)ecrmbT iM. l-.vj, the anniversary of the battle of Austerlit/, and also uf the coronation of Napo- leon I., he :i. lsl.">. During ti interval the Bour- bon family had r the persons, BUO- \el\-, of Louis X VIII.. diaries X., and Louis J'hi- lippe. r l'he follou iiiLT are the ten advanced in Nap.ilenn III. being the individual who is soon t" be fully n .-nal <>r Infidel Auti- -', (that i ;iction to the l > apal and Mahui;. Nt.) I. BECAUSE HE is TIN: Ii:\-i's Seventh revived or Kighth Head, which is predi.-ted in Rev. xiii., xvii., and rix. to WJ .terminating war against the saints lir . to In- almost universally worshij.pcd by tin; uiiirodly, and then with his ti u kin^s to peri>h at (In deBCCMit at Anna'. This is the main and principal argument by which it is demonstrate. 1 with mathcmatieal certainty that Louis Na- polenn is THI-: Antidn . -f of the fact that the 1 ichrisf i< i-U-ntical with the Eighth Head of t! . it is onl\ -y to compare the various passages in which he is ! .* The following are BOine of the different names given to him : 1 John ii. 18, 22. THE Antichrist that denieth the Father and the Son. 2 Thess. ii. 3. The Man of Sin or Son of Perdition. Dan. vii. A Little Horn, (in relation to the Gentiles.) Dan. viii. A Little Horn or King of fierce countenance. u FIRST PEOOP. Dan. ix. 20. The Prince that shah 1 come. Dan. xi. 25. A vile person or King who shall do accord- ing to his own will, (the Wilful King.) Rev. xiii., xvii., etc. The Beast, or Eighth Head of the Beast, or Beast whose deadly wound was healed. The subjoined comparison of the passages in which these names occur shows the resemblance between them. 1 Johnii. 18, 22. Ye have heard that affic (Gr.) Antichrist shall come. . . . He is THE (Gr.) Antichrist that denieth the Father and the Son. 2 Thess. ii. 3, 4, 9. The day of Christ . . . shall not come except there come THE apos- tasy (T) (nroaTaaid) first, and that Man of sin be revealed the son of perdition, who opposeth and exalt- eth himself above all that is called God or that is worshipped ; so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God . . . whose coming is after the power of Satan, with all power, and signs, and lying wonders. Dan. vii. 25. And he (the little horn) Rhall speak great words against the Most High, and shall wear out the saints of the Most High ; and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. Dan. viii. 24, 25. He (the king of fierce counte- nance) shall destroy the mighty and the holy people ... he shall also stand up against the Pjince of Princes, but he shall be- broken without hand. Dan. xi. 36, 37. And the king shall do according to his will ; and he shall exalt him- self and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvel- lous tilings against the God of gods. . . . Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, (the Seed of the woman, Christ,) nor regard any God, for he shall magnify himself above all. Rev. xvii. 11, 14. The Beast, that was and is not, even he is of the Eighth and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition . . . and shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall over- come them. Rev. xiii. 6, 7. And he (the Beast) opened his mouth in blasphemy against God. . . . And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them, and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations ; and all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, (except the righteous.) Rev. xix. 19. I saw the Beast and the kings of the earth gathered together, to make war against him (Christ) that sat on the horse, and the Beast was taken. It is evident from the above passages (see also Chapter I., Event XIII.) that THE Antichrist will be an avowed and barefaced infidel, totally rejecting the Christian religion, and not, like the Pope, professedly upholding it. Tho NAPOLEON III. THE EIGHTH 11KAD. 15 atheism of France HI 17&2-G somewhat resembled Anti- christ's approaching apostasy, and Spiritualism, which de- nies the cardinal doctrines of Christianity, is its incipient rna: :i. A considerable part of Daniel and R latinn, 'having had a year-day typical p recursive fulfilment in the apostasy of Popery, has led many persons mis- takenly to suppose that the Pope is the Man of Sin a- ml the Antichrist. .But although lie has had threat power for RS the m\>tie:il Man of Sin and the Papal Antichri to arise, at the time of Christ's Advent, a lVrnal .Man of Sin and Infidel Antichrist, who will have Lfreat power f>r liMjn 1 will literally Bit in tit* < \pressly shown ill lit. Rev. xi. 1 to be the rebuilt Jewish temple. !y, the Ki-'hth lfe;td 1 .eiiiLT unquestionably iden- tical with the Anti.-h: , \\ that LOOM Napoleon is the Ki^I.th f : th he ymxt Ind the 1>< :-' and R. ;, about the year 171" >:' this in < V.VM, -rally prevalent in ti; : and the latter -:;;) was that whieli was in Lein^ then, we have no ojnit so ])lain and ex.'U't an interpretation, until mure be said against it than ha- t been produced * The word k'n ^rophecr three slightly different meanings. Iu Dan. vii. 17 it aig-iili^s kiiv/Jym;^ ^see Dan. vii. ii3 ;) in Rev. xvii. 10, lines or classes hip ; and the title of " Emperor of the Romans,' 1 vrhkyb from DLCL -J8 to A.D. 1806 had never i to liave .<". \\ilhin the Roman Empire, no\v at l:i>t 1 rxtinet. Tin; si-ventli Head, wh'u-h i:iuivth Head, was foreshown in Hev. xiii. and xvii. to )M- di-i'mirm-h'-d by live leading marks. (1) It would be the d .-('that 801 ,al the tail of the sixth nd of a considerable part of the 1. (-) Although possessing mnrh tl; I Heads, yet it nr. ;ininii>li. d I'ruin them ly a dilVerent official g>OC*i and (4) olnntarily re- i.-,) It in"; ,'<>d and : 016 few years .! of Chri-t. The -haracteristics are all found in tl i sty or French Empe- rorahip, aa existing under Xapuleon l>..naparte from 1806 to isi:>. (i) Bonapi actual Sovereign of Rome, and virtually the supreme Head of most of the -ir JL Alison, in his History of Europe, Chapter xlii., gives this extract at full K'ngtli, and stat.-s that in 180'. the Emperor of Germany thus ceased to be the i : the Empire of the Crosars. His- torians generally take the same view, as may be seen in C. Butler'a utions of 'Germany, p. ^'S; Baronius 1 Annal. Eccles, in A.D. 800; ..n, vol. ix. p. 171 ; Mod. Univ. Hist. vol. xxx., in Golden Bull in 1356; Sir G. Mackenzie's work on Precedency, etc. Although histori- ans show so clearh that the Roman Emperorship continued till 1806, vi-t not a few exDO sitors l iave fallen into the g larin error of 8u PP osin & tint it terminated in 470, when its seat was transferred to Constantino- ple The idea that it fell in 313, because its representative was con- ;u -istianity, is also utterly groundless. It ia lamentable to see that certain writers kave not the candor to relinquish such obviously erroneous interpretations, when the interpretation cu Faber, Frere, Gauntlett, etc., which is here given, haa been pioved by Its fulfilment to be correct. 18 FIRST PROOF. European monarchs when the sixth Head fell. The Em- peror of Austria, tho Kings of Wirtcniberg, Westphalia, Bavaria, Saxony, Naples, Spain, and Prussia were all more or less subject to him; even Egypt and Palestine had been previously invaded by his victorious armies. He had been crowned" Emperor of France by the Pope, in Paris., on Dec. 2, 1S04; and was again crowned King of Italy and Rome, with the iron crown of Charlemagne, nt Milan, on May 2G, 1805, at which time the Roman States were formally annexed to France, and Rome \vas made the second city in his dominions, the title of King of Rome being given to his heir-apparent. (2) His dynasty was an entirely new Head of the Beast, being altogether different from any of the six preceding Heads, in respect of its official title, for though in reality he occupied the position of Emperor of the Roman Em- pire, yet he did not, like the former German Emperors, adopt that title, but was crowded only as Emperor of France and King of Italy. If, for example, the King of Spain, instead of Bonaparte, had been supreme over Rome and a great part of the Roman Empire, when the sixth Head tell, then the Kingship of Spain would have become the seventh Head. (3) The seventh Head was expressly predicted only to continue a short space, (Rev. xvii. 10,) and accordingly the Napoleon dynasty, after existing lor nine years as the seventh Head, came to an end at Bonaparte's over- throw at Waterloo, in 1815. (4) The Napoleon dynasty did not fall like the pre- ceding six Heads, or, as it were, die a natural death, but it was politically slain by the sword of military violence at Waterloo. This accorded with the statement in Rev. xiii. and xvii., that the seventh Head should be wounded to death by the sword. Rev. xiii. 3, 14. And I saw one of his heads that had been, (Gr.) as it were, wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed, and all the world won- dered after the Beast ... the Beast which had the wound by a word and did live. Rev. xvii. 10, 11 Five are fallen, (A.D. 90,) and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh ho must continue a short space. And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition. NAPOLEON III. THE EIGHTH HEAD. 19 As the first six Heads fett or wore voluntarily abdicated, therefore it must be the seventh Head that was wounded to death by a sword, and which was afterward to revive and to a 1 in eighth Head, although in reality only the seventh Head, raised to life again. On this account the Beast is pictured with only seven Heads, and yet is spoken of afi having an Eighth Head. (5) The Beast or Roman Empire remained headless from 1815 to 1852, as there was not among its various monarch- ;t leader or political chief, who was in n <>f Koine and acknowledged to be the Supreme II.. -nl preeminent over the rest, like the (iennan Enipe- B naparte, who had towered so majestically over its recovery from its non-existent headless ( 11'eeted in 1852, by Louis Napoleon assuming the title of I'Yench Knij ten r, :md th ini^ the I'oleon dynasty. It appears that 'ration 61 ftme position that it held in l>onapart""s days will probably be effected by Louis Xapoleo: ; short time before the Tribulation. * Tims the \ i dynasty i< hown to be the seventh Head from 1 M)6 to 1815, and :il>o the seventh red <>r Eighth Head reexistent since 1852. In the universal amazcin d by its reappearance, we see the fulfilment of the prophecy : T/i* ;/ t/ntt dwelt on the shall -iroxdir when they behold the 13 east that was ari& is not ><'l !/<( i*\ (K<'v. xvii. 8.) It was until it re- adly wound under Napoleon I., in 1815; it is not from 1815 to 1852, under Napoleon II., who never :ied and died prematurely; and it yet is since 1852, under Napoleon III. The Napoleon dynasty is thus a resurrection dynasty, for it has passed through the three erf of lite, death, and resurrection existence, non- existence, and reexistence. The fatal accuracy with which Louis Napoleon fulfils this prophecy. is strikingly. Fhown in his determination to be called Napoleon III., although Napoleon II. never reigned. Almost the very words used in Rev. xvii. 8 have been unwittingly applied to him by the French people. On an arch erected in his honor this expression was inscribed: "The Unole that was ; the Nephew that is." It is noticeable that Eng- 20 SECOND PROOF. / land, Russia, Prussia, and Austria, which have all recog- nized Louis Napoleon as French Emperor, were the four allied Powers which, at the Vienna Congress, in Novem- ber, 1814, agreed that no member of Napoleon Bona- parte's family should ever be permitted to hold sovereign power in France. It might perhaps be thought that al- though the Personal Antichrist must be a representative of the Napoleon dynasty, yet that he might be another French Emperor standing in the place of Louis Napoleon, if the latter were to die. But this can not be the case, because as the seventh Head was a personal dynasty, summed up and comprehended in the life of a single indi- vidual, Napoleon I., so also the Eighth Head, which is exactly to resemble the seventh Head, must be a personal dynasty, entirely comprehended in the life of a single in- dividual, Napoleon III. The seventh Head had altogether only one representative, therefore the Eighth Head has only one representative. Moreover, as the person who represents the Eighth Head is to center in himself all the power of the Roman Empire, therefore he is cornprehen- / sively called the Beast itself a term which thus is used in Rev. xiii. and xvii. as a synonym for Louis Napoleon. II. BECAUSE HE ANSWERS to the description of the Anti- christ in Rev. xiii. in respect of his warlike prowess, insa- tiable ambition, <-reat military and naval strength, and grow- ing ''power over all kindreds, and tongues and nations." In Rev. xiii. 3, 4, as soon as the Beast's wounded head is healed, all the world is described as being filled with unspeakable amazement, and giving utterance to their astonishment in the exclamation : " Who is like unto the Beast? who is able to make war with him?" Louis Napoleon has been clearly demonstrated to be the person by whom the wounded head was healed, inasmuch as the French Emperorship, which had been extinguished in 1815, was revived by him in 1852. It is in reference to Mm, therefore, that the above exclamation is predicted to be made ; and when we consider the unrivalled boldness, matchless skill, and unscrupulous determination with which he has carved his way to his present commanding position, and moreover, the tact, astuteness, and subtle policy with which he maintains and strengthens that po- NAPOLEON ill. A MI-JII i'Y MAX OF V\'AK. 21 Bition, we recognize the appropriateness of the interroga* lion : u Who i> like unto liiin ?" Nor is there less fitness in the application to Louis Napoleon of the inquiry: u Who is able to make war with him?'' The great in- c in tlie numbers and effectiveness of the French army since his accession to power is too well known to require comment. Notwithstanding hi- d as^er tions that " the Empire is peace," the apprehension^ of nciLchburing com;: naturally excited by the con! in- uou- :' his military -live preparations that !y carried l-rward in the French dockyard- and an . : not tail t< cure for his troops thv advan' -very modern im- provement in tin- f warlike implements and thus they are rendered unapproachably formidable, not only by their ma>t-rly ^ki!l in the mana_r'ment of their weapon-. i!v nature of their enirini's , :id of nearly T."> 0,000 irably ti'aincd and li-'-ijlir!"d - -Idi.-;--, furnished with Mini*'- ritlcs and cannon of nn ilicieiH-y, and with a lh--t 6f " iferior to that of (ireat Britain, L>nis \ : ip ..!,-. ,11 xt :m ,l> i',>rih as one of >vhom it may \scil be a-knl : " \Vho is abU- to make war with him'/'' Th ing skill in generalship he di-- ]layed on the plain< of Lnmbardy during the war wair'd Dy the Au-trians a'_rain-t the French and Sardinian- in 1859, has del 1 his military talents and -trate^- ieal aliility in the iin's r more r 3 should so have fallen out, as virtually an appendage of thr I 8 very ]>c-riod at whicii idi-d by tin- : of 1'rop': It the J-'athers that tlic Roman ivmaininLT toi'pi'l rviiturics, would I, in all its laws and ,.;>. -j):i) said : "Tiir system of Au- ^r U x| the Roman Kmpire, led and established ly iiim (Antichrist) in 'i-y/' In accord- ssed by ii-in.ijr his 3 years' ix-i^n as Amichii^t, :u!h^ - that Jerusalem will l>e hi - : astifal metropolis, and in its temple di- vin worship will -1 to him, (2 Thess. ij. 4,) and to his im:io, wlii-.-h is the abomination of desolation, (Ma \iii. 14, Dun. ix. 27, xi. 31, xii. 11.) o Louis Napoleon's imaq-e to be worshippeil, i. 11-18,) and as the ].arlieularly to be set up in the Jewish temple at the beginning of the 3.J years, (Dan. xii. 11,) therefore it 24 FOUKTII TKOOF; is highly probable that the Pope will then be at Jerusa- lem, especially as he is to be the almost inseparable com- panion of Napoleon, exercising all his power in his pres- ence. He is also foreshown iifRev. xix. 20,xvi. 16, to be destroyed at Armageddon, near Jerusalem, shortly after the end of the 3 years ; but whether he will at any time permanently transfer the Pontifical seat from Rome to Je- rusalem, does not- clearly appear. It seems that the Burning of Rome (Is. xxxiv., Rev. xviii., xix. 3) will not occur until the overthrow of Napoleon and the Roman Pontiff at Armageddon ; and then the full restoration of the Jews will take place, as Kimchi in 1660 expressed it : "This is the hope of the nation when Rome shall be des- olated, then there shall be the redemption of Israel."* IV. BECAUSE UK AITMRKXTLY protects and supports the Pope, but yet suffers him to be plundered, and grad- ually stripped of his temporal power. (Rev. xvii.) It was distinctly foretold in Rev. xvii. that the Eighth Head of the ]>east should for a time sustain the Papacy, and then, in conjunction with his ten vassal kings, con- summate its ruin. The ten-horned Beast is represented in that chapter as carrying upon its shoulders the scarlet- clad unchaste woman, who symbolizes the Romish Church. The exact period in the history of the I>east to which this representation applies is clearly stated by the inter- preting angel In verse 8: "The beast that thou sawest was, and is not, and shall (is just about to) ascend out of the abyss, and go into perdition." The point of time, then, at which the Beast was seen carrying the woman, was precisely at the period when it could be said of it, "It was and is not;" that is, during its headless, non-ex- istent state, from 1815 to 1852, and also just before it ascended out of the abyss to go into perdition in other * The partial restoration of the Jews, when Antichrist makes the covenant with them, and which occnrs about seven years before their complete restoration at the commencement of the Millennium, was ap- parently referred to by Isaac Pcyreyra, in 1643, in his "Recall of the Jews," where he s:\id : " Thin recall and establish men t of the Jews in land that is promised them shall be effected by a temporal prince. . . This temporal king shall be the universal king foretold by the holy prophets, and to whom all the rest of the kings of the earth shall do homage. And this king will be u king of France." III. AND THE POPE. 25 words, just previous to its emergence in 1852 from that headier, non-existent, state. Turning to the page of his- tory, we find that this hiero-'lyphical ])ictiuv exactly cor- r-|'.n-N with the position of the > v ecular beast in 1849, when Napoleon, as President of France, sent French troops to support the Tope in Home; thus, in accordance with the Vision exhibited by the angel in Key. xviu, tlio ]>eas <>{' political non-existence. This 'e 1.M I>eeembei\ 1 S.VJ, wllCR 1. '>,.!< Napoleon :i^nmcd the old IJoman title of Kni])eror, Kinpire and Monarchy as in the time of l>ut although Xapo!i-,;i has maintaiiuMl the Pope in the lean of L .hily ir>th, 1 S4!, he has re- ^ttcd him to .;!<-d ot' his most valuable t'-nu'oralitii^. In 185960, Victor Kmmanuel, th.- of Tnilcd Ital;. . ( the Pope's Italian pro^i: '-!ie- Jtants in the Papa! dominiM -\v l.-!t .[ly half ;i million, cilice the three |MNytM Al:irslies,-Umbra, iMiimnnui-rs kin_rdom. Tn n protest addre.s utterly man Empire, to be 1 indispensable to his intended posi- tion of King over tlie subordinate kings of the Romaj earth. 20 FOURTH PROOF. ILid Napoleon been a real defender of the Pope, he would have opposed the onward march of Garibaldi, who lias publicly avowed his hatred of Popery in such terras as these : "I tell you that your chief enemy is the Pope. The Pope is no Christian ; he denies the very principle of Christianity." It is evident, however, that the general spoliation of the Papal Hierarchy, foretold in Rev. xvii. to take place under the eighth Head, lias already begun, and will progress until the Pope and Ilomish priests, de- nuded of their wealth and power, will become pliant tools in the hand of Napoleon to cause the idolatrous worship of him to be universally instituted. It was declared in .Rev. xvii. that under the eighth Head, the ten Horn king- doms should "hate the harlot and make her desolate and naked, and eat her flesh and burn her with fire." This X ; 'iieral confiscation of the wealth and temporalities of the Papal Church will take place at the time of the establish- ment of Napoleon's 3-\ years' infidel apostacy, which will arise Phoenix-like out of the smoking ruins oOallen Baby- lon. The Eapal Hierarchy will then FALL. From being a professedly Christian Church, it will become a system of downright infidelity, commanding men to worship Napo- leon and his image. In this new form it will attain al- most universal predominance. Bigoted Papists will then boast of the universal supremacy of their Church, but in reality the Roman Catholic Church will then no longc-r exist, for its priests will have become converted to anew religion a system of pagan heathenism, having for its chief object of worship not God or Christ, but a man even Napoleon, the .Alan of Sin. Thus a brief but terri- ble period of 3 years will succeed the fall of Babylon, during which Napoleon will install himself in the place of Deity itself, and will claim and receive the adoration of a great portion of mankind.* All (the ungodly) that dwell * A suspicion of this appalling fact is beginning to find expression in many quarters. In the London Christian World of November, 1860, in an article on the Papacy, it is said: "A dark cloud hangs over Eu- .rope; we cannot conceal the settled conviction that the full of Popery is the signal Cor the appearance of something immeasurably more terri- ble than itself. That the continuance of the tremendous visitation will be brief, it is consolatory to believe ; but during its short period of ex- istence, its work in the world will be very av/ful. Nor do we say that Louis Napoleon Is the Personal Antichrist, so distinctly set before ua NAPOLEON III. AND THE T \PACY. 27 ttpon the earth (at least nearly all Christendom and some ]>:uis of Heathendom) A-// Rev. xiii. 8,) either 1 ;T :II \- ^ taflge .or -by- |TOilg stamped i their foreheads or ri<_rht hands his mark or name, or . the number of his name, (Rev. xiii. 11-18.) Hun- drtdaiol thousands of persons will be martyred by jlainc 'f-t.rtf, (Dan. Bl. '". R -v. vi. 0, xv. J, x.\. 1.) for re}' i>inif thu^ -iiip liiin, and -iini'ar to thoM-u: :ti;iLC np of Ne1;iehadne/./ar' l s ; Jan. iii.) will airaiu. be enaeted. Those who do i, in order to - '> -in^ put to d'-ath, wi: IN IIELL- (ReT. \iv. 9-12.) In several i- lately, the Fi'dich Kmj)eror, in his lictcd < ]>;it down. A '-t callwl tkr rhi Tope Kmpero'. !> shadow forth ntly in Paris, ly tliv [>r''^ift-' of Loth Ti-stamentfl; ' ' ini; in lii.^ history ion with Kr.in.'f. lli.- i of ih'' Km;. in- ly his skill, ..ik- he allows his temporal au- . , :ui'l his insa- tiabl* i t!ic world fixes our r, ra- i"iity in the book of * While literal-day I ttitora have ahvn\> !u hi tlie image of ic literal inm^r 1 of the Personal Antichrist, year-day supposed it to be the image-worship of tin* P.i; 'it, however, consistently admit that there oinplete and literal accomplishment of it; for it ir that the Komish pri :.'-ver, even in a single recorded nis.M any man to have the number 660 marked on his fore- h-ad or right hand, (Rev. xiii. 17.) The fulfilment that the prophecies undergone on the year-day scale, with rojrard to Popery and Ma- fa only a typical, ace-' : and precursivc one. .' (Rev. xvi. 2) could not have been set up before :ade to the Bea^t which had the wound by a sword and did live, (Rev. xiii. 14,) that is, subsequent to 1852, when the Benst's wounded seventh Head was healed. Bengelius and Smuckcr are year- day expo/it-jr.s who believe it to be a literal image, not yet set up. 28 FIFTH PKOOF. aud gravely proposes that the Emperor shall himself be come Pope, and unite the political and religious sovereign ties in his own person. A serious disagreement has like- wise arisen between the Roman Pontiff and Napoleon , owing to the refusal of the former to appoint some nomi- nees of Napoleon to the vacant bishoprics ; the Pope's objection to them arising from their not being upholders of the Ultramontane policy of the Vatican. The opposi- tion, however, of the Pope and Cardinals cannot avail to shake the foundations of Napoleon's throne, and perhaps will not last long, "as the present Pope is old and feeble, and another may soon succeed him, whom the Emperor may find more compliant and manageable. V. BECAUSE THE WHOLE EXTENT of the original Ro- man Empire is becoming subordinated to his control, and is evidently approaching its final division into ten king- doms, whose ten kinirs united a European Congress arc to give their power and strength to the Eighth Head during the closing 3^- years, llev. xvii. 13. (See aLso ch. ii., events xi. xii.) The Lion, the Bear, the Leopard, and the nondescript ten-horned Beast mentioned in Dan. vii., are universally allowed to symbolize the four successive Gentile Mon- archies, the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Grecian and Ro- man, to which kingly power has been temporarily trans- ferred from the Jews" (in consequence of the unfaithfulness of the latter) for 2520 years, (seven times, Dan. iv. 16,) from 649 B.C. to 1871-2 A.D. The ten horns on the fourth Beast, in common with the ten toes of the Metallic Image, (Dan. ii. 41,) are foreshown (Rev. xvii. 12) to be teu kings, among whom the whole Roman Empire is during the existence of its Eighth Head, to be subdivided for wie hour, (which always in year-day Revelation means :U years, Rev. iii. 10, xi. 11, 13.) This is further repre- sented in literal-day Rev. xiii., where Satan having been cast to the earth (Rev. xii. 17) persecutes the Church by a'i of the IJmiaparfe family; and it seems that one of them will be King or Viceroy over France, while Napoleon will act exclusively as King over the ten BI aii'l Supiv: | .rupcaii Con-':' in thai the ten To6 or Horn kingdonm will in the main inee, Spain, Italy, ria, Tripoli, (with contiguous Icrritory annexed to them,) together with the four Macedonian Horn-king- donih, naniclx ' :\pt, Syria, and the rest of Tur- Louis Najoleoii ix inei-ea^inirly shown to be the i or last Antichrist by that the Ro- man Kmpire j ;!ly beiiiLT moulded into this deccm- iv_ral form, and In- is rapidly pn^re^sin^; in the acquire- ment of greater ascendency over these countries, so that tin* time when ten kiiiLTS shall be elected OV6T t'm-se ten kingdoms, and shall unanimously L r ive tlieir power and Hti\-n-th to him, (R-v. \\ii. 12,) is manifestly not far dis- tant. Although at the outset of his reign, he was regarded a- a and an upstart by the European govern- ments, which at the Congress of the Holy Alliance in 1815 h:id 1 that no Uonaparte should ever sit upon the tin-one of France, yet he no\v has nearly all the Kuro- pean nations at his nod, and soon they will be compelled to bow in yet more complete submission to his will. The Crimean war in 18,")5 served to display the efficiency and strength of the French army, and contributed in no slight degree to make France increasingly feared and respected. vatly advanced her influence both with the Turkish Sultan and the Czar of Russia, and is believed to have resulted in the conclusion of a secret treaty on the part SO FIFTH PROOF. of France with the latter. In this treaty an understand- ing was doubtless established between Napoleon and the Czar for the future promotion of their mutual interests by seizing possession of the Turkish dominions. Another proof of the commanding position which he has attained in Europe, was exhibited in his interposition in 1859 in the war between Austria and Sardinia, which humbled the power of Austria and greatly strengthened the alli- ance between France' and Italy. The subsequent annex- ation of Savoy and Nice to France in 1860, although vie wed, with jealousy and suspicion by the other powers, was an act to which none of them dare offer any effectual opposition. This event, as well as the separation of Bel- gium from Holland on Nov. 2, 1830, and of Hanover from England in 1837, and the severance from Turkey of Greece in 1822, of Algiers in 1830, of Egypt in 1840, and of Mol- davia and Wallachia in 1857, and also the fusion of the different Italian States into one United Kingdom under Victor Emmanuel in 1860, are preparatory steps toward the moulding of the original Roman earth into exactly ten kingdoms, which shall own Napoleon as their Su- preme Head. He now possesses almost paramount influ- ence over Spain and Italy, and appears to be succeeding in the effort to persuade the sovereigns of Prussia and Kussia that it is for their interest to act in the strictest concert and union with him. His energy in extending his power in Algiers and elsewhere on the'northern coast of Africa, and his evident determination to obtain posses- sion of Palestine,* additionally indicate his design to become supreme over the Uoinan earth. * The restoration of the Jews to Palestine was meditated by Napoleon I. ; he convoked a groat sanhedrim of Jewish Rabbins at Paris in 1807, who requested of him the admission of their nation to a free participa- tion in civil and religious rights. Madame D'Abrantes (eh. 18) remarks upon this : " The Emperor knew that in Poland, Russia, Hungary, and liohcmia, troops of this race were congregated whose hearts, oppressed by persecution and misfortune, would open with ecstacy to an honor- able futurity, and would salute with the name of Messiah the man who would offer it to them. 1 ' P/h-hmo, who wrote in 1790, and predicted the coming of Christ to occur about 1864, said : " If the French should get possession of Syria, nothing is more probable than that they will invite the Jews to join them, and to take possession of their own coun- try." There are now about five million Jews, if not more, estimated to be scattered throughout the world, and 11,000 of thorn in Palestine, of NAPOLEON III. KING OVER ENGLAND'S KING. 31 f' Groat Britain offers the principal im- pediment to X:M attainment of um'ontrolled do- minion ovt-r the Koinan world, but Prophecy most clearly < that Kii-la!if Antl|>aj>al protestation ;loritird it only i ed its connection with the territory \ Ion, whi-h is to be burnt with lire, not in th bei the naked lii-t UTt of the Roman earth,* who- of the third edition of lui- Napoleon will ronvnkc a general !vC that of 1807, when he makes the * Sismondi in f the Roman Empire (y}\. i.) says: " From the time of Au^ustiw to that <: . Rome was ... On the north the Empire was boundo'l ly the w:ill of tl ..- -, the Rhino, tlie ' rth of the Danube, was also in- .'1, which t: - .-otlaiid at >t {Mtint, h-ft tl ; 11 of the Lowlands of :y and .f th' whole of En. u-itus in his u Life of !.y Murphy. ount of the sub- ;.arti;dly !;. :;! then fully by Ajrricola : vs (soc. xiv Aulus riar. 1 ' :oriw tin took the form of a Roman province, (A.I . ' , in the reign of the Emperor Claudius.) Gibbon in his IVcliiie and Full f Rome (ch. i.) also narrates how Agricola (who lived fivm A.n. -1" to J>3) completed the conquest of all Britain as far it- the Friths of Scotland. David Hume in his History of -England, (eh. i.) writes: "The 'no finally established the dominion of the Romans in^his island (Britain) was Julius Agricola, who governed it in the reigns of Vespasian, Titus and Domitian,(A.D. 70 to 85.) Thus also Linpfu-d. And .1 >hn Was by the recent invention of iron-clad men-of-war, with which France is as well, if not better, supplied than Great Britain. The French army is also much larger than the British army, for it is stated by the London Tiinw to have 2] times more infantry and ten times more cavalry; and t< cost annually for its maintenance twenty- four million pounds sterling, (one hundred and twenty million dollars.) Although it is more than questionable whether Christians are justified in resisting evil by tak- ing up arms, yet there is at least real ground for the ap- prehensions which have led England to vote ten million * Nearly one-third of the 220,000 British soldiers are Irish Ro- manists, who, Sepoy-like, will be led by the Jesuits to help Napo- leon to revolutionize Ireland, and overmaster the British Empire. Well-nigh half of the 220,000 are now garrisoning distant colonies, leaving England, even witlr her 200,000 volunteers, but feebly armed against 650,000 French soldiers. That all the Roman Empire, infludinjr Knpland, will become subject to 'the Last Anti- christ, is distinctly held by Sir E. Denny, Dr. Tregelles, 13. W. Newton, Kelsull, Taunton, etc. NAPOLEON III. SUJLE TO OVERCOME ENGLAND. 3$ pounds sterling for additional fortifications, and to arm and cefore you a principle, a cause and a defeat. The principle is the sov- :ity of the. people: the cause is tliut of the Kinpire: tin is that of Waterloo. The principle you Lav.' ivc..;_fn"k-f I'ranre one oft! I I shall tf) "i inva 1" KiiLrland. I like yon very well -,ut I must wipe out Waterloo and St. Hel i. 1 I) that all nations A\i!l !>< iratlu-rc-d to the A: Var l>y the spirits "I'intualism and I'..]. .-ry. Thi- W\ir \\iil lie at, its ,t durii: '. a ni.. nth, (literal-day Rev. ix. 1 ">,) begiiiniii venant, and will -fall the nations of Christcn- - h-adri-ship q 'iintlcss hosti iVoiu Asia that wilJ invade J'ah-.^tine. The next few yrars \\ill liK-ri'lore witnes- a wi/ie di!r;i>ioii ot' the inllu- enee o(' these spirits, preparing men to sulunit to Napo- * !'; ws that :iH tho l.-n kinjnloms* in the Itoinan et'.rth y'rs; in nhort, '.i, Tripoli, will ch. ii. evrnt xii.) iVoin puinphleta /:iin-t Knirljiiid. i-hour^ aii-1 rfs: **Lel the !/i'_'!ish uppt;r Class* ;h>'V would (ri, tain from the KntrlMi r.il .-ii"nl! p:v-i-ut himsolf with universal suilV;-. !i;iu) which are instances NAPOLEON III. IDENTICAL WITH APOLLYON. 35 of the dissimilar ways in which the same name is spelt in different portions of Scripture. Ajm/h/nn in the orig- inal ( Jreek is AtroAA,1>C4i*, the present participle of the verb arroAAtyu, / bat another form in which this r.ivrk verb 5< sometimes written is arroAew, (as in lexicon to Holm's (Jrerk Testament,) with its participle arroAewi', which in KiHKh is Apdkon a wnnl precisely identical with ting the first letter A" nor can this trivial dl opinion of the llev. Dr. Croly, who maintains the identity of the two words) he deemed of the slight e-t imp'rtanrn<_rel and other expositors who ho! | on to he identical with Antichrist, have remarked that as the word .1 is exactly the re- Dignifying :i Destroyer, is Jesus, which means a Saviour, (Matt. i. 21.) Tims [..mi- ;i's j.redest'med name, diametrically antagonistic in its signification to our Lord's name .A* /AS- the Christ. The on- COM, . the other to - them, (Luke i\. 86,] Apotfyofi is likewise called the . whi<-h is rlearly ]>arallel with the' prediction that Antichri-t orthe Ki_L r lith Head rw- OVt of the botty A />"////"//, for although lie i- Spoken Of M having hi- . (Matt. x\v. -II, Uev. xii. 0,) yet h-- himself called an angel. The cir- cumstance of Louis Napoleon determining to be desig- nated by his present name, remarkably shows the over- ruling hand of Providence, because if out of his original name of Charles Louis Napoleon Bonaparte he had se- d the words Charles Uonaparte to be 1 is usual de- signation he would not so completely have fulfilled the prophecy. \Ve also read in Rev. xiii. 18 : "Here is icisdom. Let 'lint J.'if/t a n < I rxt.iic //'//;/ count t/ie number of the J3east, (Orjpiov, properly the Wild-Beast :) for it is the <}>er of a man ; and //>'< number is six hundred three" score and six" The Wild-Beast here referred to is evi- dently from the context the Wild-Beast which had the wound by a sword and did live, (verse 14,) and whose 86 SIXTH PP.OOF. deadly wound was healed, (verse ] 2,) that is, the Wild- Beast since 1852 under Napoleon III.,* its seventh-revived or resurrected Head, the career of which is specially de- scribed in Rev. xiii. Although the Wild-Beast primarily signifies the Roman Empire, yet Louis Napoleon, its Eighth Head, as its personal representative, is himself comprehensively denominated the Wild-Beast; and in Rev. xiii., it is stated that during his 3^ years' persecu tion of the saints, (verse 5,) a second Wild-Beast, the Roman Pontiff, will cause people to make an idol or image (EIKGIV, as in Rom. i. 23) to him and worship it, and have imprinted on their right hands or foreheads his mark or his name, (one of the words Louis Napoleon,} or GG6, the number of his name, (Rev,, iii. 17, xv. 2.) This will be a revival of the custom, that formerly ob- tained among the Greeks, of putting upon their hands or foreheads the hieroglyphic name or mark of the heath- en deity they worshipped. In the Latin, Greek, and He- brew languages, the letters of the alphabet were used as numerals instead of the Arabic figures, and therefore when Antichrist's name is translated into those languages, the. letters composing it will necessarily amount to a cer- tain number, which is called the number of his name. Louis is essentially a word of Latin origin, and becomes in Latin Ludomcus; thus the Roman Catholic priests, in their L:itin prayers for Napoleon, say Fac salvum Ludo- vicum. This word was long since thought of by many expositors as likely to be the name of the Antichrist or Wild-Beast, because of the exactness with which it con- * Even secular writers use the prophetic imagery in describing the resurrection in 1852 of the Napoleon dynasty that wan and i* not and yet is. Mr. St. John, in his Biography of Napoleon III., p. 273, says: "They elected him as one of their representatives in that Legislative Babel, the National Assembly. From that moment the fate of the Re- public was sealed. The skeleton of Napoleon, already brought from St. Helena, rose from its grave to crush the fragile form of Liberty to death. Tlie old man stood in the young one, whom he had invested with artificial interest, and enabled him to stifle the voice of freedom." Napoleon III. is moreover better prepared than his uncle for the position of uni versal monarch, from having resided in the United States, England, Italy, Switzerland, Germany, etc., and being in fact a cosmopolite, or citizen of the world. He may almost be regarded as a naturalized Eng- ashman, having lived so long in England, and even acted as special constable to suppress apprehended riots in London in April, 1848, NAPOLEON'S NAME EQUAL TO 666. 37 tains the number GOO. The Key. J. Brooks, in his " Ele- ments of Prophecy," in 1836, said: " Seebachius was, I l>elievc, the first that fixed unon Lncloincus as the name nf tli<- I>cainee, and I.^i-vl, a (lermaii writer more than a century a_fo, in his "Gnomon," also considered if to le the trord f>rc>Lnii!lcd t as containing \M\(\. But still be Antichrist's chief name. (Rev. ix. 11.) In letters of tlu alphabet anynume : 1=1, V (or U)=5, X==10, L=50, C=100, D=500, M=1000; the remaining let- are eipl; \\licn reduced to figures :-d'mir t the respective values <>f thc^e Unman letters, amnimN iWB thus: L 50+U 5 -|. I) :.<>() 4-Q 04-V 5 -f I 1-fC 100-|-U5-fS 0=666. In tlie < letter i - a numeral, :-din;_r t th- fnilnwiivir - -1, /3=2, y==3, (5=4, ^6, =7, r/=8, 0=0, ^=10, /c=2(), ;JO, //=40, r >, o=70, 7T=80, (koppa) 0, p=100, (T=200, r=:U)0, t=40(), 0=500, ^=600, =700, <>f< /,/,, which is in, is \vriu en in the dative ca^e in Greek usual (Jiv.-k form of dedicatory inscriptions upou the foreheads of < . or tenipli's ( xvii. 23)* it 1, om, which contains the fat.il number N 50+a 1-hrt 80+o 70-f x 30-f t 5 + 70 + v 50 + f 300 + t 10 = r,f>0. For the Kevc hition Ix-inLT written in (ireck, the nunihcr 600 must he contained in Antichrist's name in Greek, and in tl*3 * There npponr? to be an allusion to X:i]>ol>on\< nnmo in .Tor. iv. 7, whpr .. Mrl.rhst is thus ;ne up from his thicket un-l the destroyer of , ].',< w:iy : forth from his place to mako thy land ilo<.l:ite. M In Givok, i-a-rnr (npO) means a M>W.-, and added together thus: A 30 + o 70+* 10 + s 200+N 50 + a 1-f TT 80 + o 70 + A 30+e 5 + o 70 + v 50=666. The statement that the number of the Wild-Beast is the number of a man, clearly implies that the term, the Wild-Beast^ is used as a synonym for its Eighth Head, the Man of Sin, the number of whose name must be 666. This principal fulfilment does not, however, exclude ad- ditional fulfilments in other designations of the ten-horned Wild-Beast, as well as in regard to the two-horned Wild- Beast, (Rev. xiii.,) or Roman Pontiff, (whose two horns probably point to his becoming the Head of two hitherto separate Hierarchies, the Romish and Greek Church, or perhaps the Mahomedan Church.) For thus the number 666 is contained in a Latin title of the Pope, Vicarius fdli Dei, and again in the Greek words anogari^, an apostate, XaTtivo$, (all the letters of which, except the last, are found in NaTroAeovr^,) a Latin man, and TJ XarLvrj Qaoiheia, the Latin kingdom. As the number 7 is a syrn- boLof the most perfect excellence, so the number 6 is a symbol of the most complete depravity; and 8 is a resur- rection number ; the Greek letters. of the name of Jesus, (Irjaovc;,) who is the first-fruits of the Resurrection, nu- merically amount to 888 ; also the 8th Head of the Ro- man Kmpire is, ns it were, a resurrection man, who has raised the Xapoleon dynasty from its grave, and who will leave this earth without himself undergoing 'death, (Rev. xix. 20.) VII. BECAUSE ins GRECIAN 3-; XT u ACTION, his sphinx-- like impenetrability of countenance, his addiction to this practice of Spiritualism, and his deceptive professions of a pacific policy, identify him with the description given of the Personal Antichrist in Dan. viii. In the prophetic vision recorded in Dan. viii., a two- horned ram, representing the Medo-Persian kingdom, was exhibited as being assaulted and Irampled under foot by a goat symbolizing the Grecian kingdom. Between the goat's eyes was a notable horn, which was explained NAPOLEON III. THE GRECIAN LITTLE HORN. 3$~ to signify Alexander the Great-, (verse 21.) When by Alexander's death (he notable horn w,-is broken, four ;f horns came up in its place, denoting Kgypt, Greece, r rhr- ; Syria, the four kingdom 'ively of 1'toleniy. :uus Alexan- winder's generals, . iioin the Grecian kingdom thus .me subdi\ -idcd. Out of one of these four horns or kingdoms tl-. <'uwMck . n/ii'f t<>tr((r<7 tj( "//'/ /<>/' wl /"//'?, (verse lO This little horn, Avhieh is typically the Mali. -inc. Ian Antirhrist, but 1 \jic:tlly the Personal Anti'-iir: Napoleon, is iiirt: 11 When the transgressors arc come to tiro fall, a king of fierce coun- IO, and understanding a-t4o!i'"ii lias m, -.-, one of the lour horn-kin-. ives his origin and is lineal !\ rcian family of hi<_rh rank. One of }\\^ ;r i 11., Ki;!]>. r. >r of 'Pivbisondc, \\a- t!,<- rightful lieir 1 >ne , an-l \va- n togeras over the com- munity that was settled tin-re. This otl'^-ial , was inlu.-i-cl from iear of being subjugated by tlio Turks, to emigrate from Mania to Italy with 3000 of his fellow-countrymen. Arriving in Genoa on Jan. 1, 1676, he obtained from tin \e Senate a grant of some tracts of land in Corsica, which were thenceforth colon- i/.ed by him and his descendants. One of his sons, Cal- ros Comnene, subsequently settled in Florence in Tuscany, and as the Greek word Colomeros (nal^ uepo$) signifies in Italian bit07ia parte, he therefore adopted the name of Buonaparte. In 1719 Antonio Buonaparte, a 4d SEVENTH member of this Buonaparte branch of the Comnonc fam- ily, emigrated from Tuscany to Corsica : and Napoleon Buonaparte, who was born at Ajaccio in Corsica on Aug. 15, 1769, was his grandson. Corsica was ceded by tire Genoese to France in 17G-S. The descent of thd Com- ncne family from David II. r last Emperor of Trebisoncfe, \vas attested by letters patont of Louis XVI., issued on Sept. 1, 1783. This account of Napoleon's family is given in the Memoirs of the Duchess D'Abrantc^, pub- lished at Paris in 1835. The characteristics of the little horn of Dan. viii. also apply to Louis Napoleon in respect of his being a khiy of fierce countenance, taking tbis Hebrew phrase to sig- nify (as in Dent. viii. 50) the possession of iron strength and indomitable determination. Or if we translate the adjective^erce from the Greek of the Septuagint, where it is rendered avai&f}$, it will signify a brazen-faced, im- perturbable, immovable, unreadable visage. Napoleon's countenance has long been noticed to be of this charac- ter ; it expresses no emotion either of joy or grief, of af- fection or hatred, of exultation or disappointment. Beinp thus, no index whatever to his mind, it, assists him in concealing his dark schemes, and cloaking: his deep de- The expression icndtirstanding rfm'ly prac- ?i-ed liis magic art in presence., of the 'Knu>wr : the. spirits of deceased persons are supposed to <>ter ii.-to and possess these mediums whose iaeulties of arl ; cvJ.fitioA * "Another peculiarity in his character is ki.s uncfpialled power -of un- foldirif/ li'uits'lf acconlin^ to the circumstances of the ca.se. In thU respect, he bears a formidable resemblance to the typical enemy of mankind the serpent. He lay for years, coiled together in a lethargy until aroused by the occasion, he displayed his fangs, uncoiled his folds, and shot forth his icy frame just far enough to seize his prey, but nr further. With impenetrable secrecy he forms his plans, and carrier them out when formed with invincible determination. But he nevci wastes a word and seldom an action. He thinks more than he says and says less than he docs." Purdcm's Last Vials. IfAPOLEOX JIT. A. COXFITlMEt) SPIKlTirALTST. 41 they then ma?;e n>-e of k to their earthly acq laint- nnces : the spirit of Napoleon I. is reported to have; often comm- : anner with his Imperial nephew ; and rr was probaWy in direct allusion t<* this, that Louis Napoleon oner' said to tlie French Senate: ir What ni'^st affects my heart is the thought tliat the spirit r.f the Knipcror is with me, tliat liis mind guides rnc, hade protects me." It is evident, that tho 5piritx which speak through mcdiuins arrd which claim to he the spirits of , :;re in reality demons n great}) --nation. Tlicy enable tire medium to imitate the v -nf, irestures, ;md handwriting of t 1 Iih s'leh ftCCOra6y, 88 com- pletely to deceive those who have not learned from Scrip- ture that this is entirely the work of the Devil. Spirit- ualism i f Antich;' : that ha^everycrt id its most ardent followers do not disguise their dc-ii-e to see Christianity and all its institutions, such as marria-.n 1 and the l.hath, swe[t out of exi^tene^ ft is l>y t'he sMpn-riatur.al arf of Spiritual- ]y such miracles. Already there ar> rrithlff, painting, music-performing, healincr, and physical mav n mediums, hy whose diaholir.-d sorceries more than two million persons in America have become more ( .r less confirmed in infidel- ity. Th-)lindne o\vn, eold and impassive, but full of latent energy, cautions in decision, but having decided, prompt, rapid and impetuous. Almost intuitive in ^raspin^ opportuni- ty, or detecting weakness ; improved by study, steeled by adve.-- i pl'med for every viciSSltUcl une, he i imable ^alitieations for his own position. Xor in private lite is he deficient in commanding respect, 01- eaptivafmir sympathy : of the most winning manners when minded to assume them; perfectly munilicent by nature and by habit; chivalrous, sincere, constant: of him it, will ne\er In- s.ud that he forgot a kindness or abandoned a friend. Marvellous as his character appears at {.resent, it in n \ ery partially de- ped. 'rip- iv ,-r, in which he habitually ads himself may nol DOW b" violated, though that made him the victim of the ption. 1 iturn recluse, the talent-, attain :id adcompliahmepts, which he un- a s;i|erior man, but with that superiority which conceals itself under a doubt- ful exterior. His life is altogether internal: his words do not indicate his in-piration : his gesture does not show his audacity; hi- not intimate his ardor; his demeanor . his resolutions. All his moral nature is in a certain manner kept under by his physical nature. lie thinks and does not discuss: lie decides and does not deli' ' e acts and does not make much movement ; he pronounces and does not as- sign his reasons. His l;e-t friends do not know him: he commands confidence and never seeks it. Every day ho presides in silence at his council of ministers ; he listens to everything that is said, speaks but little, and never yields ; with a phrase brief and clear as an order of the 44 SEVENTH PROOF. clay, he decides the most disputed questions. But wi(l that inflexibility of will there is nothing abrupt 01 nbso- lute in the form. Queen Hortense used to call him mildly obstinate, and that judgment of the matter is completely true. The somewhat English stillness of his person, man- ncrs, and even language, disappears under an alia hi lit 1 .', which with him is only the grace of sentiment. Many ire deceived by th;it appearance, and take his goodness for weakness and his ailability for insincerity. At -, bot- tom he is completely master of himself; and his kindest movements eiiKT into his actions only according to the exact measure he has determine^)!!. Easily roused, lie cannot soon be led away; he calculates everything, even his enthusiasm and acts of audacity ; his heart is only the vassal of his head." Another portraiture of Napoleofl III. is given by Mr. Madden, in his "Life of Lady Blessington," Vol. I., p. 470, from which the above extract is taken : " This man- mystory, the depths of whose duplicity no CEdipus has yet sounded, is a problem even to those who surround him. I watched his pale, corpse-like, imperturbable features, not many months since, for a period of three hours. I saw 80,000 men in arms pass before him, and I never observed a change in his countenance or an ex- pression in his look, which would enable 4 , the bystander to say whether he was pleased or otherwise at. the stir- ring scene that was passing before him, on the Aery spot where Louis XVI. was put to d<-ath. He did not speak to those around him except at very long intervals, and then with an air of nonchalance, of ennui, and of eternal occupation with self. lie rarely spoke a syllable to his uncle Jerome Bonaparte, who was on horseback some- what behind him. It was the same with his brilliant staff. All orders came from him. All seemed centred in him. He gave me the idea of a man who had a per- fect reliance on himself, and a feeling of complete control over those around him. I should be disposed to regard him as a man originally well intentioned and well dis- d, of good qualities wrongly directed in his studies, ngly imbued with feelings of veneration for his impe- rial uncle, taught to conceal them in the times of the re- verses of his family; in his tender years trained to dis- NAPOLEON III. OF INSCRUTABLE COUNTENANCE. 45 simulation, who had ^rown up to manhood accustomed to sileii. -y and self*commuiiion, an ambitious, n)o,,dy younir i.ian, with a dash of uvnius in the compo- sition of his mind, and a tin^e of superstition in liis cre- dence in tin- connection of his fortune witli the dispensa- tions of Divine Providence, that j/ive a permanent color iialism lo his oj.inions, in keeping with the impulses of an immoderate ambition which may have perturbed to Sonic extent his i mairinat i< -n." A man whose life is all interior, (not spiritually so, but wholly worldly-minded,) who lives for himself, in himself, and by himself whether in a state prison or on a throne, cannot h.n^ remain in a state of mind either safe for himself or the confidence that others may place in his stability of ptirp.oe, policy, or prOQMfiea. He i> a man of Considerable talent, of in. - ambition, and of no inor.-d principles; qfonefi . a belief in the destiny of his elevation to gupl , cr, and the suilicieney of hi< o\\n abilities to maintain it: a fatalist working out a :ny that is de-ired by him : a projector on a grand !' plans for the i ii objects; wrapt, np in the traditions of the Kmpirr and its irlory : without j-alhies with other men, without confidence in any man. aDD688, the imbecility and soi-did dUpo>iti..ns of all aroiini:cArsi: ins sn.i.r.x KISI: ri:o.M OI;STIMTY to gn-at p"\ver, his olviuis determination to seize Palestine, and al-o :isition of exten>i\ c dominions and ot valuable u'old tields in the north of Africa, are in accord-, ance with the prophecies in Dan. xi. regarding the Per- sonal Antichrist. Pun. xi. 21 : "And in his estate (on his own basis) shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom : but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries. . . . 41: He shall enter also into the glorious land." ... 43: But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious thincrs of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.' T (See Chap. II. Event IV.) 46 EIGHTH PP.OOF. It is generally admitted by the most discriminating expositors, that in the literal-day fulfilment of Dan. xi. 21 to the end of Dan. xii., we have a continuous narrative ot the actings of the vile person or Man of Sin, who is plain- ly cotemporary with the time of the Insurrection of the righteous, (Dan. xii. 2.)* The first two verses of Dan. xi. refer to the four Persian kings, Cambyses, Smerdis, (called Ahasuerus and Artaxerxes, Ez. iv. 6, 7,) Darius, and Xerxes, who followed in succession after Cyrus' death ; then Alexander the Great, (verses 3, 4,) having conquered Xerxes, ultimately left his vast kingdom to bo divided among his four generals, iTysimachus, Cassander, Ptolemy, and Seleucus. The two latter, ruling over Egypt and Syria, are called the kings of the South and the North, because Egypt is south, and Syria north of the Holy Land. Expositors generally understand verses 5 to 20 to contain the history of the Ptolemies and Seleu- ci Rime the Imperial dignity, but only made him President ibr :J years, yet In- 'ned f /" h'lit'jj.nm $y flatteries : he gradually contrived by his subtle policy, and by the -o// / > iFetat in 1851, to become permanently invested with su- preme authority as Kinjx-mr. It is remarkable that in the days of his comparative irity, he had the fullest CO in the greatness of his fir iny. Alison tin 4 historian, vol. v.. says: "The idea of a destiny and his having a minion to per- form was throughout :i fixed one in Louis Napoleon's mind. X<> d; in his star or the belief in th- ultimate fulfilment of his destiny. This 11 known to all \\ intimate with him in this country after he n -m America in 1S.T7. Amon^ other Doble h-.-u- .vhich he shared, was that of the Duk P*udianan near Lochlom. ;' Hamilton, :. irick ' Arrau. Hi- manner in both was in the c templatlOQOf the fytp ' tO the present. In 1839, til- ! of \V , then Lord 1> , came to visit the author after havii days at Pmchanan llor ; x r . ( )ne <.t' the iii'-t thii k Only think of that yomiLr man. Lonifl Napofeon, DOthr in-j; ean I him that lie is not to be Kmpcror of l^i-ance ; the Strasbourg atlair has n i : 'Several Hie KYvoIu- s4s, I n; ft1 liroderiek e in Arran. \Ve frequenlly went cMt to shoot to- Li'.'ther; neither cared much fo rt, and we soon i upon a lieathei-y brow of (-i oat fell and be^an to ik seriously, lie al\Vi;ys oj.ened these conferences li'v dis.-onrsinix of what he would do when he was Ern- rof Prance. Amongst other things he said he would obtain a ^rant from the Chambers to drain the marshes of the lories, which, you know, once fully cultivated, be- 48 EIGHTH PHOOF, came flooded when the inhabitants, who were chiefly Protestants, left the country on the Revocation or the Edict of Xiintes ; and what is very curious, I see (>y the lie \vspapers of the day, that he has got a, grant of two millions of francs from the Chambers to begin the drain- age of these very marshes,' (Alison's Europe, vol. v.) The last twenty-four verses of Dan. xi. will be fulfilled by Louis Napoleon during the 7 years and 2^- months be- tween the confirmation of his seven-years' Covenant* or leag'ifl with the Jews (verses 22, 2-3, l)an. ix. 27) and his final overthrow. They show that he will come in peace- ably and by his subtle manoeuvres obtain supreme power ovei Palestine and gradually get the fortified places, pro- bably such as Gaza, JafVa, and Acre, into his possession. His three expcdiiions against Kgypt (verses 25, 29, 40) take place before his imnge* i s se t up in the Jewish Temple in tlui midst of the 7 years, (verse 31, Dan. ix. 27 ;) for the narrative is retrogressive at verse 40, and the time oftJie end is clearly the period of about 5 years between the first Translation and the descent of Christ upon Mount Olivet. It is observable that Napoleon's military occupation of Palestine during part of the years I860 and 1801, and tlie reluctance with which he with- * The willingness of Xapoleon III. to receive divine honors is forc- fihadowvd by his reception of addivs.-.s in hi* journeys through the French provinces, styling him "their Saviour, Regenerator, tin'. Elect of God, the Messiah of the French nation" and in parody of the Lord's Prayer: " Our prince who urt in power, thy kingdom come, thy will be done at home us it is abroad," etc. lie is reported to have rewpvded with a gold snuil'-box a preacher who described him as euual to if not greater than Christ himself. In like manner Napoleon J., intoxicated with breathing the incense of constant adulation, desired to be address- ed by the title of " Votre Providence," (Frerc on Prophecy:) also in March 1S()7, when he convoked the Jews at Paris, he was styled by them the Lord's anointed Cyrus, the Uviny imf the J)'i,rln')h^ etc., ami the ciphers of his name and that of Josephine's were blended with tin* name of CJod and inscribed over the ark of the Covenant, which was further surmounted with the Imperial eagle. A prefect addressing him onee said: " God created Bonaparte and rested from his labors." On another occasion Bonaparte asked one of his courtiers what people thought of him; the reply was: *' Some think yon an angel, Sire: some a devil : but all agree you ave more than a man." This kind of l-!at- tery naturally leads great conquerors to aspire after divine honors, as Nfas the case with Nebuchadne/zar, Cyrus, Alexander, Romulus, Au- gustus Cawar, Herod, Antiochus, eta NAPOLEON III. THE WILFUL KING OF DAN. XI. 49 d:v,v his forces from it, plainly evince his determination ultimately to enter upon the possession of that glorious land, (versea 41, 4.~>.) Nor should it be forgotten that in 1 ^.Vj-:j he took the title of "Defender of the Faith and Protector of the Holy Places," and constituted himself the special guardian of the interests of the Ko- inan Catholics in Palestine. The recent extension of his power in Algiers mid elsewhere in Africa is evidently preparing the way for the fulfilment of the prophecy that tlf / (an* ff/mfl l>e at his steps. Also the statement in regard : lion with Af- rica that he sJntll Imrc, j> ures of gold v ' t < / (verse 4- following facts to be already receiving an in.-ipient fuliilment. According t.> the /, : Herald 01 September iM), i860, it ap- ]>ears that a Mr. K. A. Parrish, of Philadelphia, lias ap- |)lied to the I'nitid Stair- Government to assist him in recovering three million <1 ,- hich he claims to bo entitled under a contract \\ith tbc French Emperor. In ., having -1 from geol epical researches the exifii M-miiie in Senegal, Afric-a, he id information ' i" Napoleon, and M as ]ii-omi-e.l :i share in the proceed^, which in conse- quence of the abundant yield has amounted to the above sum. L < r, ls. r >:;, the Mmpercr sent out thirteen ships and njwards of three thousand men to work this mine, and has ever BJ D obtaining from it, princi- pally by slav-labor, enormous supplies of the auriferous metal. So rich ar.J inexhaustible is this gold-field, that }Ir. Parrish states that the only fear i- that the value of the metal will soon be depreciated by the vast amount brought into circulation. According to the official state- ments of the amount of gold coined by the three leading nations in 1S55 and the two following years, we learn that the amount coined in France was about sixty-one million pounds sterling, ($306,000,000,) in Kngland twenty million ponmN sterling, ($100,000,000,) and in the United States twenty-nine and a half million pounds sterling, ($148,000,000;) thus the coinage of France considerably eded the conjoint amounts of both England and the United States, and possibly the published statistics rather understated its real sum. *The mines of Senegal seem in 50 NIXTH PTCOOF. fact to have yielded more than both California and Aus- tralia added loo-ether. It was probably this that caused the Bank of France to remain unshaken in the commer- cial crisis of 1857, and that has enabled Napoleon to bear the otherwise ruinous expense of maintaining a standing army of nearly three quarters of a million of men, of providing* them with the most costly munitions of war, and also of fitting out a steam navy not inferior in strength to that of England.* TX. BECAUSE THE IUSE OF A FRKXCTI EMPEIIOR a few- years before 1864-8, who should revive the Napoleon dynasty, and become the Personal Antichrist, was pre- dicted hv prophetic \vrilers as early as thirty-five years before Louis Napoleon's accession to the throne of France. The following seven writers, Faber, Frere, Gauntlctt, Jackson, Irving, Jones and another, may be mentioned as having all distinctly predicted from the same prophetic. interpretation of the seven Heads of the Roman Wild- Beast, that a second French Emperor, like the first Na- poleon, would arise a few years before 18G4-8, and then * The following paragraph from- the Bunkers' Reporter (18G1) addi- tionally testifies to the existence of some mysterious source from which Napoleon obtains " In .i.mret of gold and of silver :" " It has been a great mystery to English bankers and to the Direct- ors of the Bank of England, how the bullion of the Bank of Franco could be so greatly increased within the last three years, while the insti- tution has been constantly sending gold to England, to Germany, and to America, Not long since the Bunk of France drew some fifteen million francs in silver from the Hank of England, which it paid for in gold bars with the Trench mint stamp on them. At its last report it showed a balance of one hundred and seventeen million francs in gold, while the amount one year ago was under eighty million nearly one third increase. It is whispered that this abundance of gold is the re- sult of a scientific discovery, which the Emperor Napoleon has secured the monopoly of. Gold is at the present moment manufactured at Paris in a secret manner. Though it is not known how extensively the precious metal is produced, yet several hundred-weight of the material nre taken to a certain place on the first of each month. Everything is conducted with the utmost secrecy. None of the workmen are allowed to leave, and nothing definite can be known ; but the fact that gold is produced is beyond peradventure. How long Napoleon III. will be abld to keep this wonderful secret remains to be seen/'" ADVENT OP NAPOLEON III. PEOPHESIED. 51 at tliis last-named period would perish at Armageddon antecedently to the commencement of the Millennium.* In 1818 the Rev. G. S. Faber, Prebendary of Salis- bury, and an expositor of great celebrity, showed in his ^"/- '/'///'/'/ I'"/////,'' to a Dissertation on the Prophecies that the French Emperorship or Napoleon dynasty from 1806 to 1815 was the seventh Head of the Unman Kmpire, and that although "wounded to death" at Waterloo in 1815, it must according to Rev. xiii. and xvii. )>< revived a few years before 1 M'.4-> : and shortly after that da 1 entativc having become mam- mi: Antichrist, would perish at Armageddon in Palestine. The same statement was iv'iterated by him in 1828 in his S,i.*red Calendar of 2*r<>/'/i'!/ ; and in 1852 he issued a little work called /, F'ron'h ilni- perorth'ip (ivpubli/) direetinir at- tention to the fact that his i'..re-f atemetit in 1H1H had been verified by Louis Napoleon's investiture with tho Imperial dignity in is.")!'. He a1> expressed his in- <-d CMnvieti.in that the French Kmpemr would perish er 1864 in the Armair'dd<'n \\' :ir introductorily to the inauguration of the .Millennium. In 1^1.") J. 11. Frere published Ins (/ombined View of the Prophecies, in which ho advanced the same predic- tion as to the Napoleon dynasty being revived some few years before 1867, which he CO i to be theproba- ole perin.l of eh;-' ent at Armageddon to destroy this seventh-revived or eighth Head of the Roman Em- pire. He also expressed himself to this effect: "There will be a resemblance between Napoleon I. the seventh Head, and the yet future eighth Head, short only of ac- tual identity/' * It is sometimes said that the restoration of the Napoleon dynasty might easily have been anticipated. The real fact, however, is, that scarcely any one ever expected such an event. In the " Napoleon Dy- '"(Sheldon, New-York) it is truly remarked: " More than half a century had swept by since the briftiant vision of Napoleon's star burst upon the world. Men had nearly forgotten that a Napoleon dynasty ever existed. That it would ever be restored, few believed even in moments of inspired hope." The same writer says : " The further the Bcholar ei tends his researches, the more he will be inclined to concede an originally Greek origin to the Bonaparte family." 52 NINTH PROOF. Another able expositor, the Rev. H. Gaunt! ett, wh( held that Antichrist would be destroyed at Arm aged don about 1866, likewise predicted that the Napoleon dynasty would be revived a few years before that period. He said : " It appears that within the first twenty years of the nineteenth century the sixth and seventh heads of the Apocalyptic Beast (the Roman Em- perorship and the French % Emperorship) have fallen. JPlain facts demonstrate the fulfilment of this part of the prophecy. Let a head of the secular Roman Empire now (1820) be sought, and it can nowhere be found. But not a day can be mentioned for more than 752 years before the birth of Christ, to the 18th of June, 1815, on which a head of the Roman Empire did not exist under one of the forms symbolized by the seven-headed Apocalyptic Beast described in this chapter. . . . The Apostle asserts that he saw one of the heads of the beast ' as it were wounded unto death, and his deadly wound was healed:' and he afterwards speaks of the 'beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.' It is evident, therefore, that the head which he saw thus wounded, was not the sixth, but the seventh head of the Roman beast. Histor- ical facts will demonstrate this position ; for it is certain that the sixth head did not receive a mortal wound by the stroke of a sword, but rather died a kind of natural death, by the Austrian l^mperor abdicating the title of Emperor of the Romans. The head, therefore, that was wounded unto death by the stroke of the sword, was the seventh, and the deadly blow was given it on the field of Waterloo. This point, therefore, is rendered certain by a plain matter of fact. It seems equally certain that the revival of the beast, under his eighth head or form of government, which was to ho the same as one of the pre- ceding seven, can be no other than a revival or restora- tion of the seventh head. In the hieroglyphical emblem which was exhibited to St. John, the wild beast appeared to revive in consequence of his deadly wound being healed. The identical wound, therefore, which occa- sioned the death of the beast, was again healed. Hut the wound which the Apostle saw thus healed, was in- flicted on the short-lived seventh head. This head has been ehown to be the FRANCTCJ EMPERORSHIP. Therefore PREDICTIONS CONCERNING NAPOLEON III. 53 the FRANCIC EMPERORSHIP is the head whoso deadly wound is destine- 1 to be healed. It is evident, therefore, that the head which was slain by the sword is to be the p'vivrd eighth head, which will nevertheless be one of the seven. In fact, it will be the seventh healed and re- . <1." An anon vinous Kv^osition of th Apocalypse was pub- lished in l^'J'.i, predicting from the same interpretation of the M-vrii Heads that a Freneh Kinperor like the iirst ] \\-.jild ar'iM- a fe\v years before Jsij? and would di at Christ's Ad'. ';e Uattle of Anna-jvddon, and that during 1 In- would nmst assuredly u'ain supremacy o\ ,-r <.iv.it IJritain,* (eh. x\ii.) The \Yild-U ':! Head -illarly explained by the Uev. .1. >. D in his MHItnniul C/utrcIi in 1831. He said: - The sixth i i Unman Kmpen.r- ship) continued till 1; si. This seventh Lath conic in the late Emperor of the French, who having depose.! the Emperor of Ger- many from the sovereignty of Koine, took that eily into the bounds of the French Empire, and ruled over it and in it, as llie Kmperor of France, making it the second rif v oi' his dominions. So that with what truth the King of it IJritain is sovereign over the capital of Scotland or Ireland, with that same truth was Xapoleon sovereign in Rome. And he abode a short time eoinpared \vith the others; forlo! he is already gone : and Koine is actually it (l.Si'O) without a temporal head; for the Pro- |>het doth never Contemplate the IV; h. The Topi 1 is but as an assessor to the Imperial Head. . . . Koi: the abdication of Xapoleon, hath therefore i witliout a Head : but is not lon^ so to continue, for it is said ' the beasl tl i- the eighth, and is of the seven, and ir- >eth into perdition/ (Kev. xvii.) Here for the- iirst linn- mention is made of an eighth Head upon tin >ut to account for the novel t; Me*! litli, yet in sonic way iiu-luded in the seven. . . . X A if i: -hoiild be the pur- of the Eternal and Almighty Governor of the 1'ni- brinir Napoi- .aparte's son* ibrtli in the of his father, so that in the revolution that is impending lie should start into bein;^ a- the Sovereign of Koine, the prophecy would ha\ -t fiillilment ; for whil- liieei-lith 1! would also be of the seven, . . . both together constituting the Personal An- * This has been completely fulfilled by Bonaparte's nephew, Napo- leon III., whoec continued occupation of Rome is the stepping-stone to his ok-vatiun over all the Koman i AuUerlen on Daniel, p. 221, justly says : U T: '.lire know no greater honor than to be a Holy Roman Em; .1:111 nationality. And even before it d, rxMiaparle had taken up the idea of the Roman Empire. His universal monurci, itially and avowedly Roman: his son was called King of Rome: his nephew, (Napoleon III,) in order to i'und his power, distributed among the French army Roman eagles. The Roman Empire is the idful, which exerts fascinating power on the rulers of the world, whii-h th<-y are ever striving to realize and will doubt 1 .1 in realizing. Of all phenomena of history none bears more essential resemblance to Antichrist than this demoniac Napoleonism which from the outset identified itself with the idea of the Roman Em- pire." 56 TENTH PROOF. tichrist of the last days, who is to bring the judgments upon the Papacy to an end, and then to pass into perdi- tion. His second title, ' that ascendeth out of the bot- tomless pit and goeth into perdition,* denotes the brief stay he is to be permitted to make upon this earth. We have already seen that he is to appear in the person of some one who is destined to exercise sway and authority in Home, and to become the eighth Head, while he is also of the seven. And to his standard all the kingdoms of the Papacy are to join themselves, and while at the head of this confederacy, he is to execute signal vengeance upon Babylon." A seventh expositor, the Rev. T. Jones, of Creaton, in 1836 gave the same explanation of the Wild-Beast's seven Heads, in his treatise, " The Interpreter," and considered that the seventh-revived or eighth Head would be de- stroyed at Armageddon about or soon after 1866. He said : " The woman (Rev. xvii. 3) is the Church of Rome, and the beast on which she rides is the Roman Empire. The seven heads are seven mountains, and signify also seven forms of government. Five heads of the beast had fallen, when John had the vision. The sixth head also fell at the time that the Austrian Emperor relinquished the title of Emperor of the Romans, (in 1806.) The seventh head is evidently Napoleon Bonaparte, 'who continued but a short time, and received the deadly wound by tho sword.' And now (1836) ' he is not/ The Roman Em- pire has no head at present, but his ' deadly wound shall be healed ' in the eighth head which is yet to come This will be ' of the seven,' probably of the seventh, that is of the same form of government with Bonaparte's." Another expositor, M. Ilabershon, in his Dissertation on the Prophetic Scriptures in 1840, likewise predicted on the same grounds the resuscitation of the Napoleon .dynasty, or septimo-octave Head, although he did not distinctly, like the others, refer to 1864-1 as the time of the end. X. BECAUSE THE END OF THIS DISPENSATION is shown by ten dates and four septenaries to be about A.D. 1871- 72 : and as the Personal Antichrist is to be revealed seven years previously by making a Covenant with the Jews, NAPOLEON III. THE FOREORDAINED ANTICHRIST. 67 therefore lie will soon have arrived at the time of his manifestation ; and no li\ -on corresponds with his predicted character except Louis Xapolen. \ the C'hrixt, by Anna and Simeon (I.uke ii.) aud others who took Jieed to the sure word of Prophecy, so Napo- leon III. can be recognised as the Personal Antichrist, by those who vigilantly watch and M of th? (inn*. T)ie fact of the Kn0 years. Usher, according to whose chronology the Nativity was in 4004, omitted to reckon nearly 130 years in the time of the Judges, on which account his chronology i& fundamentally erronoua 58 TENTH PROOF. be about 1871-72, are the 6000, 2520, (seven times, Dan. iv.,) 2500, 2300, (Dan. viii. 14,-) and 1335 years, (Dan, xii. 12,) which all terminate in 1871-2: also the 1290, 1260, (Dan. xii.,) 666, 390, and 360 years, (Rev. xiii., ix. 15, x. 6,) which ending respectively in 1824-7, 1794-7, It was a general belief among the Jews and the Fathers that the mil- lennium would commence with the personal coming of Christ, 6000 years after the creation. (2) The 25-0 years is "the seven limes" men- tioned in Dan. iv. 16, and Lev. xxvi. 18, during which the Jews were to have the pride of their power broken and be chastised for their un- faithfulness, and have their kingly power transferred to the four Gen- tile Monarchies. A time means a Jewish year of 360 days, which, by taking a day for a year, as in Numb, xi v. 34, Ezek. iv. 6, represent 360 years. The2520yearscommencingjn 648-9 B.C., at the captivity un- der Manasseb, and at the time of Nebuchadnezzar's birth, will termi- nate in 187 1-2, as the period of the full restoration to Palestine of the Jews that are spared at Christ's Advent. (3) The 2500 years is a pe- riod of 50 times 50 years, ending with a Jubilee of Jubilees. It com- mences about 628-9 B.C., at the time of the great passover in Josiah's 18th year, (2 Chron. xxxv.,) when the last Jubilee seems to have been kept, and ends in 1871-2, when the next Jubilee will be celebrated at Christ's Coming. (4) The 2300 years in Dan. viii. 13, 14, commence primarily in 456-7 B.C., at Ezra's restoration of the sacrifices, (Ez.vii.,) und secondarily in 428-9 B.C., at Nehemiah's completed renewal of the sacrifices, (Neh. xiii.,)and thus bring us to 1843-4 as the commence- ment, and to 1871-2, as the completion of the cleansing of the sanc- tuary of the Holy Laud by the destruction of Mohammedanism and the full restoration of Israel. (5,) (6,) and (7,) The 1335, 1290, and 1260 years in Dan. xii. 7, 11, 12, have a common commencement in A.D. 5 * 1-7, when the temporal power of Popery wasfirstestablished by Jus- tinian's Code. They end respectively in 1794-7, 1824-7, and 1872. The temporal power of the Pope was broken at the French Revolution, 17IM-7 ; in 18-4-7 the mystic Euphrates or Turkish Umpire began to dry up under the 6th Vial, precursory to Babylon's overthrow ; and in 1871-2, the time of millennial blessedness will arrive. There is also ndfiry fulfilment of the 1269 years from 606-12 to 1866-72.(8) Tin- 6t>6 years iu llev. xiii. 18, taken as a date and commencing 534-7, end in 1202 A.D., when the papal power reached its height. Carried on again from 1202, it en^e i n 1868, the beginning of the 3J years* Tribulation. (9) The 390 years in Rev. ix. 15, carried on twice from JOU3, measures the duration of the Turkish Woe, and ends in 1813-1. (10) The 260 years in Rev. x. 6 is denoted by the phrase a time, which literally means a Jewish year,or 360 days, but prophetically 360 years. There shall be a time no longer, means, " There shall be 360 years no longer ," from the Reformation in 1517, which Rev. x. describes, until the End. The dates and scptenaries are also explained in diagrams I. and III., and more fully in the Author's work : " The coming Battle." It should be remembered that the year 1871, according to Jewish reckoning, ends about April or September, in 1872. TILE llOUtt AND THE MAN. 59 186S, 1844, and 1872, form additional links in the chro- nological chain of evidence. As regards the lour septe- nari V Heads of the Beast, the 7 Seals, 7 Trum- 7 Vials we are living under tlie seventh-revived or last Head of the Beast, and just before the fulfilment of tiie year-day 7th Seal, 7th Trumpet, and 7th Vial, which will last for about 5 years, from lsoO-7 to 1871- 7-J. (Rev. vii. xi. 18. xvi. 15). As soon as they jfrnmicnce the first sta.ire in Christ's Advent, His Coming in the air to translate the 144,000 Wise Virgins, takes pla<' distance of about t . and live or ni\ bfl date of the seven-years' Covenant, Chap. II., Kvent 5.) DuriiiLT the succeeding five 'is. trumpets vials, and nearly all the dates in Daniel and lu-velation have their future recapitulated literal-day fuliilment. Their past year-day fulfilment has been interpreted by more than a hundred expositors to show that the coming of Ciiri- 1 of this Dispen- sation would occur between 1 sU and 1869-73. It is at this last-named year probably that the second translation and descent of Christ upon 31t. Olivet, at the Battle of Armageddon, will take place, and Antichrist and his fol- lowers being slain, the Millennium will be fully inaugu- rated. M AIJL THESE CONSI i >KK \ TIONS it appears that whereas Napoleon B-> -lew his thousands, Louis Napoleon will slay, his hundreds of thousands: the former scourged men with whips, but tin; hitter will chastise tht>m with The one only required homage to Le offered to him as a King, but the other will demand worship to be rendered him as a god. The Uncle made Europe the principal theatre of his desolations : but the Nephew will fill the four Continents of Europe, Africa; Asia, and America, with destruction and slaughter. The former nn successfully meditated, but the latter will triumphantly achieve, the humiliation and conquest of England, Russia, and Turkey. Satan was but experimenting when ho raised up the first Napoleon as a Great Destroyer, but he has taxed his powers to the utmost to produce his most finished masterpiece, the Third Napoleon, who will be unapproachably the Greatest of all Destroyers. (50 THE COMING DAY OF JUDGMENT. THIS CHAPTER MAY BE SUITABLY Concluded by the following practical address to the unconverted, from McCheyne's sermons (published at Carter's, New York ; and in Edinburgh). " There is a great day coming, often spoken of in the Bible the Day of Judgment the day when God shall judge the secrets of men's hearts by Christ Jesus. The Cbristless will not be able to stand in that day: The ungodly shall not stand in the judgment. At present, sinners have much boldness ; their neck is an iron sinew, and their brow brass. Many of them cannot blush when they are caught in sin. Is it not amazing how bold sinners lire in forsaking ordinances ? With what a brazen face will some men swear ! But it will not be so in a little while. When Christ shall appear the holy Jesus, in all his glory, then brazen-faced sinners will begin to blush. Those that never prayed will begin to wail. Sinners, whose limb.- carried them stoutly to sin and to the Lord's Table, will find their knees knocking against one another. Who shall abide the day of his coming, and who shall stand when he appears ? When the books are opened the one the book of God's remembrance, the other tho Bible then the dead will be judged out of those things written in the books. Then the heart of the ungodly will die within them ; then will begin 'their shame and ever- lasting contempt.' Many wicked persons comfort them- selves with this, that their sin is not known, that no eye sees them ; but in that day the most secret sins will be all brought out to the light. 'Every idle word that men shall speak they shall give an account thereof in the Day of Judgment.' How would you tremble and blush, oh wicked man, if the secret sins you have committed during your past life were known to your acquaintances ; all your secret fraud and'-cheating ; your secret uncleanness ; your secret malice and envy; how you would blush and be confounded ! How much more in that day, when the secrets of your whole life shall be made manifest be- fore an assembled world I What eternal confusion will ink down your soul in that day ! You will be quite '.-hop-fallen ; all your pride and blustering will be gone. " From the day you were born you who are unconverted aave gone astray from the path of God's commandments. DANGER OF THE UNCONVERTED. 61 Every year, month, week, day, hour, minute, lias been filled up with sin. Every day has seen you go further fruin holiness, further from God, nearer to hell. You are treasuring up wrath against the day of wrath. Oh ! what a treasure ; keeping up fuel to burn you through eternity. If any uf you live in drinking or swearing, or any one Bin, you are heaping up fuel for your eternal hell. You arc u<-:;iiiLr further on in your sin. You are wreathing your chains more and -more round you. I5y a law of human natm ;i sin, the habit becomes sin.-; -lining more com- }>i( -lely like the devil. ry day more hard to turn. EXJ -1 lows that most people are converti d when yoiinir. ' Tin y th. Ml lind : ;-al man is ignorant \ (,'od from the very womb. anger to him. so that he does not kimw him. lie has no true discovery of God's infinite purity, of his inn : : d of the strictness of of God, nor how iviour. lie is mainly ignorant dm x. 4. '(in.l ^ n,,t in all his thoughts.' Eith - s not turn his mind up. -n d'.,d at all, or else In- thinks hi;.: :,e as himself. * There i> none that nd< ;;:.' I'- Bh A- l)orn child will naturally feel after its mother's Bfc But it does not in the same n.;. k after God. ' Tin-re is none that ih after God. 1 From the very first we dislike God. .i!d tpdfl reii.-h the j.rcseiico of its earthly parents, and of c ther children. I5ut it does not relish the prtst-ncc of Q :tural tendency of the heart is to <_ro away from G like the ]>resence of a very eminent saint. If he has full liberty, lie will leave the room, and mpany more suited to his taste. This is the very way he treats God. (;<>! is too holy for him ; he is too pure, and. therefore, IK; does all he can to leave his company. This is the reason you cannot get unconverted men to pray in secret. They would rather spend half an hour in the tread-mill every morning than go to meet God. This is the true condition of every one of you wbo is now unconverted ; indeed it was the condition of 62 THE BURNING LAKE AWAITING THE WICKED. vis all, but some of you have been brought out of it. From the time you were in the womb, till now, your whole head and heart have been turned away from God. Gen. viii. 21. 'The imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth,' &c. Job xiv. 4. ' Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean, not one ?' Your whole nature is totally depraved. You are accustomed to think that you have some parts good ; that a great part of your life has been innocent. You admit that some pages of your life are stained with crimson and scarlet sins ; some pa ires you blush to look back upon ; but surely you have some fair leaves also. Learn that you are 'estranged from the womb.' Every moment you have spent without God, and turning away from God ; every page has got tin's written at the top of it, This day God was not in all his thoughts, he did not like to retain God in his knowl- edge. Genesis vi. 5. 'Every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. 7 " The place in hell is quite ready for every unconverted soul. When Judas died, the Scriptures say, 'he went to his own place.' Jt was his own place before he went there, being quite prepared and ready for him. As when n man retires at night to his sleeping room, it is said he is gone to his own room, so a place in hell is quite ready for every Christ less person. It his own place. When the rich man died and was buried, lie was immediately in his own place. He found every thing ready. lie lifted up his eyes in hell, being in torments. So hell is quite ready for every Christless person. Jt was prepared, long ago, for the devil and his angels. The lires are all quite ready, and fully lighted and burning. "Ah! should Christless souls then make mirth! A malefactor might, perhaps, say that he would be merry as long as the scaffold was not erected on which he was to die. But if he were told that the scaffold was quite ready, that the sword was sharpened, and the executioners standing ready, oh ! would it not be madness to make mirth ? Alas ! this is your madness, poor Christle-s soul. You are not only condemned, but the sword is sharpened and ready, that is to smite your soul ; and yet you can be happy, nnd dream away your days and nights in pleasures that perish in the using. The disease is HELL-TORMENTS OP ALL THE FINALLY LOST. 63 refldy, tho arrow is on the string, the grave is ready, yea, hell ready, your own place is made ready; arid yet you can make mirth ! You can play games and enjoy company. How truly is your laughter like the crackling of thorns under a pot : a flashy blaze, and then the black- i-irkness forever ! V. .11 are not only condemned, and not only is the sword ready, but it may fall on you at any one moment. Your is, as it were, on the block. Your neck is baivd before God, and the whetted sword is held over you ; and ::iake mirth ? Can you take up your mind with business and worldly things, and getting rich, build- ing and phi:/ .' soul may be re- quired of you? Can you lill up your time with games jind ainii ifth books and entertaining eom- pani'-ns y Can you fill up your hours after work with :iton behaviour, adding sin to sin, trea- "iring up wrath against the day of wrath, when you know not what hour the \ i may come upon to i!ie uttermost? ('an J i rless to your IT mind filled with dark and horrid ima- lit ! h.- vou may be in hell ire the mornii ' When the Tace is done, when the sinner sinks into hell. i-it will strive no more. There will be no family worship in hell, no Bible read, no Psalms sung. There will be no Sabbath in hell, no preached gospel, no watchman to warn you of your sin and danger. The voice of the watchman will be silent, the danger has come, your doom will be past, and no room for repent- ance. There will be no more convictions by the Spirit, cience will condemn, but it will not restrain. Your hearts will then break out. All your hatred to God, the fountains of contempt and blasphemy in your heart will I-, all broken up. You will blaspheme the God of Heaven. All your lusts and impurities that have been pent up and repressed by restraining grajce and the fear of man, will burst forth with amazing impetuosity. You will be wicked and blasphemous as the devils around you. Oh the misery of this ! it is an evil thing and bitter. Tho way of transgressors is hard. Ah 1 sinners, you will yet find sin the hardest of all masters ; you will yet find your 64 FUTURE MISERY OF THE DAMNED. grovelling lusts to be worse than the worm that neve dies. ' He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. Rev. xxii. 11. " When the day of grace is past, all holy creatures will cast you away. Reprobate silver shall men call them, for the Lord hath rejected them. The angels will no longer take any interest in you. They will know that it is not fit they should pity you any more. You will be tormented in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb. (Rev. xiv. 10). The redeemed will no longer pray for you, nor shed another tear for you. They will see you condemned in the judgment, and not put in one word for you. They will see you depart into everlasting fire, and yet not pray for you. They will see the smoke of your torments going up forever and ever, and Vi-t f afleetlon toward his father. When the summer ill dowu upon the sea, it draws the vapors upward to the -1 .lien the sunbeams of the Son of Kit;'!. fall upon the .soul, they draw forth the const. love to him in return. "If you h.ve an ; P80H you will love their picture. ;hat the sailor's wife keeps so closely wrapped in u napkin, laid up in her best drawer imiong sw^et smelling flowers ? She takes it out morning and evening, and gazes at it through her tears. It is the picture of h#r absent husband. She loves it > it is like him. It has many imperfections, but still it is like. Believers are the pictures of God in this world. The spirit of Christ dwells in them, They walk as he walked. True, thej g THE LOVE OF CHRIST TO SINNERSv are full of imperfections ; still they are real copies. If you love him, you will love them. You will make them your bosom friends. " Learn the amazing love of Christ. He was the only one that knew the wickedness of the beings for whom he died. He that searches the hearts of sinners died for them. His eye alone had searched their hearts ; aye, was searching at the time he came. He knew what was in men ; yet he did not abhor them on that account he died for them. It was not for any goodness in man that he died for man. He saw none. It was not that he saw little sin" in the heart of man, that he pitied him and died for him. He is the only being in the universe that saw all the sin that is in the unfathomable heart of man. He saw to the bottom of the volcano, and yet he came and died for man. Herein is love ! When publicans and sinners came to him on earth, he knew what was in their hearts. His eye had rested on their bosoms all their life, he had seen all the lusts and passions that had ever rankled there ; yet in no wise did he cast them out. So with you. His eye hath seen all your sins ; the vilest, darkest, blackest hours you have lived, his pure eye was resting on you ; yet he died for such, and invites you to come to him ; and will in no wise cast you out. ' God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have tverlasting life.* (John iii.) " Look to the cross. Behold the amazing gift of love. Salvation is promised to a look. Sit down like Mar} and gaze upon a crucified Jesus. So will the world be come a dim and "flying thing. When you gaze upon the sun, it makes every thing else dark ; when you taste honey, it makes every thing else tasteless ; so when your soul feeds on Jesus, it takes away the sweetness of all earthly things ; praise, pleasure, fleshly lusts, all lose their sweetness. Keep a continued gaze. Run, looking unto Jesus. Look, till the way of salvation by Jesus fills up the whole horizon, so glorious and peace-speaking. So will the world be crucified to you, and you unto tho world. " Convergent Ending of the Principal Prophetic Periods. The Lord Jeans having translated the Wise Virgins to the heavens about 5 years previously, now trans- lates all the remaining saints, and after from 2 to 5 days, descends with them at Armageddon, and plays the unrepentant and commenced the Millenium. N.B. The aboTft-menttoned periods of 2300, 1335, 1290, 1260, and 360 days hare a doable fulfilment both year-day and literal-day in common with the greater part of Daniel and Revelation. And although fulfilled typically as years accord- ing to the precedent in Numbers xiv. 31, Ezek. iv. 0, jet their chief fulfilaeai \ lu the final crisis as literal days. The chronological position of twenty lending events of the flcnl * years aud 2^ months of the Christian Dispensation, which commence witt Louis Napoleon's Covenant with the Jews, and end \vith his destruction. i First. i3vt sit. Confirmation of ft seven-years Covenant between Kapoleon and the Jew si exactly 7 years and 2>a months \ before the End. Dan; ix 27. -. In prophetic calculations, a year is always reckoned us containing 3GO days, or 12 months of SO days each. J In this diagram, Daniel and Revelation, unless otherwise stated, are 9 taken only in their literal day fulfilment, wherever they have any. i 3 seven years Yearday Rev. o XVi. 12. Fourth Event The three expe- ^ ditions ol Napoleon against Egypt, ^ will occur during the first 3 j probably the first in the 1st or 2d year, and the second & third in the Jf 2d or 3d year Dan. xi. 26 to 42. | % Fifth Kvetit. The coming of Christ in the air, resurrection of the S J Sixtlx Event. Great revival of religion Saints and translation; g- among the foolish virgins 6- and the unconverted that i't on the earth. llcv. yi. 2 & xiv. 6. of the 144,000 Wise Vir- ^ gius about the 5th or ^ 6th week of 3d year. Rev. xiv. l-o & xii. 5.! J. Seventh Event. The first four trumpets in this & next 8 months. 1 ? i ^:i(^htll Kvrnt War in Heaven & casting down of Satan, llv. 12. '. - tr i Mi. til Kvtiit Flight of many Saints into the wilderness. Rv. xii 14J 2 'pi.i i r<-r . 1<;ia OI Joauyujji, or ruiiuge of Popery (as well as! ' 1 ' llt spiritualism) into Na]...liM nisi. i. Rev. xiii-xvii.l * llth Event Napoleon supreme over England & part of America ' c Twelfth K vrnt. The ten kingdoms submit to ^a^leon. Rv. 17 I both begin with the 7th month Of the 4th in the midst of tlie seven v. Tin- 13th is the institution and continuance for 3; ; years of the Worship of Isa- poleon, after he has assaulted Jerusalem, and had his image placed in the temple, llv. xiii. The 14th event ifl the U 1 ... ye;.' timony of the 2 Witnesses and their slaughter and resurrection Rev. xi. The 1290 J:i:j5 days begin with these events. < 3 Seventeenth Event, Conversion of millions of persons chiefly among the heathen, between the two translations, and t'speeially from the 3d month of the 7th year until the End. Rev. x. i( Fifteenth Event. The 1st Woe of supernatural lo- custs, for twice nveinoa. from the 12th day of rapoih 10 of year 4. Rev. IX. _ I 7 I I 10 iv Sixteenth Kvent. The 2d Woe, or conflicts of the horserm n for twico a year and month from the 1'Jth day of month 32 of year 6. Rev. xi. This main- ly constitutes the Arma- geddon War. ^ j 7 f, I 8 jio id of the 3^ yonrs of Kapoloon's universal power 2 PI ilSH pS l.lSth Jiveiit. -Total d;irkae.sti & literal fuifilnu-ut >f 7 Vials begins. I 2 19tli EventSecond translation, 4 day.-' leiore thoend (1335th dy.j vc rit. -Third Woo Bottle of Annnpedclon, tdoacentofChristJ TWENTY COMING EVENTS. CHAPTER II. M IX CONSECUTIVE OKDEU OF TWKVIT ra THAT MAY HE r.xi'F.rTKi) TO <><. ftlHG THE CLOSING SEVEN YKAKS AND 2.1 MONTHS \>r DISPENSATION. Tin: seven -venant, -\vhich is to be made be- fi Louis Napoleon and the JeW&J exaetly seven \ and 21 month* befoiv of this J)i>pcns;ition, con- Mi; n -:artinir-; < vnMs. During tin.' lirst :U years of the* seven years, twelve, out of tlics" twenty events occur; and duriiiLT tlie sceonil jcther with the additional tilths, (])an. \ii. li 1 ,) the n inainin^ ei^lit of tho t \\ ( of th.-ni, enumerated liminary table <>t % contents. If ' -, in I S G5, tlien the wi'.l of course extend from icludin^ the : 9 the }}<, ineludiiiLT I h inainin.LT ! '' t() 1 S 7-. I>ut it' t l;- !'lc bet ween ( )!, <>r 1 ',, 1865, an -r 10, l^'* 1 ^ then the seven years . 2 months would extend from lGf>-0 to 1^72-73. Tin* of 1871-2 seeming, from the prophetic dates, to be lh \ years old in 1872, shows that the destruction of Anti- christ at the End of this Dispensation cannot be much later than 1872, and consequently the Covenant cannot be made much later than 1864-5. As it is absolutely cer- tain, beyond all possibility of doubt, that Antichrist will be destroyed by the descent of Christ at Armageddon, exactly seven years and 2i- months after the date of the Covenant, we only have to wait until the date of the 10 CONFIRMATION OF THE COVENANT. Covenant is ascertained, and shall then know almost to a day the precise time of the Consummation. EVENT I. THE CONFIRMATION OF A SEVEN YEARS' COVENANT between Napoleon and the Jews, (Dan.ix. 27.) It is universally admitted that 69 of Daniel's 70 weeks (Dan. ix. 25, 26) terminated just before Christ begmi his public ministry, and that they signified 69 weeks of years, or 483 years, which commenced about 457 B.C. The remaining 70th week, or seven years, is considered by many expositors to be unfulfilled until the closing pe- riod of the Gentile economy, when He (the Antichrist) shall confirm the covenant with many for one week, (7 years,) and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease, and . . . shall make it desolate, even /////// the consummation, (Dan. ix. 27.) The conclusion of a seven years' league between the Jews and some earthly potentate, which shall speedily lead to the restoration of their sacrifices at Jerusalem, will there- fore be a clearly defined landmark, showing that in seven years' time the epoch of the consummation will bo reached. An additional 75 days, (1335-1260,) or 2 months, is mentioned in Dan. xii. 12, which makes 7 years and 2.J- months to be the exact interval between the date of the Covenant and the time of blessedness, when Christ will commence the Millenium by descend- ing on Mount Olivet. Daniel's 70th week is explained at greater length in Chapter III. of this treatise. The recent French expedition to Syria shows Napo- leon's intention to obtain possession of Jerusalem ; and in taking this step he is only carrying out the plans of the first Napoleon, who convened an assembly of the Jews at Paris, and meditated their restoration to Pales- tine under his protectorship. It is natural to suppose, that in case of the Jews being guaranteed secure posses- sion of the Holy Land, the other European Powers would be consenting parties to the compact as Avcll as France ; but the exclusive mention of Antichrist as the maker of the Covenant implies that he will be the prime mover in the transaction, 'and he alone is specified, as all the other European Powers will soon be subordinate to him. As soon as the seven-years' compact between Napoleon CONFIRMATION Ol THE COVKXAOT. U and the Jews is mnde, there will be a great stir and rnove- t among those Christians who arc "discerning the ^i--ns of the times,'" and "ghinc; ; -urc word /' They will accvj-l it as :i po>Iu\e proof and unmistakable signal that, in two or three years' time, Christ will come into the air, to take a\\ t] lc earth the 144,000 wise.- virgins ; and they wiil forthwith proceed a loud and continuous proclainatipn of theso heart-thrilling and momentous (ruths. AVhcn the rnid- liurht cry, "Behold the i ''-th,"' is thus made, AJLL th- .foolish as well as wise, will aw:, and those that arc foolish will 1 e to endeavor Ua'm the- oil of prophetie and will Jind tin niM-lves iucaiall" of acjui. icicnt understand- ing oi' the jn-oplieoics to t-nahle them i'ully to confess Cbdst'fi impemling Advent, so as to le ineluded among the v -Many j : istians, and c\ en e truly converted, will undoubtedly join with m^odly world in 'in-- who boldly Utha. So strong and deeply r.M.trd i- th ;r iieral jinjudice against the Second Ad\ciit, tha; likely that any iultillinent oi'proph- tHngaiid cxtraorxfinai-y, will really con- vinre the ironorality of nominal ( 'hri>tians, although it may make them loss unwilling n to these views than her. than the disapi-earanee of the AVise \i\- the faTTOn < >f t he subsequent 8|- year- . i:l )i-odu f in rhurehes that the ] )ay <>f ,]ud;rmr-nt has indeed com- menced. Mini-ters who at \}\( lime will venture to disturb the i; of their hearers, by faithfully mid em]hatically di-eJarin^ th< . must inevitably a eonxi.K.rablc part of their congregation, especially the wealthier members, withdraw to some other church, where the preacher will " sj)eak smooth things, and prophesy deceits." It is morally impossible tliat those whose hearts are fixed upon the treasures of this world will submit to be continually told that, in two or three years' time, Christ will personally come to remove his waiting people, and to pour out desolating judgments over the whole earth ; they will rather prefer, like the ostrich, to bury their head in the sand of temporary for- f 2 KESTEWAL OTT THE JEW1STI SACRIFICES, fetfdlness of such an alarming prospect, rtncl to con tin no, ke the antediluvians, immersed in the business and pleas- tires of this life, until the Wise Virgins are cnught up into the ark of the Heavenly Jerusalem, and the flood of the 3 years? great tribulation sweeps away the unrepent- ant into perdition. It must be expected that many miir- fsters of eminence,, and even of piety, will come forward frith an imposing array of arguments-, to prove that, not- withstanding all the startling signs of the times, the Ad- Vent of Christ is yet many years distant. Great divisions will arise in churches, and probably not a few preachers will be ejected from their pulpits, for daring to conf^s these truths ; but the " wise virgins, who understand," will possess the sustaining assurance, in the midst of op- position, that in about two years, and from four to six weeks, from the date of the Covermnt, (as shown in dia- gram f, hv the position of the Manchild's rapture,) Christ will take them up from among unbelieving scoffer- meet him in the air ; and " when he shall appear, we shall be like him for we shall see him as ke ?V EVENT II. RENEWAL OF THE JEWISH SACRIFICES and temple-worship at- Jerusalem months, or 9 months and 25 days after the Covenant, (Dan. viii. 13, 14.) One of the first objects to which the Jews, who are in- duced by the seven-years 1 treaty to migrate to Jerusa- lem, and those who are already settled there, will nat- urally turn their attention, wi)l be the reestablishinent of their tMuple-worship and the restoration of the cere- monies of the .Mosaic ritu:sl. In ])an. viii. 13, this is foretold to happen 2300 days before the sanctuary is cleansed, (by Anliehrist's destruction at Armageddon,) and as the last-mentioned event takes place exactly V years and 2 months after the date of the Covenant, it results that the sacrifices will be commenced just 295 lays or 9 months and 25 days after the date of the Cov- enant, and at the distance of 2300 days before the end of the 7 years and 2-$- months, (or 2595 days.) The passage in Dan. viii. 13, 14, reads thus, "How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden underfoot .*" that is to say : How L or Tnu jnwrsn SAI'-KIPICES. 73 long will tlie period be, (Turing which the sacrifices Will first be rest >ivd, an days, until the eiul of the ii, ; rs, beca- itntfsf of the week of 7 years Antichrist //// f,///x/j /7,, x^v///V{' the subsequent desolation of the t"in].K- ly tlie setting up < on's im. tenog over the , and the euppl^mentanr 1\ montos (Ban. xil. 7-1-j, K'. \. \i. L', lit. ful.) Tims 965 of the 2300 days constitjrte the ' 'd of the daily saerilice : and tl;e ren:aining l. r j:.' j:><0 days constitute the period of tl ition pf \ ' iry by tl ition of the worship of Nn- . The analogy of i'lliilment of the -J-'JfiO days shows that 'tlicrn will probably be a partial renewal of the sacrifices f) ill.- Covenant and a partial cleansing of tho -y -J.") da; - before the ( 'onsummution. It Is said that : - consider Mt ]\foriah upon wlueli the Mahoin.-daii .M"- ;ue of Omar is now standing, to be the only proper plae- i'.r the o tiering of their B2 having heen the consecrated site of Snlomoifs Temj ' the fact of 'n< b-ing in tho hand-* of tlie un<- : the main impedi- ment to 1 ^ifntion of their sacrificial rites. Louis Napoleon's appr nnnt with them will pro- bahly permit the eon\ e!>im of this ^Io> years niter the Covenant. There is no sign <>f the times that testifies more clearly to the nearness of Christ's corning than the decay of the Turkish power. Several hundred expositors who have written during the last 300 years agree that the drying- ii]) of the river Euphrates in its yearday fulfilment must; denote the overthrow of the Ottoman Empire, as we read in Rev. xvi. 12 : "And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates, and the water thereof was dried up that the icay of the kings of the East (the Jews) might be prepared. . . . Itehold, I come as a thief." The Advent of Christ is here stated to happen immediately after the drying-up of the Turkish Empire, and therefore cannot take place until the Empire is dissolved. As long as the integrity of Turkey is main- tained, Christ will delay his coming; but almost directly it is overthrown, tke Saviour's Advent will occur. The DRYING UP OF THB TURKISH EMPIRE. 75 prophecy is us plain as if these verv words had been written in the liible: AS SOOX AS* TIIK TURKISH I.'MIMKE IS DISSOLVED, THE SECOND ADVENT WILL TAKE PLACE. It H evi.lent from Dan. viii. 0, 2", that the four oth Greece UK I Eijypt have been dissevered from Turkey since 1 and it only remai: ra to be divided oil' from Tm- . and then the lour kin^loms will Tii<-e \\ ill be four of the ten kingdoms that are to be ranged under the military feollVhip <>f XapoK-on during his :U years" reiirn a- Antichrist, and therefore there is no ground for the RppreheL&OH that they \vill ever be permanently absorbed in 1 ., lln- ian territory. It is, h< |ucstion whether tli- C/.:ir mi-ht H of kin.LC over one of them, and thus become one of Napoleon's ten VK khi'_r-. lint : rather to be intimated that Knn-tantm>ple, and then be \ of Egypt by Najolon within % 2 or 3 ier the Covenant. In Dan. \i. Jl to 31* (where u the vile person," or * 21 Anl in hi.s nutate slmll stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom : but he shall come in peace- ably, and obtain the kingdom by : liii And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflown from bcfoiu him, and shall be broken ; yea, also the prince of the covenant. 23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully : for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people. 25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be Ptirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army ; but he shall nafcBtaml : for they shall forecast devices against him. 26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow : and many shall fall down slain. 28 Then shall he return into hia land with great riches ; and hia 76 KAPOLEON'3 INVASION OF EGYPT, "king that shall do according to his will," (verse 36,) is generally admitted to mean the Antichrist, and the kings of the North and the South to signify the sovereigns of Syria and Egypt) it is clearly predicted that after the Antichrist has made the seven-years' league with the Jews, he will successfully invade Egypt, and defeat tho army of the Sovereign of Egypt with great slaughter, and then return to his own land with exceedingly valu- able spoil. The time of this event is distinctly mentioned as being between the making of the Covenant (ver. 2'<) and the setting up of the Abomination o.V years subse- quently, (ver. 31,) and is most probably from 6 months to 2 years after the date of the Covenant, in which case it will take place before the Translation of the Wise Virgins. But still it may possibly occur just after the First Trans- lation. The Antichrist is further represented as remaining for an interval in his own land, and then again returning to- ward Egypt, (about 2 or 3 years after the Covenant,) but is opposed by the. " ,t l\^ypt and Palestine is apparently described at fuller length in verses 40,41, which are retrospective and which chronologically proceffc ferae 31, because the time of the ?W, at which the\ fd to commence, is spoken of in Dan. xii. 1 a- that t'Hie when M'-im(}>, which is evidently Michael's war with Satan (Kev. xii. 7) seven months helbiv Napoleon's 8-J- -ution. The Kin_r "f i >N ri;; \\ ith mant/ ,s7//y>.-.\ uhi.-ii he will probably obiain I'mm s>me friendly marilim* omin^ against Napo- leon, wlio n<\ ci'tln-K-.-s overilws :iiid pyer and :> into the u'lorioiis l.-ind, (Palestine,) :uid thU i when he enoqmp . J . . --ileni with his an; up his inin^e in the Temple 1 . The tween XapoK-on ia and K.iryjit is addi- 7 niontl, the pould not 1)(; j'e at a I : iod, iiird part of the s:ea (the j neare>t Knrpe) will 1>e dotn.yed under the second trump, t ilit -v. \iii.) 4 or 5 months before the oi- years upland by Xapoleon^doe;s until about the be^innii.Lr ( 'i' : ears, and therefore there i> &o reaaon \\hy the ships of CTuttini and the imi/^j N///y;x may n.i 1-f i.lentical with the British navy. The remaining 4 years of Napoleon's career after his \ kin^s of Ivj'ypt and i, are described inverses -11 to 4f). It seems that he will liav. f Jerusalem during the 3^- } ears' Tribulation, and then, while elsewhere, will receive imp! '.in ITS, which wiil cause him to lead up a vast army to exterminate the Jews. Having encamped with his host3xt//?6/i the glorious holy mountain, between the . (the Mediterranean and ])ead Sea,) he will suddenly cume to Jus em/, and none shall help him. EVENT V. Tin: COMING OF CHRIST IN THE AJB, the Resurrect ion of the sleeping saints, and Translation of 78 FIRST STAGE IN THE ADVENT. the 144,000 Wise Virgins (or Man child Rev. xii. 5) about two years and from four to six weeks after the Covenant (Rev. xiv. 1-5. Thess. iv, 16) Tliis event is shown in many passages of Scripture to take place before the 3|- years' Great Tribulation, (see Chapter iv.,) and the precise time of its occurrence is discovered by the chronological position of the Rapture of the Manchild (Rev. xii. 5) in the literal-day fulfilment, l>i Ing ascertained from its chronological position in the year-day fulfilment. The different visions of the Seals, Trumpets, Vials, etc., in Revelation, are fulfilled first on the year-day scale within about 1872 years, and secondly on the literal-day scale within about 1872 days, and the second fulfilment is a miniature fac-sirnile of the first ; the relative order of events in each fulfilment being almost exactly the same. Thus as the year-day Rapture of the Manchild is evidently the Ascension of Christ in A.D. 29- 33, at the distance of from 1838 to 1843 years before the End of this Dispensation in 1871-2 ; therefore the literal- day Rapture of the ^anchild, which incontestably denotes the Ascension of the Wise Virgins, will be at the distance of from 1838 to 1843 days, that is rather more than five years, before the End ; and as the End of this Dispensation will be seven years and 2 months, or 2595 days after the date of the Covenant, therefore the ascension of the Wise Virgins will thus be from 752 to 757 days, in other words, (allowing an ample margin to avoid particularity as to a precise day,) two years and from four to six weeks after the date of the Covenant.* * The advent of Christ and Resurrection and Translation of the saints are also further shown to happen in their first stage rather more than five years before the End, by the fact of their being dis- tinctly described in Rev. vii. 9-17, viii. 1, xi. 15-19, xvi. 15-17, as taking place just before or at the commencement of the 7th seal, 7th trumpet, and 7th vial, which, in their year-day fulfilment, begin nearly simultaneously about five years before the End. It is, moreover, manifest from Rev. xiv. 4, 15, that there is a First- fruits or smaller and earlier ingathering and ascension of 144,000 living saints a short time BEFORE and also a Harvest or much larger and later ingathering of living saints AFTER the fall of Babylon and I5 years persecution by the Beast and worship of his image. And that Christ will come to translate the watchful saints before this awful 3J years, is obvious from Rev. iii. 10. Luke xxi. 36, xvii. 28. THE FIRST TRANSLATION. 79 Ignorant persons who might think that the texts, " it is not for you to know the times or the seasons," or " of that day and hour knoweth no man," prohibit such accurate knowledge of the time of the Second Advent, should remember that those words were spoken in the present tense to the then existing generation, and before the gift of the Book of Revelation. As soon as we arrive at the period of two years and from four to six wei-ks after the date of the Covenant, wo sli:ill niter upon | -lomn ox; :ifi.n, wln-n those !' u :-'4'ins in:;; translated at any moment. Tin- i;: t.-int ChrUt into tho air, (l The--;. iv. 16; \l !: \vo shall l>e chiln^'M 1 inti the likeness of his i;Iorilied l>ody,and caught up, like Klijah in tho whirl wind withehariots and lior-. fire, until after ascefldl bf a!->ve th<- earth, we shrill !> u-li'-rt'd into the presence ol' the Lord Jesus, surrounded ly h' the N'ow .Jeru<:i- lein or IIi':iviii!v /:;), where We shall roniain alxnit live year-, until the md of the Great Tribulation, and then * 1 The.**, iv. 1 die I>ord him*-lf s-hall drsvnd from i, ami with tho trump of (iod: and til :!rst: - M7 Ilien we which Me i] ight op together with tliorn in th- :...nl in the air: and so shall we CVIT !> with thi> I^orJ." The A|Mrc redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits 'ud and to the Ijamb. 44 5 And in their mouth wns found no guile : for they are without fault before the throne of (> The following passages also refer to this First Translation: 1 Cor. xv. 52; Dan. xii. 1-8 ; Matt, xxiv. 28, 37-42; xxv. 10; Luke xiv 22' Kev. iii. in ; vii. 1-8 ; xii. 5, G ; xi. 18 ; xvi. 15. 80 TRANSLATION OF THE WISE VIRGINS. descend to the earth, mounted upon white horses, (Rev xix.,) and execute the final judgment upon the ungodly . After this, the Lord, with his glorified saints, will reigu over the earth for 1000 years. It is not at all .certain that Christ will be visibly man ifested to the world at this stage in his Advent about two years, and from 4 to 6 weeks after the Covenant. It is doubtful whether there will even be any appearances in the skies to indicate the solemn transaction that is being accomplished: "the voice of the archangel and the trump of God " may be only audible to those who are to rise heavenward in obedience to the divine summons ; and the foolish virgins and the ungodly that are left behind may, perhaps, only discover, from the unaccountable e conducted visibly, so as to be di>tinrtly witnessed by those remaining on the eartli, or whether it will he effected imperceptibly by their sud- denly vanishing, like a vapor that exhal; s from tlte sur- face of the sea. It is evident that the ilhct of this mo- mentous event having occurred, will be very widely re- sized ; for an unprecedented revival of religion is n presenhnl as immediately taking plaee among the fool- ish virgins and the unconverted, against whom the, door of the first translation will haw- been shut. It is, there- fore, to be inferred that some very convincing evidence will have been afforded in order to overcome the deep pre- judice and blindness universally prevalent respe-ctmg tho Second Advent, and this consideration favors the view that possibly 1he voice of the archangel may be a sound that will audibly reverberate throughout the globe like the crash often thousand thunders or the explosion of innumerable parks of artillery, startling the infidel and ungodly world from its slumber of carnal security and unbelief. Th. 1 exact number of the Wise Virgins is stated in Rev. vii. ynd xiv. to be 144,000, and there is no valid reason for understanding the number otherwise than literally. The total sum of those who are the subjects of this first trans- lation is intimated to be so small in comparison with the fur more abundant ingathering that will be caught, GEEAT REVIVAL AFTER THE FIRST TRANSLATION. 81 up in the second translation 5 years later, that even if were not stated to be 144,000, we should be led to form very nearly the same estimate from all the other T to the point. If that proportion of the ^ ! ' ! .ition which lias any ae ,uaintauce with Gos- p ! truth be c :>midered to amount to about 150 millions, th -M the removal from aiftoug them of 111,000 persons me out of every thousand, ica r;:i 1 England tl would probably be as hi -n hundred and fifty. -Aud if 1 of all the nominal Christiana t \ \ 1,000 wise r of tlie ten mil- lions converted p irsons; \ proportion of one y : in o wriH 1><- about seventy .:. I must be remera- 1 1 ;'.: r 1 !.' foolish unconverted, but Backsliding state, 'it are finally ! translation. F I RELIGION and of M virLr'ms and the mh, will follow the \Vi~ - \'irLTi:i>. (U-v. xiv. 6.) It i i4 tii.it t! .of one out of about -will produce agiv ion. Lists of the "(' the circumstances under which they have disappeared, will till the journals of the day; but as very few are aware that this is the man- ner in which the Second Advent is to commence, it ia likely that many will account for the mysterious event by every explanation except the ri^ht one. Especially a> the ordinary course of nature will continue undis- turbed for several mouths subsequently, the ungodly wiU i recover from their temporary alarm and become more hardened, like Pharaoh and the Egyptians of old. ]>ut the brief period of respite afforded by these few months will be diligently employed by the pious persona then on the earth in preaching the Gospel and warning men not to worship Napoleon or his image, which is about to be set up. It is during this lull before the coming storm, and just after the translation of the 144,- 000 Wise Virgins to the Heavenly Zion, that the first seal 82 GREAT REVIVAL AFTER THE FIRST TRANSLATION. in Rev. viL, and the three angel messages ^in Rev. xiv,, have their ultimate literal-day fulfilment, in which the saints remaining on the earth are represented as being filled with an extraordinary fervor and zeal, and proclaim- ing on every side : " Fear God and (jive glory to him, for the hour of his judgment is come." As the Pentecostal Revival was under the first year-day seal, so aRevival even greater will occur under the first literal-day seal. The prophecy of the angel carrying the everlasting Gospel to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, will then l>o accomplished by innumerable copies of the Bible boing circulated through every country, especially in heathen lands, to an extent never before known, and the seed thus sown will by harrowed in during the subsequent 3.V years' Great Tribulation, when events will furnish so striking a commentary on Revelation, that none who read it can fail to be warned against worshipping the Antichrist. Many Scripture types and predictions show that there will be an outpouring of the Holy Spirit far more abundant than at the day of Pentecost, and that it will be characterized by the same features, such as be- lievers having all things in common, and being empow- ered to work miracles and speak with tongues. It is by this means that so many missionaries will be raised up who are represented in H"v. xiv. 6, 7, as then going forth to preach Second Advent truth to the heathen. The interval during which tliis great diffusion of the Gospel, consequent upon th:j translation of the Wise Vir- gins, will continue*, appears to be about ten months,* at * There is strong ground for believing with divers expositors that some of the 144,000 wise virgins, or else literal angels, will then come from the heavens to assist in proclaiming the Gospel everywhere. Not only is open confession of a belief in the immediate and definite nearness of Christ's personal Advent necessary to constitute any one a wise virgin, but also ft high degree of actual as well as imputed sanctification, (Rev. xiv. 4, 6.) It is evidently possible, even in this life, to become, by increased faith in Jesus and prayer, wholly sanctified and be preserved blameless unto the coming of Christ, (1 Thess. v. 23,) and cleansed from all sin and unrighteousness, (1 John i. 7, 9, iii. 3,) and redeemed from all iniquity, (Titus ii. 14, John xvii. 17, Ps. li. 7, Eph. i. 4, etc.) See Wesley on Christian Perfection, Foster on Christian Purity, Mrs. Palmer's Way of Holiness and other works, Boardman's Higher Christian Life ; also the Guide to Holiness, and Beauty of Holiness, published monthly at Beekman St., New York. THE FIRST FOUR TRUMPETS. 3 the end of which peace will be taken from the earth at the literal-day opening of the second seal. There will yet, however, be an additional seven months to elapse before the 3^ years' Great Tribulation begins with the placing of the image of Louis Napoleon in the Jew- ish temple, and *feh0dk(MUversal warfare will prevail during this seven months, much will be done by "the !' th:it do know their (rod/' in forewarning mankind of tii.' dreadful pettMUlion about to arise, and remind- ing them that it is emphatically wil h reference to this ti the promise is made: " Whosoever shall call I shall be saved." Joel ii. 32. TIIK M;XT six KVKNTS will take plan* almost entirely within the concluding seven months of the lirst 3 years of (he 7 years of the CoveaMt4veck. K v i: > i V 1 1 . I:NT OF ASTOUNDING PHYSICAL 1*11 r:\o.\iigr4, such a- hail and lire falling on the earth, a third pai" tnd frr-h watrr becoming blood, and a third part of th- luminarir < dipped. (Rev. viii.) Th'. irvellousi sontinues through- out the la-t nine month* of the primary -'JA- years, and is d by the tir-t t'oiir Trumpets. As the lirst Trumpet d to h.r accomplished in the yew-day fulfilment from about AD. -J.V) to A.I>. :JCo, it s eorre,H'.>ond- in-j; po-.ii ion in the literal-day fulfilment will be from about the luth day of the Dili month of the 3d year to the I 1th day of the l.st month of the 4th year, (reckoning from the date of the Covenant :) and during part or the whole of this period of nearly four months, literal //// J fire mil 'h blood will be cast on the etvth, f part of />, and all green gwss nn>>, ////,/ jHtrf <>f the waters bviiii*' \\~orni- ico<> many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter" (Rev. viii. 10, 11.) " The great star"' hero spoken of need not neci riiy mean a lirmamental star, as the word is lre([iiently i to Minify an an<_rel <>r any person of distinction, as in .1 'ii. 7, Dan. viii. 1<>, Kev. xii. 4, I-aiah xiv. 12. wl,"!hT .a animate a;_rent, auch as :i fallen :i it, like a ilarn- iiiLj meii-'>r, (in wliieh . !>ut ])rohably ahov ilie rivers,) it L( tnat !;- \vdx of worni- 1 will !;' '> all fresh water in the th'ml pan oftl all salt, water lial pre I into 1)1M1 ; and the infusion of I liis hit t <; my men, and r. -alt in their death. This j-hlLf-n ' ;auu- p -t will continue, in greater or less degree, about 04 'f,'f <>f ff % and the nif/ht likewise ;"an.> ion to you, having great wrath, because he Icnow- eth that he hath but a short time." This occurrence fur- nishes a solution to the otherwise inexplicable mystery of Antichrist's unprecedented power. Satan, who is at present " the Prince of the power of the air," and leader of the " wicked spirits in heavenly places," (Eph. ii. 2, vi. 12,) having even access to the presence of God, (1 Kings xxii., Job ii., Rev. xii. 10,) is to be expelled from the aerial regions, and restricted to this earth as the sphere of his operations. The time when this is to hap- pen is clearly revealed in Rev. xii. to be shortly after the Wise Virgins or Manchild have been caught up into the air to meet Christ, previously to the 3 years' Tribu- lation. The presence of Christ with his raised and trans- lated saints " in the air" (1 Thess. iv. 17) necessitates the dejection of Satan from that region, and therefore Hie 7th year-day Vial is at that very juncture poured "into the air," in order to dislodge; him. Being cast to the earth, and gnashing his teeth with the wildness of de- gpair, "knowing that his time is short," and that his doom is sealed, he summons up all his strength to mala; a last expiring effort to exterminate the Church Militant. The plan he adopts is described at full length in Rev. xiii., which is a narrative of the actions of Napoleon and the Pope (the two-horned Beast) during the final 3 years. FLIGHT INTO THE WILDERNESS. gf He gives his power and se.it and great authority " to the '.ieli hail the wound rd and did live." This is none other than Louis Napoleon, the last repre- M-nfative of the Roman Kmpire, v. -t oration of the Xap leonie, dyna< the seventh 'nmient, whie'i w as " wound. >d to '" al Waterloo in 1815. Having tlitis 5n\v~ miversal power, Satan will energize :uul in- hini c% to make war with the saints for forty-two months, and 6ve* :ind t<> slay all who will , until h -yed with The irraud secret 'iiunan power whicii Napoleon will acquire is thus explained l.y the la-t th:it the Dra^m, after being cast ' . \vill. through hi-; ^p.-ri-l in-f ninu-ntality, luct the ' :uili airaiust the Christian being aK> east down with in, will niter into the unL, rn dly. and Cftuso them to be- :iate iiend^. ])emoni- ntly been ri-vived l>y sj)ir- ituali-ui, wi/ .cecdinirly ]>rrvalent, and : 1 Bonders will b- ^hown by tin- mediums', BO as to if it were possible, the to /// ' M. The tim.- na " the air" will be about LM ( > day-;, or seven months, before NapoleonN 126*0 days' peri its year-day fuHilnunt by the over- throw of :u was 210 ye; v the 1200 years BUprema S r IX. FLIGHT OP MANY OF Tin: S.VIXTS into tho wili i -! probably some remote region of the Un: 8. (Rev. xii. 6, 14.) In Rev. xii. 1: } ., 14, we read : k ' Anragon "O5 cast into the earth, he persecuted the 100- irhffh ^brought forth the Mf a great eaf/1*\ tlt"t she 7/ '*,'//'' .^'/ in'o the wilderness, i/< f o 1>> r place, where s/te is a time, and times, and half a time, from the serpent." The Devil and his hosts being driven' from the heavens, will instigate the wicked bit- terly to persecute that portion of Christ's Church which maiuing on the earth, and from the midst of whicL 88 FLIGUf INTO THE WILDKJSN.B33. the Wise Virgins had previously been caught up. Bu< the persecution will not be so severe before as after the beginning of the 3 years' Tribulation. England and the European Continent will doubtless be the scene of its com- mencement, and a great number of Christians who under- stand from Prophecy what Napoleon is about to do, will naturally desire to escape to a remote and secluded region, where they may be beyond his reach. For this purpose no place could be suggested as more appropriate than some unexplored region in America. And this scorns to be the vc*ry locality designated in Prophecy. For as in the year-day fulfilment the great eagle with two wings represented the llomrm Empire, which had an eagle for its heraldic symbol, so in the literal fulfilment it must necessarily denote a country that has a great eagle as its national emblem; and no nation corresponds with this ition so completely as the United States. France could not be signified, for it will be the persecuting power at that time. It has long been the opinion of some exp. ;:L the Cnited States is represented by this eagle ; and it is highly improbable that Prophecy which especially traces the history of the Christian Church would make no direct mention of a country that occupies so conspicuous and important a position among the na- tions of Christendom. The heraldic emblems of England and France arc referred to in Prophecy as being respect- ively a lion (Ezek. xxxviii. Itf) and three frogs, (llev. xvi. 13,) which were the ancient arms of France. And it is therefore not unreasonable to suppose that the na- tional arms of the United States would'also be mentioned. Although it seems that the United States will help Christians to escape into the wilderness, by permitting them to pass through its territory unmolested, in order to seek 1 a distant retreat before the >4 years' persecution begins ; yet as soon as that awful persecution commences, Americans well as every other part of Christendom, will be the scene of an unparalleled slaughter of the saints and temporary triumph of infidelity. Only a portion of the saints will be able to flee into the wilderness, for we read in Rev. xii. 17 of the remnant of the womtitis seed who were unable thus to escape from the Dragon's assaults. The flight will partially commence FALJ, OJb' BABYLON. 89 as soon as the Who Virgins are caught up, (Rev. xii. 6 ;) but will principally take placo about t\vo montlis after the casting down of Satan, just as its year-clay fulfilment consisted in the protection I to the Church from 37'J to 305 byTheod 55 years after the overthrow of Paganism in 32-3-4. The two wings of tlie .riiiicd, with regard to the KOIIIMII Empire, the and Western divi>ions into which it was bi- ,:id in like manner they appear to denote, with reference to the I'r.i: s, that it will have under- a corn r bipartuion into two sections, by >inan's llight into the wildern-'ss . at that ;' wlio are hid in tlie wilderness during -tin- will be fed and not''' (Rev. xii. 0, 11,) : .:i connection wLMi the types of the mint :::ice i a d:-oj of rain will fall during t! Rey, xi. 0,) and the third and -, whieh are i-omprehended in the illy rharaetrri/ed by dreadful fam- ine-, .nto which the company of saints, sym- l>y the womttn* will retreat, is manifestly some one : ; locality specially .ip|<.inied by God for that purpose, for it is caL ptac^^ u ^ place prepared oj God that they sfiould feed her tlierc" (I lev. xii. G, 14.) The saint > who are to be hid there will perhaps be miraculously guided to the spot after the manner of the Israelites who were led by the pillar of cloud and pillar of lire, or of tlie wise men who were conducted to Bethlehem by the star which went before them. The fact of the woman's ilight being twice mentioned in the same chapter, shows it to be an event of special import- EVEXT X. THE FALJ, or BABYL.ON, or transformation of Popery into what may be termed ISTapoleonism, far the, Pope will institute and establish the worship of Napo- leon and his image throughout all the earth. (Rev. xiiL) 90 FALL OF BABYLON. The Harlot, or Babylon, (Rev. xvii. and xviii.,) is uni- versally allowed to denote the Papal Hierarchy: the true Church being represented by a chaste and faithful bride, it is appropriate that the false Popish Church should be depicted as an unchaste and adulterous woman. She is exhibited in Rev. xvii., in her last stage of existence, sit- ting upon the ten-horned Beast, which is then under its eighth Head, (Louis Xapoleon,) and just about to be de- stroyed; and the statement is made: 'The ten horns which thou saivest upon the Beast, these shall hate the whore and shall make her desolate and naked, and eat her flesh, and ~bii.rn her with fire. This shows that the Papal Church, after being supported and upheld by Napoleon for some time, will be stripped bare and* plundered of all its wealth by the governments of the Ten Kingdoms, which are denoU-d by ten horns. But it is stated in a previous verso of Rev. xvii. that these Ten Kingdoms will not. be all formed until the closing hour or final ;H years of this Dispensation, and, therefore, the complete spoliation of the Church of Rome wilt not take place until then. The Pope's temporal power is already being regarded with increased disfavor throughout Europe, and just, as in the Revolutions of 1794 the temporal possessions of the Pa- jy were confiscated, so will it be in the far greater Revolutions which are now approaching.- Under the name of Babylon, the Papacy i^ three times d< dared, in Rev. xvi'.i. 10, 17, 19, to be finally consumed during the closing hour of 3.i years; and in Rev. xiv., after the Trans- lation of the Wise Virgins, the first angel who announces that the honr of God's judgment is corne, is followed by :i second angel, who cries out, Babylon is fallen, is fall- en ; again showing that the final hour of .'* years is the time of Popery's destruction. But the fact must not be overlooked that after the fall of Popery a third angel (Rev. xiv.) proclaims: If any man worship the J3cMs have been converted and Further explanation^ are pven in regard to the imaore of ' in Uev xiii., where it is deelaivd th:it all the. -liall wra predicted to be brought about thronirh the r two-horn,'! l>"i-!, which is nnder- 1 by :il! ^-.riiify the Pope and RnmMi prie >aid <>f this second l>"a! the Be" had the wound by the /. and did live, (Rev. xiii. 12-14.) Here a^ain the. 1 that the "nna;j-.' is made to the l.t-a^l it has ' 1 from its deadly wound which is e Napoleonic dyn in 1 >re the image of ; mot be made until after 1852.* This Meiiess of exp'^iti.-ns which * The image of Mie Bfasf, mentioned firet vial, (Rev. xvi. 2,) nevi-r : set up, shows th.it thf vi;iN cannot have had their conij>!-tf uutotvpirul littTul-duy fulfilment, .ilthuui;h undoubtedly liave an ac< -;ir-day iullilmt'iit IVoni 178U to ,ir-day iiitrrpix-Leis luive held that the image id a literal one. N -w-Vorlc Presbytery, ly commended by Dr. Cummiisg in his i in liis dN'.'ourses in 184-2 that tlie Infidel Anti> 1, would arise a lew years before 1868, and would uUiiiiatcly have a literal image of himself worshipped through- out tin- <-arth. He is also fully of opinion that Louis Napoleon is the Antichrist that is to be so worshipped. 02 POPERY CHANGED INTO NAPOLEONISM. would fritter away the particular meaning of this passage by explaining it to signify in a general sense the image- worship of the Papists. Popery, as well as Mahomed- anism, has in many respects remarkably typified and foreshadowed the great inficlel apostasy of Napoleonism that is about to arise, but it cannot be said with truth that the Pope has ever yet made fire come down from heaven in the sight of men, nor lias he hitherto done great miracles, for comparatively few have been really imposed upon by such transparent deceptions as the liquefaction of St. Januarius' blood or the winking of Madonnas. The second or two-horned Beast is especially to work his miracles dn the sight of the first or ten-horned Beast, who is spoken of as being a man: for although the ten-horned Beast originally means the whole Roman Em- pire, yet Louis Napoleon, as the last head and represent- ative of that Empire, thereby himself becomes the Beast, according to his own saying : "L' Empire c'est moi." The personality of these two Beasts (Napoleon and the Pope) is additionally state. 1 in Rev. xix., where their destruction at Armageddon is described. The Beast (Napoleon) was taken, and with him the False Prophet (the Pope) that wrought miracles before 1dm, (evuTnov,) with which he de- ceived them that had received the mark of the Beast, and t/i 'in that worshipped his irnaye. These both were cast alive , but must be actual living, moving, breathing persons. And when the lake of fire is described a thou- sand years afterward, (Rev. xx. 10,) it is said where the Beast and False Prophet are^ establishing the fact that they are yet alive, 1000 years after being cast into hell, and, therefore, must be persons, and not mere systems. It is also manifest that as Napoleon is the Beast to be destroyed at Armageddon, and as that Beast is stated in the above passage to be the one whose image is to be worshipped and whose mark men are to receive, there- fore it is Napoleon's image that is to be worshipped, and the mark of Napoleon that men will receive. NAPOLEON'S IMAGE MADE TO SPEAK. 93 The narrative in Rev. xiii. declares very plainly that the person (Napoleon III.) by whose rise the last head of i ', (the Napoleonic dynasty) should be healed of its deadly wound, (inflicted at Waterloo,) is to be I the earth for -li! months, or 3A- years, and that the worship of him is to be brought about by thi' Pope and llomMi priests becoming endowed with Satanic power to do great miracles, so as to induce peo- ple to make an image to him. It is also said of the JPope : " And he had pwr ' (rrvety*.-/. unt<> n age of the Beast 'kat as many as woidd not '. And h* c >'/t tmdtt a '. rir/t and poor, free 7 . t>> receive a mark in their right hand, Of their forehec > man might ///// "/ sell, save he t or the name of the J3east^ or the * brie i .< umber is nix .'t Ct)id l \iii.) Sundry in- '\plain away this , as havin , the persi acts anathematized those who t-'alcd with : HOt a >in.r!c in>tance has yet been shown in which the UoinMi pri im- j>rinted on any m or hand either the name of th \\-e arc' told that ALL, mark o(' this kind, it i> clear t!. irt nf the prophecy h rnplished. I'he real fact i> that the Pope will cause a literal image or statue of Napoleon to be mad*', an I although constructed of wood or inetal, it will be made {'> br .d also speak, and some of the words that it will utter will be to the 1 eil'-ct that every one who will not worship it shall bo killed. This, as well as the bringing lire down from heaven, will be a genuine miracle permitted by God to be performe 1 through Satanic agency, in order that the Scripture may be fulfilled. Acute and intellectual persons, who would laugh to scorn all the miracles that have hitherto been worked by Papists, will be completely ensnared by the startling sign- and wonders that will then be manifested by Antichrist's adherents. Not simply one image, but 94 UNPRECEDENTED INFIDEL PERSECUTION. a great many, will be fabricated and worshipped al! throughout Christendom, and the most relentless perse- cution, causing the slaughter of several million persons, will be carried on against all who will not worship the image, or have imprinted on their forehead or hand either the number 666 or one of words, Louis Napoleon, or some other appointed mark. The .image appears to be specially referred to in Isaiah xli. 5, 6, 7, xliv., and also in Uev. ix., (literal fulfil. :) The rest of the men . . . repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not icorship ^devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of icood: which neither can see nor hear nor walk. It is not said of these idols or im- ages that they cannot speak, for the reason that in many cases the gift of vocal articulation will be miraculously imparted to them by the False Prophet. Popery will in one sense be completely destroyed at that time, because Napoleon and his ten kings will con- f ideate all its temporal possessions, and totally abolish the Christian reTiLrion. which professedly constitutes the found- ation of the Popish creed. Hut, in another aspect, it will be more powerful and universally prevalent than ever, for although it will no longer exist in its old form, yet in its new form, as \\ religion enjoining the worship of Napo- l'"']i, it will succeed in the conversion of nearly the whole World. The means by which this will be accomplished will be three-fold: first by the unparalleled corruption and demoralization of all who are not true Christians, owing to the removal of the restraints of God's Spine and to the energy with which Satan will work when he i< c'ist to t.he earth ; secondly, by the stupendous mir- acles which will be performed by Antichrist's emissaries; and thirdly, by the most convincing of all arguments, the unsparing use of the sword. It will soon be seen that the great majority of professing Christians, who h&ve t/<'>. form, of f/o(//.>/n'.M, Imt deny the power thereof, will-:it once abjure Christianity when they find themselves exposed to the awful alternative of either taking that step or else being killed, perhaps with dreadful tortures. The false and vniscriptunil teachings of the present day, such as Universalism and Unitarianism and Materialism, which deny the literality and eternity of the punishment AWFUL DOOM OP NAPOLEON'S WORSHIPPERS. 95 of the wicked in hell-fire, necessarily prepare men for the ready commission of any crime, however great ; for they thus taught to s ,i^lieve that they may be as wicked hey iikc, and yet receive hereafter very little punish- ment, or lion,- at all, and then be ultimately made happy, or el>e annihilated. Such a belief will lead persons un- jfciBitatingly to worship Napoleon and be branded with his mark, rather than be killed, for they will have very little dread of future retribution. But G- ving the inlidel doubts that would be injected into nieiTs minds, tending to b'in-1 them to the awful consequences lipping the Beast, ba insl that crime: the m [net :md nathema that the Bible contains: //'"//.'/ man //-<;/v////> tin l>'i ijiiify tha is an anparilonal .'.I*- that ain^t the II.,;y (iho-t, (Matt. \ii. :;!,) and tlie declaration that all shall worUup name* are nut xiii. ^,) also appears to ini]>ly that 'iily ih- ncn-e!< <;, and none f those who are to le saved, will be guilt y of so great a sin. The tor- ments of th" ifieo^iivoeally declared to he of unending duration : the Greek words ti; aiuvaz aiui'uv, translated forever used in any limited sen>e, and are app! be the eternal existence of God himself, who liveth forever and ever, (Rev. iv. 9, 10.) The cognate word aiuviog, used in }Iau. \\v. 41, 40, in bia-aking of the ecfhj it will still exist, for its priests will be more active lhan ev*T, and its churches will be crowded Avitlt the worshippers of thrir new deity Napoleon. .Before this hour of dar' 1VB8, may God enable all true Chri-ti::iis who are members of *th- Papal Church to the command: Come out <>f / >ople,thatyt be 'n receive not of i. 4.) v N APOLLO x of supreme I in a le.-s degree over America, (Rev. \iii. and xvii.) : Ante- Personal Ant : !i universal mon- 1 millennial kingdom tf the Lord Jesus Christ, (Dan. ii. 44, vii. L'7.) A< during the niillennial 1000 -.irth will be almost a heaven, the Divine King of On- M<->Mah will be specially hipped in .did will be a king of the suburdmaii- kin^s who wi'/ *\\<*\\ over the various nati lie \\\ y BAT TIMWLATION, M hen the earth \vi a hell, Naj.'oleon the Anti- :;nd false Messiah will be >d, in the Jewish temjle, (2 Thess. ii. 4,) and will be a kin^ over the other kings of the earth. Nearly all the gm ernments of the world will at that time potic monarchies, and it is evident that in America the present political convulsion is tending to that result. Regarding the predicted subjection of tng land to Napoleon, the eight following considerations are worthy of attention. (L) England "was unquestionably part of the Uonian Empire, (Gibbon ch. i.,) being occu- pied by a Roman military garrison from A,D. 45 until $g SUBJECTION OF ENGLAND TO NAPOLEOH. the Romans finally withdrew from it in A.D. 436 : and it is manifest, from Dan ii. vii. and Rev. xiii. xvii., that the whole territory of the old Roman Empire, including its Eastern as well as it* Western Half, is to be divided into ten king-dams, represented by the ten toes and ten horns, shortly before the hour of temptation or final 3J- years, (Rev. iii. 10, xvii. 12, xiii. 5,) and that the ten kings of these ten kingdoms are then to give their power and strength to the Eighth Head of the Beast, (Rev. xvii. 13, 17.) (See Event XII.) As Louis Napoleon is the Eighth Head of the Beast, (see ch. ii.,) and as Eng- land must be included among these ten kingdoms, there- fore England must give its power and strength to Louis Napoleon. This is the main and principal argument which decisively shows that IT IS ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN THAT ENGLAND WILL FALL UNDER THE POWER OF LOUIS NAPOLEON. The ten kingdoms have not yet been completely formed, because we have not arrived at the final 3 years of this dispen- sation, but their formation is rapidly progressing and will manifestly soon be completed. The division of Bel- gium from Holland, the separation of Egypt and Greece from Turkey, and of Bessarabia from Russia, the consol- idation of Italy into a United Kingdom, the annexation of Savoy and Nice to France, are important steps to- ward the accomplishment of the tenfold partition of the Roman Empire. Even those expositors who erroneously look for the ten kingdoms in the Western Roman Em- pire alone, cannot avoid including England, since it was undoubtedly part of the Western Roman Empire. Nor has the separation of England from Papal Christendom at the Reformation any thing whatever to do with the question ; for the ten toe and horn kingdoms are to be formed not out of the territory of Papal Christendom, but out of the territory of the original undivided Roman Empire, of which England was undoubtedly a part. This tenfold division, as mentioned in Rev. xvii. 12, is under- stood by Bickersteth, Cuninghame, and many other year-day interpreters, not to occur until the close of this dispensation. (2.) England possesses one of the most marked charac- teristics of the future ten kingdoms, in tho. fact that thcro ENGLAND PART OP THE ROMAN EMPIRE. 99 far a considerable admixture of the day of democratic power with the iron of monarchic authority in her gov- ernment. In Dan. ii. 42 the ten toes of the Image are deplctt-J. ns being part of clay and part of iron, which unmistakably denotes that the government of each of tin 1 ten kin --loins will be of the clay-iron or democratic- monarchie form, being neither a pure republic like that of Switzerland, nor \\ h'ivditary despotism like that of The ruling power is not ye; BO completely in the i -, according to Uev. xvii., it will he in about throe years after the Jewish Covenant, at which time th- p >\vrmnent will be overthrown, a:. 1 a kin-j; <':. ;- 1 by universal suffrage, who will in re.-ility 1> ami deputy of Louis Napoleon. The _ >vermncnt of I administered throu.il his ten kin--< will pra- >t ism, for he *' ///, (Pan. xi. 36,) without being c -ntrollrd by the will of the people: still it is \\ qneStlOB whether he may i ;he ten kingdoms tho appearane.' of 1.,-ing 111 constitutional monarchies, liy pernf- : -laiivr assemblies of the people to bo . The partially ciay-voa tharmcter of Kngland's pre- sent goyerHfia if a strong, presumptive proof of her liein-j; one of the ten ki 1 (JJ.) Boglaad was one of the kingdoms of the West- ern K<>!n:m Empire, n in number, which be- came Mil.ject to the 1'ajial Antichrist at the com-' mi'iicement of his 1260 years; and was thus fore- shadowed |o be included amongst the ten kingdoms that will become subject to the Personal Antichrist at the beginning >f his i-joo days. The division of tho Western half of the lloman Kmpire in the sixth century into about ten kln-nhnns, and their submission to the authority of the Papal Antichrist, was eminently a type of the yet future division of the whole Roman Empire, Eastern as well as Western, into precisely ten kingdoms, which are unanimously to submit to Xapoleou, the great antitypical Antichrist. But the type must not be mis- taken for the antitype, otherwise men will be diverted from watching for the final manifestation of Antichrist, which is to be the most terrible. England's separation from Papal Christendom at the Reformation can.rmly 100 SUBMISSION OF ENGLAND TO NAPOLEON. have the effect of exempting it from those special judg- ments which are to descend on the territory of Babylon or Papal Christendom ; and cannot in the least alter the fact that it must be among the ten kingdoms into which the whole area of the Roman Empire is to be divided for the first time during the Personal Antichrist's brief hour of supremacy. It appears that the resemblance between the literal-day and year-day fulfilment will be so exact that there will be some great movement toward the closo of Napoleon's 1260 days analogous to the Reformation in the latter part of the Pope's 1260 years. (4.) The independence of England during Napoleon's 3 years' universal supremacy would be incompatible with the world-wide dominion which he is then to pos- sess, (Itcv. xiii. 7.) Even if any one could so completely shut their eyes to the plain statements of Prophecy (Rev. xvii. 12) as to fancy that England is not to form part of the Personal Antichrist's ten. kingdoms, it would yet be impossible to deny that it must fall under his power to a very great extent, in accordance with the prediction : "Power was given him (that is, Napoleon III., the Wild Beast after its 7th Head was healed) over all kindreds 'Dies and nations," (Rev. xiii. 7.) There is evi- dently a distinction between the absolute and despotic sway with which Napoleon will govern the ten kingdoms that will be welded into a compact confederation under his Headship, and the less absolute authority which he will exevciso over all the communities of Christendom, (with very slight exceptions.) The Ten Kingdoms will constitute the chief seat of his dominion, and (excepting the Asiatic nations that rebel against his authority and assault him during the Armageddon war) the other nations of the world will be all more or less subordinate to him : if England could possibly be excluded from the first, it must fall within the second category ; moreover, it is ut- terly improbable that Napoleon at the Head of Ten King- doms, even supposing England was not one of the ten, would be either unable or unwilling to reduce England to submission. At the present time his effective army is two or three times as large as that of Great Britain, and His Iron Fleet is at least equal if not superior to the Eng- lish Iron-clad Navy. His ambition will not suffer hi in to ENGLAND TO BE OVERCOME BY NAPOLEON. 1Q1 brook a rival, and. with the auxiliary forces which he will soon be able to draw from his allies in Europe, he will occupy a position which will render it useless for Knirlainl to offer resistance to his overwhelming hosts.* The ominous silence observe-*! in ' \xviii. - the conse.jncneos ol'ihe interference of Kn^land (the merchants of Tarshish) with Xapoleon when he LTOOS up against the Jews shortly before the midst of the final seve - t > indicate that England's opposition is effectually ftl > 'united, < rial:; >lenn eontiir. '.inhindeivdiy. :t Anti'-hri>iian leader Gog in Ezejc. :yiii., has lung IK-MI understood by many Jewish and Christian interpreter! to be the Antichrist or Kighth 11 |d: Mi- nan-alive obvWJfllv de>eribes the Armageddon war and Antichristian invasion and desolation of T. tine during the last 3 year- ; and it is clearly parallel : the narratives in Dan. xi. Xecli. xiv., and Urv. xi.\ : in which the titles of the g 'ier of the armies that invade Pale^inr 'lutt n/urtl ally called the Wilful Kin r Ki-Jith ihe H'-a-t ;) these tljjefl ai'e a-lmittel by the he.st interpreter-; to d the .rer>on:d or Iniidel Anti- .nd therefore it must be inferred that (io^ of \\viii. is the *:r n ,as the Antic;. 's identity with the Wilful Kin.ic i^ placed beyond a doubt by the statement tl la 1'ollowed by the Ethiopians and Libyans; it is aNo >aid of Gog that he roes up / /"''.'A ( v ^'r. 12,) Avhich is the very act attributed to the Antichrist, who is termed the Adrian in Isaiah x. ii, a I will -_ri\e him a (ha 1 the prei/ f" and f Tarshish, with all the young lions tlui'<'f^ by which the generality of reliable expositors understand Kngland to be denoted, will say to Gog, thai? is, Napoleon : " Art thou come to take a spoil f Hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey?" etc., (ver. 13.) The expostulation is evidently unavailing, as Gog pursues his onward march to Palestine, and is ultimately destroyed there about 34 years after his first invasion of the land. It might appear, from a superficial perusal of Ezek. xxxviii., that Gog's overthrow immediately follows his irruption into Palestine; other prophecies, however, plainly show that he first invades Palestine, and contin- ues his military occupation of it for about 3 years, at the end of which he assembles a countless host upon the plains of Megiddo to fight with the Lamb, but "comes to his end, none helping him." The circumstance of England (the merchants of Tarshish) opposing Gog (Na- poleon) when he first marches against the Jews, just before the last 3 years, shows that she will have retained her independence up to that time, while the fact of her NAPOLEON TO SUBDUE ENGLAND. opposition proving unsuccessful, viewed in connection with tht will be t'nmd. Napoleon, as the Ant; war with the saints and to over- . \iii.) tin-on.-]],, nt the whole world, with \ception of those who have escaped before the 3 v into the wild. liristianity is outwardly to be almost extirpated by him through all Christendom. This could r be the case unless he subdiu d, which con- tains a very large >n of those i 1 who are true Christians. In la--', dieted universality of Anti- cliri- .ry, civil, -iastieal power during the final , is such as to preclude all possibility of Eng- land rein him. It must be rcmem- ber.'d that the ungodly, who constitute nine tenths of the . n in Kinjfiand and Ameiica, will be da/zled l)y the att rart iveness and L r loi*y of Antichrist, and will spon- taneously eb ;ind him as their Head, for God /, and thus the submission of England to NajM.leou, tin- A/Btwhrttt, may take place without much Of on thr part of many of its inhabit a; (7.) lietribution for national sins must be meted out to Knirland as well as to every other country at the time of T ,en all the nations of the earth are to be chastised ; and the Antichrist is specially appointed by Providence ad a M-urge to inflict the chas- nent; therefore on this ground alone it must be ex- pected that England will faJJ under Napoleon's power. Among her national sins may be mentioned the patron- of Paganism, by giving annual contributions to the maintenance of heathen temples in India, and of Popery, by making annual grants to Maynooth College and to Roman Catholic schools and chaplains: also the acquire- 104 AStERICA TO BECOME SUBJECT TO NAPOLEON. ment of a revenue of five million pounds sterling from the opium traffic with China, by which half a million Chinese are annually poisoned. It must likewise be borne in mind that the fearful prevalence in England of Sabbat h-b re aid ng, drunkenness, and immorality will be visited with much severer vengeance than in the case of countries that have ot enjoyed sttch abundant religious privileges. (8.) The first six Vials of Wrath, in their year-day fulfilment from 1789 to 1806-7, are only poured out on special localities exterior to England, but the sev- enth Vial (from 1800-7 to 1872) is poured into " the air r " whereby its universality is denoted, "-4 great and mighty c<.irt/tqKtik<" that is, a terrible world-wide 1\ ev- olution will be caused by it. From its trement-kws effects it is hopeless for England to expect to escape : her fall under the Antichrist will be brought about at that time as much by internal convulsion as by foreign invasion, but as the U0I Vial will not be poured out until Christ comes into the air f (Rev. xvi. 15,) and as the four angels are to hold back the four winds of desolation until then, i K'-v. vii.,) we may expect that the most calamitous of the approaching wars and revolutions will be to a great ex- tent averted during the next two or three' years. HAVING IJKII^LY CONSIDKKKD eight reasons which show England's submissimi to Napoleon to be inevitable, wo may next notice 1'mr c-n,id< -rat ions from which it a]>- pears that the American Continent, although not com- prised among the horns, will nevertheless, like Prussia, Holland, and other countries outside the Roman earth, be brought in a great measure under the political and ecclesiastical supremacy of Napoleon. First, Napoleon's power is to extend over all kindreds and tongues and >'vn8, and aU that dwell on the earth shall worship s except the righteous, (Rev. xiii. 7, 8:) a lew remote i-eathen nations will aNo escape, (Isaiah Ixvi. 19:) he is likewise to make war with and overcome the saints, and as most of the saints are to be found among the Protest- ants, either in America or England, he must necessarily gain great power in those countries, or else his persecu- tion could not reach them. The 3 years' hour of tempt- ation and of Antichrist's persecution is to come upon UISJECTI :i ERICA TO NAPOUEO3T. 105 ALL the world, and, except it should bo shortened, w :\ single human being would be left alive, (Kev. ; "i:\tt. "xxiv. 22,) Satan, who is ired in the Bible to be the jPrince <>f ////A- iwrfr^ .i xiv. :'.0,) is to l>estow on Antichrist that which in vain ottered by him to Christ, namely, # the '* of the world and the <,/''>ri/ of them ; in other \vnU, kis power and his seat and great authority^ (Rev. J.) Thus the universality of Antichrist's predicted iinion forbid-* "Mtion t; ,:id or Ainer- ncloded within it. }-, til-- erf.nninic miracles, are fore- go forth from the months -;>v Prophet, to the //' ^hole world, to gather them to the Battle of that great day of God Almighty ... to- war t mediums, will unceasingly reiterate the same exhortation: their persuasions will be seconded by the marvellous miracles which they will work: and speedily throughout the greater part of the world will bo heard 106 APPROACHING REVOLUTION IN AMERICA., the universal shout : There is no god like unto Napoleon, (2 Thess. ii. 4.) And then during his 3 years' supremacy lie will gather nearly all the armies of Christendom to contend against the hosts from Asia that will invade the Roman Empire for 13 months, (Rev. ix. 15,) and also to light at the battle of Armageddon, where they will be crushed in the wine-press of God's wrath. The prelim- inary step toward the consummation of this tragedy is the conversion of every nation into a nation of soldiers, M> that the whole earth may become like one vast mili- tary camp : and when the cry, To arms, To arms, has resounded from North to South, and from East to West, nnd when even the implements of husbandry have been beaten into weapons of war, (Joel iii. 10,) the next step will be the subordination of all these countless military )i)>ts to the supreme authority of one great Commander- in-chief, Napoleon, the Apocalyptic Beast and Apostatic -Man of Sin: and thus when at last he assembles all his allies to Palestine to engage in the wars that will be d there during the last 3 years, thousands of sol- diers will go from America to take part in those conflicts, ami will perish in tin- scene of slaughter that will ensue, in which the blood Avill come up even unto the horsed bridles by tJie spwe of a thousand and six hundred fnr- Innf/x (Ucv. xiv. xix.; /ccli. xiv.) Thirdly, America contains a population that has prin- cipally bcv'ii ore-ill cd during the last hundred years, by the influx of emigrants from the Ten-Horn Kingdoms, and may therefore be regarded as to a great extent identical with those kingdoms and involved in nearly the same destiny. Western Europe is more closely connected with America in respect of the language, religion, and habits of its people, than even with the countries geographically nearer to it, such as Russia. On this account the approaching convulsions in Europe cannot but extend to America and produce correspond- ing eifects there. The unequaled skill with which Napoleon will make those convulsions subservient to the increase of his own power, will greatly predispose the Americans to look to him in the hour of general revolution and an- archy, as the only man competent to take the helm of Plate, and to unite the discordant factions under one gov- TENFOLD DIVISION OP THE ROMAN EMPIRE. 107 eminent. And tliis introduces the consideration that, Fourthly, there is to be a great Revolution, such as ?/v/s not since men were upon the earth, so wi and so great, (earthquake meaning Re\ olution,) under the 7th year-day vial, (Rev. xvi. is,) shortly be- the last :U years, from which France alone is to PC; and the result of this overthrow of nearly all i niments will be the. complete establishment of Kapolcon in the coveted position of arbiter of the world's destinies and supreme dictator over the rulers of the nations. Alihouirh hi- will probably soon acquire poli- tical power over Mexico and the Southern States espe- cially as many of the inhabitants of Louisiana, Florida, and ,M5.-.-is.Hppi aiv French in oriirin. and Roman Catholic in ere. -d. yet it seems that he will not -ain his predestined supremacy (lie*, xiii. 7) over the Northern States until a later period. For the trreat Revolution adverted to will not tak' il two or three years after the Jewish Covenant, and as the four winds of anarchy and desola- tion arc to he held back until then, the complete break-up of existing rovernments will apparently not happen before that tiiuc. Fvrvr XII. I>i\i-;\ <>; ;m I\IM:I; i 1:1:1 ;rrouY of the old Roman Km]ire into ten kingdoms < Irt-af Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Austria, ( Syria, the Turkey, and in>M probably Tripoli with Tunis, and the union of thi-ir tun kinjrs in a congress or confedera- tion under Napoleon's headship. Rev. xvii. 12. . ir points may be -pecially adverted to in connection with this event. First, that the tenfokl or decuple par- tition of the ancient Roman Kmpire has ne\c-r yet been fully ciVrcted; and the tli'-t of its occurrence bein^ <-vi- dently close at hand i- a \cry clear indication of the I of the End. The time when it is to happen is predicted to be the closing hour or final 3-J- years of the Chiistian dispensation, and also after the rise of the Fi^hth Head of the Beast that N, subsequently to 1852: th intfrpretinr an.irel, in Rev. xvii. 12, having explained the seven heads of the seven-headed and ten-horned Beast to signify seven successive forms of government over the Roman Empire, stated further : " TJte ten horn* 108 BOUNDARIES OF THE KOMAN EMPIRE, w7iic/i tliou sawest are ten kings which have received no kingdom a$ yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the Bemp: pt and all the north- ern coast c"nvsp<>ndin-r with Uaiva, Tripoli, Tunis, Al- geria, and IV/. Tin- slria which will be formed into the ten kingdoms. It is noticeable that Hippolytus in the third century explained the clay-iron toes of the Image to signify that the tea kingdoms would at some tima be democracies. 110 FOURFOLD PAETIT10X OF TUKKEY. Secondly, it is clear that four out of the ten kingdoms will be the four kingdoms into which the Grecian Empire of Alexander the Great was divided at his death, namely, Greece, Egypt, Syria, and what is equivalent to nearly all the rest of Turkey. In Dan. viii. 9, 22, 23, (literal fulfil.,) these four kingdoms are spoken of as being exist- ent at the time of Antichrist's manifestation, for it is said regarding them : In the latter time of their kingdom when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance (Antichrist) shall stand up. As these kingdoms have long since disappeared and been absorbed into the territory of Turkey, it is evident that they must reappear just before the revelation of Antichrist, since he is to stand up in the latter time of their kingdom. It is one the most remarkable signs of the times that their re- ex i>u-mv has ahvudy commenced. In 1822 the inde- pendence of Greece was established, and Egypt has like- wise altogether separated from Turkey. As soon as the severance of Syria from Turkey is accomplished, the four kingdoms will have reappeared. Since they are to exist contemporaneously with the ten kingdoms, and are also geographically included within the limits of the Eastern I.' :nan Empire, it follows that they must necessarily constitute four out of those ten kingdoms. The fifth kingdom, in addition to these four, that will make up the live divisions of the Kastern half of the 1'oman Em- S're, will probably be composed of Tunis, Tripoli, and area in the north of Africa. As the two iron legs and feet of the Image (Dan. ii. 33, 40) symbolized the East- ern and Western sections of the Roman Empire, and the ten toes denoted the ten kingdoms into which those two sections are to be subdivided, it may be expected that each of the two sections will be formed into five kingdoms, in accordance with the symboj of live toes on each foot. The error of those expositors who have found all the ten kingdoms in the Western section alone, is the same as if they should represent all the ten toes as growing out of one foot. As regards the five kingdoms that will be formed out of the Western Roman Empire there can be scarcely any question but that Great Britain, France, Spain, and Italy will constitute four of them, and prob- ably the fifth will mainly consist of that part of Austria NAPOLEON'S TEN KINGDOMS. Ill which fills within the Roman Empire. As the line of division I the Eastern and Western Empires Ava.s nearly the same as that \vhieh no\v s-parates Turkey from Austria, and Tunis from Algiers, it follows that in the Western Kmjiire there will remain J>elginm, Luxem- bourg, IJad.-n, Havana, Wirtemberjj:, Rhenish Prussia, ucst of the 1 thine, Switzerland, Portugal, Fez, and Al- ', which will have to be absorbed Into the live West- ern divisions above mentioned. Portugal may be an- nexed to Spain, and probably France will make the lihine !-n boundary, and convert Belgium, Khenish I'm \ IJaden, \VirtemberLT, and part or the whole of Swit/eriand into French territory: in which case Havana would be joined either to France or Austria. It is a <-|ueM*n>n whether .Moldavia, Wallachia, and Bes- sarabia will be joined with Austria or with the kingdom having ( '"iiMam ino|.N- fur it^ capital. Fcx and Al- ~ will j>n>!ul'lv I ^paiu or France. I'm ia and the(ierman Slates lyiinr ea>t of the Rhine, ;lulland and Hanover, will not be compre- h'-nded within the ten kingdoms, because they never convtitut.-d pai-t of the Uoinan earth. This will also be the case with Iuhemia, Moravia, and (ialiicia, tfafl sepa- a uf which from the rest of Austria may be conse- quently expected. It' the \ie\v th:U Ireland was never part if the Roman earth be a correct one, its severance < Treat JJritain will speedily take place.* Thirdly, each of the Ten Kingdoms will be a demo- *In 1859 the population of the countries lying within the original Roman En i the New Ainlri i'dia) was nearly without the six millions of Ireland,) 23 mil- :i, 1C millions; Portugal, &$ millions; ly MM'l.T Victor Kminainn-l, '2:', millions; Austria, o millions of Galhcia and seven millions of Bohemia iM'lgiuin, 4} millions; lihenish Prussia, west of the Rhine, ;i millions; Luxfinl-ourg, ^ million; Baden, 1^ million ; \\ iiteniborir, li niilions ; Southwest Bavaria, 2 millions; Greece, 1 mil- lion; Turkey in Europe, 17 millions; Turkey in Asia, including Syria, ypt, -2k millions ; Tripoli, 4 million ; Tunis, 2 millions; ns; Fez, 1 million. The total amount gives one hundred -:our million (184,000,000) persona as the entire population of the ten Latin kingdoms, over which Napoleon will exercise absolute political, and ecclesiastical supremacy through the administration of hid ten vassal kings. TIW 112 TE^T KINGDOMS TO BE DEMOCRATIC MONARCHIES. cratic-despotic monarchy, and therefore democratic- monarchic principles of government will soon be intro- duced into those parts of the Roman earth which have- not yet received them, such as Great Britain, Spain. Austria, Turkey, etc. There are three reasons for ex- pecting this, (1.) The ten toes of the Iron Legs, which are universally admitted to signify the Eastern and Western Roman Empires, (Dan. ii. 42,) are compounded of iron and clay, whereby it is foresignified that each of the ten kingdoms will be characterized by an admix turc of the iron of monarchic authority with the clay of democratic power. It was represented in the vision of the Metallic Image, (Dan. ii.,) winch admittedly symbol- izes the four great Empires of Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome, that there should be a gradual dete- rioration and debasement oi' the governmental power of the>e four great Empires. They were respectively de- noted by the Head of- gold, the Breast of silver, the Thighs of brass, and the Legs of iron : and thus there ->>ivc descent from one metal to another loss precious. The adulteration of the iron with intermingled clay takes place in the laM stage of the Roman Empire at a period bitaoablftglcpUy coinciding with the feet and toes of the Image, and in accordance with this prciigura- tion, it was not until the French Revolution of 17934 that the clay of popular power began to be mixed to any great extent with the iron of monarchical and oligarchi- upremru-y throughout the Roman earth. It is true that the Roman Empire was professedly'a Republic for early live centuries before it became a Monarchy under ulius Caesar, in 40 B.O., but it did not take, its place hi sacred history as THE FOURTH PROPHETIC EMPIRE until 32 B.C., when it conquered Egypt, the last remaining portion of the Grecian Empire ; and the governments under which it has existed, in its undivided and divided form, since that time until the period of the French Revolution, have been for the most part absolute mon- archies, which are fitly symbolized by the unadulterated iron of the Legs of the Image. Previously to the French Revolution there was scarcely any part of the Roman earth, except Switzerland, in which the governmental power had really been possessed by the people. The TKXPOLD DIVISION OP THE ROMAN KMPIRK. 113 supreme authority was almost universally vested hi the monarch and the aristocracy, but recently in France and Italy the people have been allowed to choose their own ruler, and this principle of a monarchy based on the will of the people is the true form of the clay-iron govern- ment. (2.) The entire body of the seven-headed and ten horned J3east s which represents the Roman Empire, is depicted in Rev. xvii. in its last stage, just before the ful'i development of its eighth and la>t Head, as being scarlet-colored: and this indicates that the sovereign power is at that tim. in the people who inhabit the eounl .po>ing the body of the Beast. Scarlet is the emblem u; , and the Greek word KOK- Hinjr^ which is rendered scarlef-r.'f, ./,//, is the same word which is used in .Matt, xxvii. 28 in reference to the royal robe of scarlet thut was put on our Saviour in mockery. Thisooloc ha- imi \ et .-pread itself over the whole body of the 13e:M, for l-'rance, Switzerland, and Italy are the Unman earth in which the ;,;is I.e. :, in all the people, and J.oir on and Victor Emmanuel are the only Jiionarchs that have 1 by universal suffrage. lint as ALL the Heart's body was scarlet-colored, there- fore ALL the previously mentioned nations within the Roman Empire, such as England, Spain, Austria, Tur- key, Egypt, etc., will, by internal revolutions or other- ui-e, soon have the sovereign power placed in the hands of the people, and they by their votes will choose a king, juKt as Louis Napoleon has been chosen by the ballot in France. The ten horns of the Beast remain uncrowned, in Rev. xvii, until just before the final hour of 3 years, and then they become crowned by the election of ten kings over the ten kingdoms by universal suffrage. This is further represented in the literal-day fulfilment of Rev. xiii. by the lieast rising out of the sea of revolutionary tumult with its ten horns crowned just previous to its 41' months' universal supremacy. Election by the voice of the people is to be the only title by which the ten kings will reign and the democratic-monarchic govern- mental principles upon which Louis Napoleon's throne is established, are to be universally adopted throughout the Roman earth. (3.) The Beast itself is predicted to 114 APPROACHING PREVALENCE OF REPUBLICANISM. become its own Eighth Head, (Rev. xvii. 11,) that is, the peoples and multitudes and nations (v. 15) repre sented by the Beast, are virtually to become the Eighth Head, which is stated to be a man, (Rev. xiii. 18.) The only Avay in which the Beast can thus be its own Head is by all the people which it symbolizes choosing one individual as their representative, -and this will be effected by the population of each of the ten kingdoms, into which the ancient Roman Empire will be divided, electing a king by th,eir votes, and then these ten kings will, in a European Congress, choose Napoleon as their Hwid and Protector, constituting him in this manner a King of kings. Louis Napoleon will then be the apex of the political pyramid, being elected over tl>e ten kings, who in their turn will have been elected over the people. Although by his restoration of the Napoleonic dynasty in 1852 he has very nearly healed its deadly wound, and almost become the" Eighth Head, yet he is at present the Eighth Head only in embryo, and not in its full devel- opment, for the ceremony of being crowned, which he will probably not undergo until a short time befove the final :3j- years, is the act by which the Eighth Head will arrive at its full maturity. In Rev. xvii. the scarJot- colored Bi-ast remains in its non-existent state as the Beast that was and is not, (since the death of its 7th Head in 1815,) and does not completely reexist and be- come the .Beast that was and is not and yet is, until just before the final hour of 3 years : although it has been beginning to reexist ever since 1852. There are thus three pi'efigurations by which it is fore- shown that all the nations within the Roman earth arc to become republican introductory to the formation of the ten kingdoms. (1.) Because the ten toes of the Great Image (Dan. ii.) are compounded of the clay of republicanism mingled with the iron of monarchic abso- lutism. (2.) Because the body of the Beast, (or Roman Empire,) in its last stage, is scarlet-colored, showing the sovereignty to be in the people, (Rev. xvii.) (3.) Because the Beast is to become its own Head, by the people themselves electing their own kings, who in their turn will elect Napoleon to be their Supreme Head, and thus Napoleon will virtually become the Beast, (Rev. xvii,) HAPOLEON TO REVIVE TUB ROMAN EMPIRE. ^5 Fourthly, it appears that Louis Napoleon will appoint a king over France, as his viceroy, and will assume the position of king over the ten kings who will give their power and strength unto him and agree and give their t'lom untp him until the words of God shall be ful- filled, (Rev. xvii. 13, 17.) The Antichrist Napoleon is depicted in Dan. vii. as a Little Horn coming up behind the Ten Horns, and in Rev. xvii. as the Eighth Head to whom the Ton Horns give their power, and must there- fore be a distinct and separata person from the Ten Kind's among whom the Roman Kmpire will be divided. There IS Bcatcety any doubt but that Great Britain, toe, Spain, Italy, Austria, Greece, Egypt, Syria, the rest of Turkey, and Tripoli, with adjacent territories, will in the main (whether or not under different names) con- stitute the ten division- : and the remaining parts of the I: :ian Kmpire will be annexed to them. Throughout all tlu> 1! .rth tin-re will be groat revolutions dur- ing ' -Months or year preceding the second half- k of 3J years, and, as the result of these revolutions, ten kingdoms will be completely formed and the Ten p appointed over them. And then, according to the prediction that the Little Horn will arise after the Ten Kings, (Dan. vii. :M,) Louis Xapoleon having virtu- ally abdicated the throne of France in favor of his vice- \vill arise in the new character of King of kings and Antichrist, and thenceforth during his predicted 3-J years' of supremacy he will rule over, all the ten kingdoms through the tei^ kings, who in reality will merely be his deputies. There is reason for supposing, according to the idea of some of the Fathers, that he will perhaps make Rome or Jerusalem the capital and metropolis of his Universal Kmpire. It is very evident from Prophecy that Louis Napoleon is to be animated with the deter- mination to revive the Roman Empire in more than its pristine splendor and greatness, and to become invested with the titles and dignities of the Caesars, for otherwise he would not be likely to form ten kingdoms so exactly within the boundaries of the Roman earth. Nor is it surprising that he should then cause himself to be dei- fied, for this will only be following the example of Rom- 116 NAPOLEON'S IMAGE PLACED IN THE JEWISH TEMPLE. ulus, Julius Caesar, and Augustus Caesar, who were wor- shipped as gods. This Congressional Confederation of Ten Kings under Napoleon, will somewhat resemble the Confederation of the Rhine, in which sixteen German Princes were united under the protectorship of Napoleon I. ; and it will very likely be the policy of Napoleon to establish not only the same religion of Napoleonism, but also the same code of laws and a uniform system of cur- rency throughout all the ten kingdoms. The aspiring am- bition which will impel him to stamp his name or mark upon the foreheads or 'hands of every man, woman, and child, will doubtless lead him to have his name and like- ness imprinted upon that which is more imperishable, namely, all the gold, silver, and other coinage that is current. The letters which are likely to be stamped on every coin as the initial letters of the title which he will assume, are exactly equivalent to 666 ; for his- title will probably be : Louis Napoleon, Ccesar, Divus universi or- bis, Rex x regum Romani imperil, (in English : Louis Na- poleon, Ccesar, God of the whole earth, King of the ten kings of the Roman Empire ;) the initials of which are: L-50, N-0, C-100, D-500, U-5, O-O, R-0, X-10, R-0, 1-1, and the total numerical value of these letters is 6G6, Antichrist's predestined number, (Rev. xiii. ] 8.) EVENT XIII. ASSAULT uroN JERUSALEM by Napoleon the Antichrist, and substitution of the worship of his image in the place of the Jewish sacrifices, after which, for 3.J years, all (the ungodly) who dwell upon the earth will worship him, or else be killed, (Rev*, xiii.) The Antichrist will allow the Jews at Jerusalem to continue their daily sacrifices and oblations until the end of the first 3 years, or half of the seven years, for which he had made the seven years' Covenant. But as soon as that point of time is reached, (Dan. ix. 27,) he will march against Jerusalem and abolish their sacrificial rites, and cause an image or an idol of himself to be placed in the Jewish temple, which every one will be commanded to worship, under the penalty of death in case of refusal. And thus the second 3 years, or latter half of the seven years, which is the period of THJE GREAT TRIBULATION BTAPOLEOX'S TIIREE-AXD-A-HALF YEARS* DOMINAHTCY. 1 1 T and of Antichrist's unparalleled persecution of the saints, will then commence. It is mentioned in the following eight different parts of the Bible : Dan xii. 7. (2) It shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished. Rev. xiii. 5, 7. (4) There was given unto him a mouth speaking preat things and blasphemies; and power was pixen unto him to continue (or make war) nid tiro month.*. And it was given unto him to make war lie saints, etc. \i. 3. (6) And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall proph- esy a thousand two hundred and threescore days. . . . And when they shall have finished their testi- the Beast . . . shall kill them. Rev. xii. 14. (8) And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nour- ished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent Dan. ix, 27. (1) In the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the ob- lation to cease, and for the over- spreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the umation. (The above+nen- ; wck in tlie 7hall be given into his h;tnd, u:itil and times and tit -f time. xi. 2. (5) But the court which is without ;i;>le leave out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gen- tiles: and the holy city shall they under foot forty and two months.. Rev. xii. 5, 6. (7) And she brought forth a man child. . . . And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there t expedition Antichrist will sue- 1 in taking vengeance on Jerusalem for having re\ olfed .'^gainst him, or whether he will be destroyed before cnr- jg his vindictive determinations into e fleet. The latter view seems on the whole to be the best supported. But if Zcch. xiv. 1, 'J, describes the second instead of the first expedition, then Jerusalem would appear to be sacked :bre his destruction. The first four of the folio wii: > clearly de- the ii lition of Antichrist, when he will lead h;< armies a :ain in at the beginning of the e and oblation to cease in t/i' midst of the Weki (Dan. ix. -J7,) and then be destroyed i. r rhe fifth passage pi-obab!;. - dition, but may only refer to the second. ce Jerusalem compassed >sith armies, : is ni.uh. Thou let them which art- in -In l:a H- to tho mountains. . . . For these be the days of veil- , are written may be fulfilled Vnd they Bhiil! . 1 shall be led awa\ captive into "f 3 1 years, Kev. xi. 2:) and Jerusalem shall be - of th' (fontih-3 be fulfilled. . . . And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with " cy was fulfilled ]>r'ntntr'hips ; and he (Antichrist) .shall enter into the countries, and hall overflow and pass over. He shall enter also into the glorious l.md, ^Palestine,) . . . (interval o/3 years,) yet he shall come to his and none shall help him. (7* is a question for consideration whether 13, -11 describe Antichrist'* first or last expedition against Ezek. xxxviii. : Thus saith the Lord God : Behold, I am against the v Gog, (Antichrist,), the chief prince of Mesheeh and Tubal : . . . HIS IMAGE THE ABOMINATION OF DESOLATION. thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages ; I will go to them that are at rest, that d\vell safely, . . to take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods. . . . And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land ; it shall be in the latter days, . . . (interval of 3$ years.) Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee. Zech. xiv. 1-4 : Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle ; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished ; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. (Here the 3| years probably intervene.} Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, The literal image of the Personal Antichrist, which is at this juncture to be placed in the Jewish temple, and made to speak and breathe, (Rev. xiii.,) is three times re- ferred to in Daniel as THE ABOMINATION OP DESOLATION. Our Saviour also alluded to it in Matthew and Mark. Mark xiii. 1 i-26. But when ye shall see the abomi- nation of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth understand,) then let them that be in Judiea flee to the mountains. . . . For in those days shall be af- fliction, such as was not from the h< 'ginning of the creation which God created unto this time, neither shall be. And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved. . . . But in those days, after that tribulation . . shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power an glory. This prophecy of our Lord could not have been fulfilled at the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in A.D.. 70, for three reasons : First, there was no abomination of deso- lation set up by the Romans in the Jewish temple at that Matt. xxiv. 1.V30. When ye therefore shall see the abomination o aesolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains, etc. . . . For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved. . . . Immediately after the tribulation of those days . . they phall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven. NAPOLEON'S IMAGE PLACED IN THE TEMPLE. 121 time, for the temple was bnrned while they were entering the city. Moreover the standards or eagles could not have been considered an abomination, which is an ex- -ion .'ihnost invariably meaning " an idol," (II Chron xv. 8.) Secondly, there was then no universal tribulation such that scarcely any flesh was saved, for the affliction did not extend beyond Palestine. Thirdly, it is stated that the Son of man will come in the clouds IMMEDIATELY after the threat tribulation consequent upon the abomina- tion i up: and this must therefore be something that happen* just before the Second Advent. There can only be nm- su.-h uneijiialled tribulation, and it is clear the parallel passage in Dan.xii. Kthat this is to be at tr.e time of the Knl and of the Resurrection. At that time, (the time of the End, Dan. xi. 40,) there shall be a tim< // 'f* tiever was since there was a nation, even to that same thnr, . . . / of tJiem that sleep in the ch'st of the earth s/Ktll awake, somv to everlasting 0tO. Tin- al>onnnation of desolation '. ; of in the four following proj.heeies of Daniel, and is distinctly stated in the lir.M two ..{' them to be set up in the midst of the sevc;. f Antichrf0tffl Covenant wkh the Jews, and ys (or :i.V y-:irs ;imj 2j months) before the time of blrsM-diM^s which must be the time of Christ's descent on the earth. Pnn. ix. 7. (1) Ho (Antichrist) shall confirm venant with inanj for one week . in tin- luiil.-t of th' ; ill cause the sacri- fice and the oblation to cease, aivd for the OYI : of trbonrina- tions he shall make it dtsdate, eren until the consummation. Dan. xi. 31. (3) And arms sl^all stand on bra (Antichrist's) part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take a>eay the daily sacri- fice, and they shall place the abom- ination that maketh desolate. Dan. xii. 11, 12. (2) From the time that the daily H shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh de- solate set up, there shall be a thou- sand two hundred and ninety days, (some great event to happen then.) Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hun- dred and five and thirty days. Dan. viii. 11, 12. (-0 By him (Antichrist) the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down. And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression. It is fully admitted that Dan. viL and xii. have been 122 NAPOLEON THE MAN OF SIN. typically fulfilled on the year-clay scale by Popery, and Dan. viii. by Mahomedanism, the daily sacrifice of the pure worship of God having been taken away wherever the abomination of such heresies was set up. But those fulfilments have only foreshadowed the final and yet future literal fulfilment. The characteristics that have been exhibited separately in the Pagan, Papal, and Ma- homedan Antichrists will all be combined in Napoleon, the last great Antichrist. Thus as the Pagans frequently bore on their forehead or hand the mark of the heathen deity they worshipped, and were forbidden by one of their Emperors to engage in any commercial transactions with Christians : so in like manner during Napoleon's 3 years' dominancy, as the Antichrist, his False Prophet (the Pope) will cause u all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark on their right hands or in their foreheads : and that no man may buy or sell, save he that has the mark or the name of the Wild Beast (Napoleon) or the number of his name. . . . and his number is six hundred threescore and six, (Rev. xiii. 16-18.) And as the Papal Antichrist is particularly dis- tinguished by three features, (1) of having himself wor- shipped by being called u Our Lord God the Pope," and having his toe kissed, (2) of " forbidding to marry," (I Tim. iv. 3,) as in the case of priests and nuns, and (3) of having had about ten kingdoms for 1200 years, as the chief seat of his apostacy ; so in like manner Napoleon will (1) arrogate to himself the titles and the worship due only to God ; and will (2) forbid the celebration of the ordinance of marriage, (in common with all other Christian rites;) and will (3) have exactly ten kingdoms (Rev. xvii. 13) for 1260 days as the chief seat of his God- denying apostacy, (although it will extend in a less de- gree to other places.) Also as the Mahomedan Anti- christ has abolished the observance of the Sabbath, and substituted for the Christian Calendar one that dates from his flight from Mecca, and has given his followers the Koran instead of the Bible ; so in a similar manner Napoleon is to " think to change times and laws," .(Dan. vii. 25,) and will abolish the Sabbath, and probably sub- stitute for the Christian Calendar one dating from some epoch in his own career, and most likely compose for his THE THBEtt-AXD-A-IIALF TEAKS' TRIBULATION. 123 worshippers some book which shall be to them what the Koran is to the Mahometans. The heaven-defying self-exaltation of this Man of Sin during his 3.} years 1 universal supremacy, is specially de- scribed in Is. xiv. ; Dan. vii., viii., xi. Neany ALL* the ungodly throughout Christendom and in some parts ot Il'"ith":idom will worship him, or receive his mark, (Rev. xiii.:) Pagans, Papists, Maliomelans, Jews, Pantheists, i, Rationalists, Sj)iritnalists, Universal ists, I'nita- rians, inlidels, and in short nearly AI.I. exoeiM IkOM who arc truly horn again, will either spontaneously or compul- sorily, render liomage to him fl The corrupt irmkind being unchained, society will fall into a Mate <>f moral put refaction, and the whole earth :nl>le a hell or Pandemonium. The wicked becoming possessed wi:h devils, will aet more like wil-i than human beings, and . iolence and licentious of UOOCU ,d ma^a-'iv, and of audaci- -us blasj.hei:. . [I] !); \\ i I [ OH every side. .Millions of persons will !> martyred for refusing to worship the Antichrist, they shattf^U l>y the sword and and their number i as so great as to call for special notice three times in the taiypse, (Rev. vi. !, xv. -J, \\. I.) The guillotine is indicated by the Greek word -t-r/EKiafieiw in Rev. x\. 4, to be the principal means by which these martyrs will be put to d.-ath. P>ut they will enjoy the peculiar privi- leire of Ix'inir raised up alm<- y th--y are killed, and of bring a supplementary addition to the saints of llu- first ion. This honor does not appear to bu ! up'in the saints who die a natural death subse- quent lo the Resurrection and first Translation, which occurs a little more than 2 years after the -Covenant. * The latest calculations compute the population of the world to bo composed of about 90 millin- ,ts, 170 million Roman Catholics, 7"> million of the Greek Church, (principally in Russia,) 5 million Jews, iillion Mahomedans, 800 million Heathen total, 1300 million. What criminal illiberality in not adequately supporting Foreign Missionary ties professing Christians are guilty of, seeing that 1800 years after the Lord Jesus has commanded men to preach the Gospel to every creature, three fourths of the earth's inhabitants have never- had it pro- claimed to them, and are consequently sinking into hell-fire. 124 . FOURTEENTH EVEJST. EVENT XIV. THE PROPHESYING OF THE Two WIT- NESSES (Elijah and another) during the whole of Anti- christ's 3j years, upon* the expiration of which they are slain, but after 3^ days raised to life and caught up to heaven. (Rev. xi. 3-12.) 3. And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sack .cloth. 4. These are the two olive-trees, and the two candlesticks stand- ing before the God of the earth. 5. And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies : and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. 6. These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their proph- ecy : and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smito the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. 7. And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. 8. And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and E^ypt, where also our Lord was crucified. 9. Andthey of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. 10. And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, an will be necessitated by the severity of Napoleon's persecution, against the vio- lence of which no mere mortal can contend. Therefore a 'iiionyin opposition to his Anti-christian apostasy will be maintained by Klias and the other prophet, who from tin* moment of his image being placed in the Jewish tem- ple, will thenceforth for 1260 days continue to preach the Gospel and warn mankind not to worship the Antichrist or his image, or receive hi- mark in their forehead or in their hand. It IN through their instrumentality in a great ve that the innumerable company of persons (Rev. vii. 1>) who are to be converted during the great tribula- tion will IK- brought to nj.entancc. In the absence of any definition of the localities where they will prophesy, we may conclude that if they visit every place in which the iniidel persecution rage-, they will deliver their testimony throughout nearly the whole of ( 'hri-tcndoni and even in 6om< I b-atheiidom. Their supernal ural powers will probably enable' them to traverse 1- QCCfl with the swiftness ofai 'iothed in sackcloth from head <>t, they will suddenly alight in. places where many people are congregated together, and proceed to proclaim the truth as it i< in Jesus, and show from the prophecies that Napoleon is the Antichrist, and that all the marvel- lous events of that period have been predicted to accom- pany Christ's advent. If any person attempts to injure them, they will breathe forth lire, a jet of flame will issue from their mouth, and their assailant will instantaneously fall dead, pierced through as by a flash of lightning. As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses and Aaron, and counterfeited their miracles, so will the False Prophet (the Pope) and Romish Priests withstand the Two Wit- nesses and imitate their wondrous deeds. Whereas the Witnesses will breathe forth fire against those who at- tempt to injure them, the False Prophet will mimic them by making tire come down from heaven on the earth. Thus it will be a contest of fire against fire. And as Moses and Aaron stood before Pharaoh, and remon'strated with 126 FOURTEENTH EVENT. him regarding his cruel oppression of Israel, and punished his obduracy by the infliction of grievous plagues, so most probably the Witnesses will enter -into the presence of Napoleon, the great antitypical Pharaoh, and expostulate with him respecting his ruthless persecution of the saints, and punish his obduracy by u smiting the earth with all plagues as often as they will." The sore judgments 01 famine, pestilence, and ravages of wild beasts, that are foreshown under the third and fourth literal-day seals to occur during the 3^- years of Antichrist, will be specially caused by the Witnesses, for they .have power to shut heaven that it rain not during the 1260 days of their prophecy, and the appalling scarcity of food that will re- sult from the total absence of rain for 3 years, will neces- sarily bring in its train wide-spread disease, and give rise to the predatory incursions of wild beasts, which will over- run many parts of the earth in search of food to satisfy their raging hunger. The two Prophets will also exorcise power u over waters to turn them to blood," by convert- ing all salt and fresh water into blood, under the second and third literal-day Vials, at the time of their slaughter and resurrection. At the terminal ion of their 1260 days' testimony, their invulnerability will cease, and Antichrist will suc- ceed in putting tiiem to death. Great and universal will be the exultation among "the peoples and kindreds and tongues and nations," when the welcome n-cws* i.-j transmitted to them over the electric wires; they will re- joice, and make merry, and send gifts one to another, because these two prophets tormented them by their in- fliction of plagues for worshipping Napoleon. But their joy will soon be turned into grief. For after the Wit- nesses' dead bodies have been exposed for 3 days, they will suddenly stand upon their feet and ascend up to heaven in a cloud. About the same time there will be a * It was once objected to the literal fulfilment of this prophecy, that tho intelligence of the slaughter of the Witnesses could not be circu- lated even through Europe within 3 days. The invention of the tele- graph, however, furnishes a triumphant answer to such an objection, and if the transatlantic cable should be laid down by that time, tho death of the two Prophets might be made known in America within a few hours of its occurrence. FI1IST AVOK, on sri'KRNATURAL LOCUSTS. % Jgf it earthquake, ami tlie tenth part of the city (appar- ently Jerusalem) will fill, ami 7000 men bo slain, and the remnant will be affrighted and irive irlory to the Go licuvrn. The remnant that are constrained bj >hts to M-JVL- gloiy tO God, may be ideiitie:d With the 144,000 - whose conversion ami scaling (Kev.vii.) takes place principally during the enduing 2.1 months, and it may be th" ! ioe >f their consequent defection iV.im Anti- chr: ih:it constitutes " the .' smoke of a great furnace ; and the sun and the air i-i.i-d by reason of the smoke of ; -amc out t.t >n the earth: and unto them was given power, : :i have power. And it was eonmJMfMJ tliein that the grass < r any tree ; but only those i li " .1 it was givi- .!d not kill hut thnt tiny should be tormented li \t tor- is the torment of a scorpion, when In- stnk.-th a num. And in those days shall men seek death, and shal: !l de- sire to die, and death shall lire from them ... A 1 tails like live months. And they had a K' is thr an-t'l of the bottomless pit, whose name in ' Abaddon, but in the (Jreek tongue hath his name Apollyon. One is past ; and, behold, there come two woes more hcreal ix.) The seven j'.i-li i by the seven trum- \ ( ly increase in destnictivem-een set up in ilu" Jewish temple, an as well, i> n.-i whatever localities are visited by the hail and lire uud -t trumpet, nine in.>nths previo . may I to be lii. .in be ralionally ]M,i tb wh:n Satan '. ///.v . ,i:id wh. t/te << and authority wh: . '.-rthem. In !'.. :id unive- be Najmleon's su- - will be sulj-'-t \n if. Jippa'-ently .-imewli:v! in tl. rnanner that th" l' Avvr. power >f the Kxyi^ian SOT viii. 7.) Some have thought that th-y will be evil Kjirils pe.-miiti'd \ this form, in w e it is ob- ibjection lo Xapoleon will necessarily re- sult IVtnn Satan's kingdom having been u'iven to him. As .11 coiiid assume th it in the garden of - devils 0:111 enter into swine, (Luke viii. 32,) the: r improbability in their entering into or taking the form of locusts. No employment is more coc- FIFTEENTH genial to evil spirits than that of afflicting and torturing mankind; and it is shown in Rev. xii. 12, that they are to do this to an unprecedented extent during the- final 3$ years. The sealed ones who are to remain untouched by them (ver. 4) are probably the 144,000 Jews, whose seal- In^ appears even then to be commenced, although it is not finished until the end of the literal-day sixth seal, (Rev. vii.) The year-day sixth seal represents the sealing of 144,000 wise virgins out of the different denominations- typified by the Jewish tribes, and there aro thus two en- tirely distinct companies of 144,000. The conventional application of the word Apollyon t6 signify Satan is utterly unwarranted by this passage of Scripture in which it is found. Nearly all expositors, from Bishop Newton to our own day, admit that it de- notes the human being who is to be used by Satan at the time of the Woe-t rum pels as a great Destroyer. In the year-day typical fulfilment, it syrubolized Mahomet, who scourged but did not inflict political death upon the East- ern Roman Empire, and who was an eminent type of Na- poleon. In the literal-day antctypical fulfilment, it is evidently the literal name of the last great Antichrist, and it is u huiientabh' proof of the spirit of deep sleep that has fallen upon the minds of men, that although Clod has gra- ciously condescended to reveal in his Word the name of the Personal Antichrist, and although that name almost exactly corresponds with the name Napoleon, yet the significant fact of such correspondence is almost entirely unheeded. It is surprising that Napoleon's name, as thus foretold 1800 years ago, should, with the exception of the first letter N, have been transmitted to us with so much accuracy: some other names are not quoted in the New Testament with even so much precision: for instance, Elijah, Jeremiah, Rehoboam, Abijah, Jehoshaphat, and Hezekiah are called in St. Matthew : Elias, Jeremy, Ro- boam, Abia, Josaphat, Ezekias, (Matt, i.) The Rev. Dr. Croly in his "Apocalypse" considers the word Napoleon to be unquestionably signified by Apollyon. However mysterious the whole narrative of this Locust-Woe may at first sight appear, we should remember that it is scarcely more marvellous than many other wonderful events de- scribed in Scripture, such, for instance, as took place at the Exodus from Egypt- SECOND WOE, OB CONFLICTS OP THE HORSEMEN. EVENT XVI. THE SECOND WOE or the conflicts for 1 year and 1 month between Napoleon's armies and co'untftesti hr. >rces from Asia, resulting in tho slaughter of th third part of men, and constituting tin 1 principal part {' the Armageddon War. (Rev. i\. l:;.) Tin; liu-r. !i trumpet \Vor-tnnnpK, lix months after the commenrr- niriii of X;.: Mid eontinnetf for i and month/-' Us a prri.'d of both rise and fall : the slauirlrir: taking plaeu principally d 1 I lirst year and month. The pre- : I hurt men, bnl this Woe. will //// the tliird u and ;h-n the third V will kill all tin- r< inc-orri^ihly wicked di: last >osiug of four / I'j /////,-. and ; ;iiptati mm ui!l l>o reino\ ,-d },\ '' fouf - ; . and tlm CWltest will 1 ri\rr Knphr:r which 18 the l)ou;id;t!-y line Mmpir.; and ncai'Iy a] caiMf and Asiatics we>t of the Kuph: 1 in the most sanguinary stm_ir.Lrles with the invading hosts of the i'rum the 99flk , lo:) also by the fact that the year-day fulfilment unqucstl ; exactly twice a mystical year and month from luo:; t-> l->lo; and likewise because there is thus a corresponding growth and arith- metical progression in the length of the three yar-duy Woes (tho Saraeen, Turkish, and Napoleonic) of 300 years, 780 years, and 1260 days, for 780 is the point of bisection between 300 and 12fiO J32 SIXTEENTH EVENT, : ; OW the approaching literal-day fulfilment. The same des- perate conflict is once more to be renewed on a scale of such unexampled, magnitude that almost all the armies from the four quarters of the earth will become involved in it. The number of the horsemen is stated to be two myriads of myriads, which may either mean an in- definitely great multitude, or else exactly two hundred thousand thousand, if the word myriad be taken in its original sense to mean ten thousand but this latter view is much less probable than the former, as it would make the number of horsemen to be a sixth part of all the in- habitants of the globe. There may, however, be a larger population than is generally imagined in Asia, from whence the invading forces are to come. The awful and terrific character of their ravages is not % only indicated by their vast numbers, but like wise by the circumstance that the third part of men is to be slain in the conflicts that will then ensue. As the Roman Em- pire is the principal locality of this Woe, it may only be a number equivalent to the third part of its inhabitants that will be slain ; but even this would amount to about 60 million persons, the slaughter of whom during the first year and month will be an average of about 150,- 000 every day during that period. The number would be seven times ^ivatcr if the third part of the population of the entire globe is meant by the third part of men. Just as the whole civilized world engaged in the war of the Crusades, so will it be in the approaching repe- tition of those wars; for Antichrist having made Jerusa- lem the ecclesiastical metropolis of his universal empire, will summon his adherents from every part of Christen- dom to prevent that city falling into the hands of the in- vaders. There will probably be a flux and reflux in the tide of warfare, the Asiatic invaders at first penetrating far into the interior of Europe, and then being driven back by the hosts of Antichrist. The symbolical hail- storm of the 7th year-day Vial also falls at the same time, and, like the hail-storm of the first year-day Trumpet, must signify an invasion of the Roman Empire from the North, and is generally understood to denote an irrup- tion into Europe from Russia. The struggles between these invading forces from Asia a'nd Russia, and the ar- SECOND TVOE, Ofc CONFLICTS OF THZ HORSEMEN. 133 mics of Xapoleon and his auxili.iiics from America and ill constitute the principal part of the 3 PS 1 WAR OB AUMA<;KI>1X>X, toward which the three unclean /t f' coinl.at, to fiirht umler ! A the As'. dare to &)81 him. their h.-iuht n \ e|iiipped, a]parrntly rep; > in th- year-day fulfil- ment, di-fen.-ive armor decorated with the oolon of red and l)Iue and yellow, to which many of the Asiatic, na- tion i-cin.-ly partial. The additional statement -.rdinv,- th . inf'Htft i)t(o ,r,,/ ,/, 1,)trt, very accurately < -he appearance which i armed with carbines and eoinpai ittlllery A V . IM-ctat-r, who mitrht n-v<-r ! have heard of resentation of the fearful battles in which they engaged, and as lie had no conception of such ipons as muskets and cannon, it would necessarily eeem to him when the horsemen fired pistols over tho 134 SEVENTEENTH EVENT. 0338 heads of their horses that the horses themselves werfl Dreathing forth fire and brimstone : and also the serpent shaped cannon dragged at the heels of the artillery horses, and shooting out of their mouths forked tongue? of flame, would naturally give those horses the appear- ance of having tails like unto serpents which had heads and with them they do hurt. Almost all expositors agree that in the year-day fulfilment the fire and smoke and brimstone denote the gunpowder which was first used at the taking of Constantinople in 1453, and it is very remarkable that 14 centuries before the invention of gunpowder the Bible should have so exactly predicted the period when it first came into use. Tliis Woe is clearly shown to begin about 4 years 11 months and H) days alter the Jewish Covenant that is, about 806 days In-fore the End ; just as in its year-day fulfilment as the Turkish Woe it commenced in 1063, 806 years before the End. The Turkish Woe, consist- ing in the conquest of the Eastern Roman Empire by the Turks (the political death of the third part of the Roman Empire) and their persecution of Christians, con- tinued for twice a year-day year and moiil.h, as a period of both rise and i'all, from' 1003 to 14r>3, the height of their power, and from 1453 to 1843-4. On -March 21, 1844, Turkey ceased nationally to persecute Christians. , EVENT XVII. CONVERSION OF UPWARD of from 15 to 50 million persons, chiefly among the heathen, during the five years between the two translations, and espe- cially during the final year. (Lit-day, Rev. vii. x. xiv.) The number of foolish virgins, or Laodicean converted persons, that will be left behind at the first translation, may be approximately estimated at about ten millions. As Antichrist during his 3 years' persecution will slay at least several millions of the saints, it is obvious that only three or four millions of them would be left on tho earth by the time of the Second Translation, unless their num- bers had been augmented by additional converts. It is, however, clearly foreshown that a countless multitude will be caught up in the Second Translation, and most of them will be converted, first, during the Revival of relig- ion (lasting, most probably, about 17 months) between CONVERSE , ming uetit . 1>, the Pen- \iv:i! will ocelli :.-hri)uii-;jlly with the .tii Trim. ; t!;c Reformation to y admit that the ])C- the Translation of the Wise A" of the Tribulation, n Revival which is fbre.-?hu\vn in KYv. \. to continue during the fiual year. T t el y after the literal-day Rapture of 1 and diirinL r the literal-da; al, and will lv UK- antitype of tin PenteeoMa! Revival, winch .took pi- '-day hild and dun first miraculoua gifts that i impart y the lac-.t of the vision being about the midst the* sixth Trumpet. In the year-day fulfilment these prefiL;-urati"i]> are universally allowed >o refer to the Re- ibrmaUon, which commenced in 1517, about 3.52 years before the End, and in the literal-day fulfilment they will, of course, describe an analogous Revival, commencing 352 days before the End that is, about 6 years, 2 months, and 23 days after the Covenant. It mav be gBrrasrrmarm m-Esrr, that England will then revolt against the Personal Anti- christ's ^supremacy, as it revolted at the Reformation against the Pa^l Antichrist's dorninancy. The following- portions of Scripture refer directly or indirectly to the unprecedented number of conversions that will take place about the time of the Great Tribu'.a- tion between the TVo Translations. In Hey, vii. 9-1 7 7 at the end of the literal-day sixth Seal, a 'great ''multitude which no man could number is exhibited ns cotnhfg out of the great tribulation (eft TT/.C OXityeus rrfg /^yaA?^) ami standing before the throne of God in heaven. This un- exampled tribulation is the same as that which is men- tioned in Matt. xxiv. 21 and Mark xiii. 10, as just pre- ceding-Christ's descent at Armageddon, and is fore-shown in Dan. xii. (lit, fill.) to continue for 3.J- years. The great multitude being spoken of as coming orr OF the great tribulation, are evidently living saints who have been on the earth during the persecution, and, having become converted, are caught up to heaven at its term- ination. The sealed 144,000 Wise Virgins who are caught up before the great tribulation, are necessarily quite distinct from this great multitude which is trans- lated just after it. The palms in the hands of the gmit multitude show that this is the antitype of the Feast of Tabernacles, which was always observed at Harvest- time. Again, in Rev. xiv., after the 1 14,000 Wise Virgins are caught up to the Heavenly Zion, (ver. 1 to 5,) there elapses the 3^ years' hour of judgment, (ver. 6 to 14,) and then ilie Harvest is reaped, which is generally al- lowed to signify the ingathering of the saints at Christ's descent on th( earth, and is identical with " the great multitude" in Rev. vii. Now both the first fruits and Harvest must necessarily be of the same sort or nature ; and each ^of them consists entirely of translated living glints, neither of them including the raised sleeping saints. But the first-fruits, which is the earlier and much smaller ingathering, is declared to consist of 144,- 000 persons ; therefore the Harvest, which must be at least two or three hundred times larger than its first fruits, will necessarily amount to upward of from 25 to 50 million persons, most of whom will be converted be- tween the two translations. COTSTEKSI03T OP VtLUO^X OF PEKSOSS. I7 The parable of the Marriage Supper (Luke xir. 1C) ; nl>-r that will he converted during ! ween the two tr.in*hiti':is. The lord Bent his servants to Inu<^ in i;isfsis from the streets and laii"< of the eil v, and they retr, /AT ///,,,/ ////.s'/ ('his translation of the saint ^ t nil), (1 Thoss.iv. If;, 17.) The lonl then VIP oiii hi< sj-rv:iiu< to }>rinLT in :i scrnnd < .in]>nny f gi . years la nuu-h more niinuTous than iln- ,-,. S f s an< [ AV JI| | H , djicily gathered from the mo>L >iN|r..mi>iu. :m< l n^gVeCted part of the rartlu whic)i nre h'-ic- d.-i he - hip>i -." > ^^- Ivin^dnm ot :t when f .',',/>/ h. on of an ninltitiidr. at ( 'h list's miniiiir, :m,!,, fjoldencrown, and hand a 'mother : J\>r f/tt ! ud In tl ' The proph.-t Jod, (.-h:i]. \\..\ in di-.-crihinir the awful judgments ot' lire and tin '.at \\ill aeeoinpany 1 he i>ay of the Lord, declares as the Divine premise: I trill / .vy//'/-/V upon all jf< x// ; ////'/ your sons /////? ynitr ink'tlt'itn-te of the world will town r'ujht- eousness:' The most glowing promises to those who '<-.rt the sinner font (/ ,' of his way, and turn // to rigJtieo" >9ness i (James v. 20, Dan. xii. tf,) are given in passa<^s directly referring to the judgments at Christ's Advont. The Psalms of David, many of which are prophetical, and all the Old Testament Prophecies, abound with intimations that Christ will be mighty to save at the very time when he treads down his enemies in his fury, and that in wrath he will remember mercy. As after Christ's ascension the Pentecostal effusion de- scended on his disciples, and after Elijah's translation a double portion of the Spirit rested on Klisha ; so after tlio Wise Virgins are caught up to meet Christ, the Holy Spirit will be abundantly poured out on the foolish vir- gins during the yearday Seventh vial (the final five years) which was further prefigured to be the time of the descent of the latter rain of the Spirit by the type of Elijah, who, after the 1260 days of drought, did not obtain raiii in answer to his prayers until the eeyenth time of sending CONVERSION OF MTLUONS $F PERSONS. 139 to look for its appearance. The Christian flispensation may also be expected, like the Jewish dispensation, to be characterized by a lar vrevalence of religion at its termination than at any other period duni: tinu- nncc.* r riiis prospect >houhl lead Christians at the | .line to distribute Uibles and tracts as wide sible throughout the world, for they will b- 'nit not e durinir the t , Trihnla' : The current be): majority <>f C.'hri>tiaus is, that at ( and that the ri -ml the \vi.-ke'.' - before the L-.rd Jesil sal do\\ lit hand, SO can they be converted during the mi:. after he ha$ relinquished tl -'artli It upon the th tifth universal monarch v, (Dan. vii.) * The fiwt sprinklings of the lattor-lay outpouring of (lie TTf.ly Spirit aropiToi'ptihlfi: \nnTica in 1857, in Ireland iu 1859, aul in 1 L-Lc 1 ., durinir tin- ', there \vciv ?o inanv rcviv.-i! _inald Radcliffc, Richard \Vc.iver, Hrowniow North, ' B. P. )I;unmond, Dr. } ;t but that the visits of revival pi -liort time, con- stitute an important adjuiu-: ' ministry. It is Surprising that t 1 :rod Almighty. 15. JJehold, I come as a thief. . . . K>. And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. 17. And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air ; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, il is dun*'. Is. And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great. T.>. And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations iell : and great Babylon came in remembrance be!'* . give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierce-ness of his wrnth. k jn. And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21. And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent ; and men blas- phemed (Jod because of the plague of the hail ; for the plague thereof \vas exceeding great. The usual objection'as to the aile^'d diversity of opin- ion among expositors, which is continually nrired by jnli del scoffers as a reason for abstaining from the study of Prophecy, is entirely inapplicable in the case of the seven Vi.il.s; for there is scarcely a single year-day interpreter \vnihn the last sixty years that hris not considered them to have commenced with the French Revolution, about THE LITERAL-DAY SEVBN VIALS. 1792-94, at which time the 1260 years of the principal power ot* Popery terminated. Mori-over, the portion their introduc: (Rev. xv.,) in which all those martyred by Aniiehrist during his rj;o days' persecution arc exhibited singing A of triumph in heaven. :iat they are not poured out until just at the dose of the rjuo days and the y<-ar-day acc< -iiiplishment which they have already received fully confirm lew, and shows that tho period of their duranon is the supplementary 7"> days wlii.-h const i: I iffai'OMB bfctw e 1 1 the J -JOO and the : "iitioned in Dan. xii. - of commencement of the :ir-; s \ ial< are and I .s-j:;-l, whi-h \\ ineut of the i Antichrist's supremacy in it s ; \ /; ami 1 _".M ofth- is with a :!th-|uakr -il darkness, that ' id re-urreciion of the \\ .: synciiro:iic:illy with tin- third Vials. :vlative i Jinal 2.^ wn in the accompanying diagram. The similarity ! and the plagues intlieted by M- strikin^ as etfectually to remove all ob/iections a-'ain-t tlm "bility of their literal aecompri>hment. The ! ; ])la-Mie will alllict Napoleon's wur>hippers with noisome \- will continue to M, from even during the litih Vial, (ver. 11.) The next ]la_Lrue will cati-e the va-t volume of water which is con- tained within the bed of the ocean to become like the dated and congealed blood of a dead man, and every ure within the sea, from the smallest animalcule to the greatest monsters of the deep, will instantaneously cease to live. It is noticeable that at this very same time the moon becomes as blood under the sixth seal. The 142 EIGHTEENTH EVENT. rivers and fountains of water will next be turned inU) blood for several days, so that those who have shed the blood of saints and prophets will in just retribution have given to them blood to drink: for they are worthy; and thus the Righteous Judge who once turned water into wine to minister to the enjoyment of his disciples, will show that he can equally turn water into blood to augment the sufferings of his foes. After this, the sun, which a few days previously was Hack as sackcloth of hair, will for about a fortnight shine with such iierce and angry glare as to scorch men with fire and with great heat. The miseries resulting from this fourth jtiag&e Chronological order of the events of the 8nal 1\ months or 75 days (1335-1201) which follow the Covenant-week of 7 years, and also of the literal day seven _ days before the end of Anti-Christ's 1260 days, and continue OVT the last 77 days of the 13:j,"> days. (Dan. xii. 12.) 179-2 1793 1259 mo lv 11 Napoleon'* worshippers plagued | ' i- ^th sores'. Rev. VI. k Vii. ^ 1794 1261 Vial 2. Sea becomes like During this first 3} Seal 6. The Moon r 17.V, 1263 ] blood. days the witnesses becoraeaas Wood 1265 M'ialS. Rivers and foun- liedead, and there & darkness pie 3 1800 1267 j tains become is a great earth- vails for a l-\v 3 lso - 1269 blood for about quake, and the hours about the >, | 1271 seven days. 1t-:ith part of tlu- TjC.lst day, tlie as 1806 o 1273 The Sun scorches city falls & 7000 Si^n of the Son S 1275 Vial 4. men with great men are slain. of Man appears 4 1310 H 1277 ri for about Rev. xi. 7, 13. sometime be- B 1279 thirteen days. The witnesses rise t \vt-eu iht- 1261?j( i 1M! S 1'iarkness covers on the 1264th v . , r the throne of / % IU 0< the Beast (An- ti-christ) for Matl. xxiv. 30. and the Son ol Man himself a- >> 1^- 1289 three days. bout the 1331st -o 1824 I29l day. Matt.xxiv. j 1826 1-203 31. 1295 1297 1832 g 12W -5 1S:;4 1301 * 1S36 o 1303 a 1838 ^s 1305 The river Euphrates is grad- 1 IS!-.' ^ 1S44 Kcoxn 1307 1309 1311 ually dried up during the for- tv davs from the 1290th, to the Vial 6. 1330th day to enable the Ten The 144,000 Jews are most- 03 1313 Tribes in Asia to march over it ly sealed during a 184S 1315 to Jerusalem, and simultaneous- the 6th Vial. 1850 1317 ly the three frog like spirits gath- 1852 1319 er nearly all the armies of the e TssT f321 world to Armageddon. 1851 1323 ** '1S58 93 1325 ^ 1397 fj 1862 H !Kfi4 1866 O 1331 1333 1335 J SECOND TRANSLATION. lit-clay,R*.xvi.J5;xi. 15 Rev. vii. 9-17. 1 Third Woe Battle of Armageddon, st-ul 7. DescHb-j Christ descends uud uluys lay fees. <>d in Kv. xixj THE LITKKAL-DAY SEVEN VIALS. ]^o will probably be aLTu roily of v. the dlectS of' the previous Vial upon the rivers aiul ionn- tains may not yd !.:i\ away. There will next be as i principally ])(.- a sudden tr;uisiiioii (Von) the seorehini* 'he sun to tola) d.'?rknees may mnrch across it to Palestine, will t! .urcd out at the erirl oftlic lL'!>Odays ^Uan. \ii. 11,) ami will lasi lor about for luring wiiicli the armies of the \vorld vitle of Ai-inauiMl.lon. '.i'he Si-coi:l islation of livingsaims i- ai \>y ilays, (ver. 15,) just bel vciuh literal-, and none but the un<_r>e to endure the terrific judgments wliich will then l>e intlietcd, fr there \\'ill lit- irthn: th.- .:ito three \- ;.:iou within Pupal Christ i-mlum tf tliroe ilisiiiu-t parties of true Christians, i I'ltntnjontaiie i .- fall of the cities of the Dai liies of the .:iud, the Greek Church ill i'f \wath Driven to great Ba fera to the Ipolia' ish Church: the vanihinr away of the islands and >,!! uiK-icnt political iustitu- ad govcrnnieuis: the great hail-storm symbolizes an invasion of Umpire from the north. NINETEENTH IS VENT, ton, etc., will fall, and become heaps of shapeless ruins, scarcely one stone being left standing upon another. And the islands and mountains which were moved out of their places seventy days previously, by the great earthquake at the opening of the sixth Seal, will now, at this subse- quent earthquake, altogether flee away and not be found. Simultaneously, hail-stones, about the weight of a talent, or hundred-weight, being in tact great blocks of ice, will fall upon men, and the plague thereof will be exceeding great. At the same time the Battle of Armageddon is fought, and Christ descending with his saints, destroys which destroy tlie earth. EVENT XIX. VISTULA MANIFESTATION of Christ com- ing in the clouds of heaven, und Second Translation of living saints 5 day.s, before this Dispensation ends, and the Millennium begins. (Matt. xxiv. :)1. Rev. xiv/10.) -. vii. 9 : I behold, and lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and knulrols, and people, und tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, ai.d palms in thoir hands; and cried with aloud voice, saying, Salvation to our :t8, and fell bet'ure the throne on their face**, and worshipped God, saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiv- ing, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our (Jod tor ever and ever. Amen. And one of the ciders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they? And I ^iid unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of the great tribulation, and have washed their , and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serre him day and ni^ht in his tem- ple : and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They Fhall hunger no more, neither thirst anymore; neither shall the sun light on them, nor awy U-eat. For the Lamb, which is iu the midst of the throne, shall feed thent, and shulJ lead them unto living fountains of waters : and (Jod shall wipe away all tears from their eyes. (Lit-day.^ *The year-day. Gth Real lasts for about 70 years from l7'J3-7 to 1860-7, and begins with the French Revolution, (Rev. vi. 12-17:) then an interval elapses for finishing the sealing of 144,000 wise vir- gins out of the Tarioua sects or branches of the Christian Church, (Rev. vii. 1-9,) and then these sealed ones, as well as the deceased saints, are caught up to meet Christ in tke air, (rer. 9 to 17,) being thus a great multitude that will have eome from (t, in the sense of es- caping, as in Rev. iii. 10) the Great Tribulation, which follows during VISIBLE MANIFESTATION OP CHRIST. J 45 It ajmonrs that th- :ints and the Philadelphia!! first-fruit*, (lifv. xiv. 4,) or 141,000 Wise Virgins, (or ManchiM, Kev. xii. r>,) having been oau^lit uj) into the air atti. in the Advent rather more than two years the Covenant, will be judged while they remain in the paviliun-eioud for about 5 years, during the rest of the 7 years and ii.i months: and they will then have awarded to ihein their future positions of honor in the Millennial Kingdom. \\ d ot'alxmt :> years, when the ' "f adjiidieati- 'hey will de- scend with Chri>t at their head up.-n Ml. Olivet at the .j: all rej. the (ioNpol, they will thru l;e-_iiii ' on t/ie earth, and will thus stand on their iv-peetive lots or inherit- ances (K/.ripui'uitid) at the end >i' t; ; :y> i'roni the setting up t 'Translation year-day Gth . tith \'i.-il, and t'.ih Truin: years be: tin- Mud, BO t f tlm literal-day Gti ial, and r.ih 'I'runipet, about 5 ;he Knd : and it \\ ill i^ible manifestation of Chri>t eoinin-- in the clouds and send- iiiLC his angels to j'<>nr iiieh i- de>-ribrd in Matt. .\\iv. v."j-:U, and Mark xiii. iM-'J7, as taki .:lter the darkening .f the sun, whieh immediately follows the 3% Tribulation, conaeqoeol upon the setting the next five years. The literal-day fith Seal lasts for about 70 days immediatc'ly a ft IT Antu -liri^t's ; j > years: it begins with darkness and an carthqu. >0 Jews ore then sealed, and together with all the other saints are caught up in the Second Translation, and thus come out of(Fn) the Great Tribulation, having passed through it. The word etc in this passage, like TTO^OV and ftf, (Rev. xvi. 14, 16,) has a slightly different meaning in the year-day from what it has in the literal-day fulfilment. The following texts describe in the year-day fulfilment the Resurrec- tion and First Translation, and in the literal-day fulfilment the Resur- rection of Antichrist's martyrs and Second Translation : Rev. vii. 9-17 ; xi. 1M9; xvl 15. This second stage in Christ's Advent is also ex- clusively referred to in Matt. xxiv. 30, 81 ; Mark xiii. 20, 27; Luk* xxi. 87 ; Rev. xiv. 16 ; i. T ; Dan. vii 13. 14$ K 1 X KT1<: K -N T H K V E N T . np of the abomination of Desolation. In neither of these two passages is the resurrection of the sleeping saints alluded to, for the reason that it will have occurred 5 years previously, at the 'First Translation, (1 Thess. iv.) It is by no means certain that those who die a natural death during this 5 years, will have part in the First Resurrection by being raised up before the Millennium. With regard, however, to those who are martyred during the 5 years, and who refuse to worship Napoleon's im- age, it is expressly stated, in Rev xx. 4, 5, that when the saints constituting the Lamb's wife descend with Christ to the earth, (Rev. xix. 8, 14, 19,) and sit on thrones and have the judgment that is, the government of the world given to them then the souls (that is, the persons, Acts xxvii. 37) of Antichrist's martyrs will live, (that is, be raised up,) and will also reign ; and this will be the con- clusion of the First Resurrection, which will have com- menced with the First Translation, 5 years previously. There is some reason for supposing that those who die otherwise than by martyrdom during the quinquennial interval between the two Translations, will be included among the rest of the dead that live not again (that is, are not raised up) until the thousand years are finished, when there will be the Second Resurrection, (Rev. xx. 11-15,) comprising all who have died during the Millen- nium, as well as all who were not raised up at the First Resurrection. The Judgment before the great white throne which then ensues, evidently includes righteous as well as wicked persons, from the fact of the Book of Life being produced and opened, which would be un- necessary if only the wicked were present. The living saints caught up in the Second Translation constitute the Laodicean harvest, (Rev. xvi. 15,) or the great multitude, (lit-day, Rev. vii.) and appear to amount to upward of from 25 to 50 millions persons. By the greatness of their past afflictions they will be thoroughly purftted from all that lingering lovo of the world and that cold indifference to the hope of Christ's Advent which at present characterizes the majority even of truly pious people. Most of them will have witnessed, and, no doubt, have suffered from, the tremendous judgments of the literal-day Seals, Trumpets, and Vial*. They will SECOND TKAWSLATION. 14f have seen the skies raining down blood, (Rev. viii. 7,) and the ocean and the streams of water changed into blood, and the moon becoming as blood, and the earth's bosom stained with the blood of millions of her slain. They will have beheld the sun at one time angrily emit ting rays of burning heat, so as to scorch men with fire, and again mournfully hiding its face from the scene of terrestrial -woe, and the whole h.-avens overspread with the blackness of darkness, as if the day of the world's funeral had arrived. They will have felt the earth shud- der and quake a- if horror-struck at the atroeities perpe- trated by its inhabitants and they will have seen pe-ti- lence, famine, and th with myriads of unburied corpses. Ti iption of the ancient martyrs will i \me applicable to them, for they will ha\ Mf*< yert, moreover, of bonds ami />/// . xi. ::-.) Often will they have lamented that they did not in and openly confess the imminence Christ's Ad\- J to have been caught up in the Kir-? Translation. The propheci.-s of IJevelation, which at present -careely any one studies, will then le anxiously pored over by them, to ascertain how soon they will be delivered by the Second Translation. At !:iM their 8O0 pense will be relieved by the app in the si some time during the tir-t 5 literal-day Vials, of the Sign of the Son of Man, which (whether or not a gigantic, cross embla/.one.l upon th- of t he firmament) will be some conspicuous and universally-visible object, at the sight of which the majority of mankind will mourn, but -ainN will rejoin., with exceeding ed up until the post-millennial Second Resurrection; but these two points n-ijiiire fuller consideration than can here be allotted to them. The Marriage of the Lamb, which is brieily mentioned in Rev. \i.\. at greater length hi subsequent vision of ; ;^alein IV 2 to \.\ii. !.", u hi- iitinuatio: the vision of ! , and \\i. 1, but i> a di-tincl and rn r tin- >amc period of time as IJi-v. \i\. 7, s. Th which is no mere emblem, bu: 1500 miles square, and constructed of the ^-lid :md >ulManlial material of j, from the hi-l;.-i heavens down to the eloud in the air, win: nd t ran-' vmaincd for aboir their im into that city and invc-tnu-nt with por\ id-d for them lonetitutes the ce^T- emony of the Lamb's marr; a- at t h.- mai an earthly monarch, hi< i- :iblidy in the his subjects, raised to the same i. \altcd rank a< him> If, upon lii< tl: 1 nter into lii> palace, to reci throiiLTh life the titl- of (Jucen, and ^njointly with lu-r royal poi <-me JM,\\ cr o\-er tin- kingdom, ' tlie mat : ;he Kinir of kiiiL r s, the saint tutin^ hi> Hride will openly, in the presence of the angels and archaiiLTeN and pi-incipalities and p heavenly plaet e the lofty tit 'ng& and God, and they will be formally admitted fe ;!ieir by his side upon the tlirone and into hi>5 ' Pala vlv..) the New Jerusalem, the Capital and Metropolis of the Tniverse, and -thenceforth, as joint-heirs with him, will exercise royal authority and dominion over all thiugs, both which are in heaven and which are on earth. Thus on almost the same day that the False Harlot Church of Rome sinks into irreversible perdition, 150 TWENTIETH EVENT. and has its chief city, Rome, rendered the scene of fin unquenchable volcanic conflagration, the Faithful Bride, the true Church, is married to the Lamb, and enters upon possession of the Holy City, whose builder and maker is God. This will be the Heavenly Home of the glorified saints, from which they will continually wing their way upon visits to the earth and other parts of the Universe.* EVENT XX. THIRD WOE, during the final 3.J- day* corsisting principally in the transformation of the terri- tory adjoining Rome into a perpetual lake of fire, (Rev. xix. 3,) and the destruction of Napoleon and the Pope and five-sixths of their vast armies at the Battle of Arma- geddon, when Christ will descend on the earth and slay all incorrigible rejectors of the Gospel. (Isaiah xxxiv., Ixvi., Ezek. xxxix., Zech. xiv., Rev. xi. 15, xvi. 17, xix.) "And I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse, and he that sat on him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war. . . And the armies which were in heaven fol- lowed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. . . And I saw the Beast and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse and against his army. And the Beast was taken and with him the Falso Prophet. . . These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse." Rev. xix. The third year-day Woe, or 3 years' War of Armaged- douf consists in the series of conflicts that take place in * Although the descent of the New Jerusalem into the air near the earth (partially constituting the Lamb's marriage) does not seem to oc- cur earlier, yet the saints raised and caught up at the first Translation may perhaps enter into it previous to this period. | During the 40 years of the year-day 6th Vial from 1826 to 1SGG-7, preparations are made for the nations being gathered to the %% years* WAR of Armageddon, which takes place during the year-day VthVial : the word rrohefj,ov signifying war, and the word f towards, (Rf-v. xvi. 14, 16.) During the subsequent 40 days of the literal-day tith Vial here is another gathering of the nations to the 3 '/"//*' P.ATTLE of Ar- jnageddon, which occurs duiing the literal-day 7tli Vial: the word TroAf/zov signifying battle, and EL? into. The double sense of f is no- ticed by Elliott as occurring in Rev. xii. 6, 14. The year-day 7th Trum- pet and 7th Vial begin about a year before the 3 years third Woe, and BO also the literal-day 7th Trumpet and Vial begin about a day before the 8$ days' third Woo, BATTLi; OF ARMAGEDDON. 151 the vicinity of Palestine during the year-day 7th Trumpet and Vial, and which will almost have subsided by the cud of Antichrist's :U years. Hut the third literal-day Woe, :.} days' Battle of Armageddon, is a sub-vqiR-nt con- during the literal-day 7th Trumpet >md Vial, to which, in a final and despair, Xapolcnn, tilled with indignation against the Jew.-, as the supposed catile of the intolerable plagues of the literal-day Vials, will for the! summon all hie : (7o>/?, let us cut them off I iii judgment^ ,,; vial-, during tin* ftfit month of the final days dur- ing the literal-day t'.ih N'ial is ;m inter\al of rrspiir, thev will '-ily i'ee..vcr !Vm QAtlOO : and their enmity against Christ's people will 1. i n]> ^wcd activitx . .m sjii-it< <-f atheism and fanatical /eai ke a tumult n rent, they will ru^h frm all parts of the earth ; minate t i , nd that no clement of suc- may lie wanting, Na]olr<.n liii d l.y liis ten kiiiLfs and i Prophet, will with <_T( at ]omp aecompany tl in. At the, close of the -IK d days he!- End, they will be found am iloly Land, in a place called in the He!.: LrmagecldOEt* At this very juncture the Second Translation take- plaee, (literal-day, Kev. xvi. 1 5.1 ( Ihfi - in the skies, coining with ])>\vcr and ry, and the ai .-end and take up into the d {iiarc mik s. each side being the length of 5 miles or 40 furlongs, which is the square* root of 1600 furlongs. The sword will not be the* onlv means by which the doomed live-sixths of this multitude will be slain ; lor great hailstones and tire and brimstone will be rained upon them, (Kzek. xxxviii.,) and an unpre- cedented plague will smite them. Th> they stand upon their j'frt* r ' /;/ //"/>/ /r smitten with 'rch. xii. 1, \iv. 1J.) During- these final L' or.') days the de- 1 saint ^ tVoin the Ileavenlv Jerusalem \<> the , ;ni.l rn-.-t ]r*l):jb!y it will occur on the 13::.".th day. ,,nd Tr:ii ince it also QCCUffl .n the 1 :;.;."th yea' , alid- f in- I-'irst 'lVancmcnt inhabitants of the earth. Thus will Xapoleon and his ten kin-j^ jn'tkc '' the Lamb and against him th.rt .>;>'!# on the horse* and stand /<;/ against t/te Prince of > but the Lttmb sh< and they ,v////// It l>r<>L'<:n with* nit han its dead, altogether disapp ! v. xxi. 1.) After the t)e of Armageddon some of the Ie hardened sinners Avill be spared and converted, and will be- scut as nii-sion- 3 to the nations and to nif th)i <>!' (Ju-i' ' on fl" >:t f/>"f i. 8,) and hi/ fr, oil, ' */i -.ill I . (Is. Ixvi. ir.) After the inoorrigibl Lh< G arc cut oil; the sui'\ i bably a tenth or twentieth part of i nt ]>opu- lation) \\ill in the 1 lca\ - only .lenisalem, and COnstBITl '; i and a 1\V'cn it anl . they will, \isibly or in\ i.-ill\ . vd upmi tlu- animal, \ mineral creation ever BinC the fall of Adam \\ill be !< at repealed. A< V t lie people ]- / M /// r . ( 1'-. lx\ii. 7.) The hitherto sterile soil will be- coii: rdinarily iVtiitlul, and will require very little labor in order to produce abundant crops, . 13, Joel iii 18, Is. XXX. 23.) Weeds will almost cease to grow naturally upon it. Instead of tfk thorn shatl conie up thejir f> a<1 f t/u oru r x/u'll cor/ie up the // t '/rtI>-trt_Ci (Is. Iv. 13.) Tliere v. ill be important, atmo- spheric, meteorological, and geological changes, by means of which waste, wilderne- he Great Sahara, and fro/en regions, like those of Siberia, Avill become clothed with fertility and beauty, for the desert shall re- joice and blossom as the rose, . . . and the ixirched 156 THE MILLENNIUM. ground shall become a pool, and the thirsty land springs of water, (Is. x^v.) Entire exemption from sickness does not seem to be promised to the Gentile nations as to the Jews : but the leaves of the tree of life in the New Jerusalem are for the healing of the nations, (Rev xxii. 2,) and will apparently be brought down from th New Jerusalem to those upon earth who are sick. Al the blind, deaf, dumb, and lame that are spared a Christ's descent will be healed, (Is. xxxv. 5.) Venomous serpents will become quite harmless, and ferocious ani- mals, such as the wolf, the leopard, the lion, and the bear, becoming graminivorous instead of carnivorous, will live peaceably with sheep and cattle, (Is. xi. 6, Ix. 25,) and may, perhaps, be used as beasts of burden. Man's lifetime will, perhaps, be prolonged ; the express promiso. of longevity appears, however, to be only given to the Jewish nation, (Is. Ixv. 20.) These changes will necessarily cause an unp.-iralU'lod increase of the earth's inhabitants,* so that they will become as numerous as the sand upon the seashore, (Rev. xx. 8.) * It will be interesting to observe during the Millennium how the dif- ficulties arising from the great increase of population will be provided against. In England, the population, which is now 330 persons to the square mile, has doubled itself in 50 years, from A.D. 1800 to 1850, and political economists consider that, if unchecked by wars, scarcity of food, etc., it would easily double itself every 25 years. At this rate the earth's inhabitants, if only 50 millions at the beginning of the Mil- lennium, would become 204,800 millions in the 300th year, which would be about 3 100 persons to every square mile of land, for only GO out of the 200 million square miles of the earth's surface consist of hind. This would perhaps be as great a population as the earth could well contain, and would require about three fourths of its soil to be under cultivation, and sufficiently fertile to yield on an average from each acre (the G40th part of a square mile) enough food for seven persons. (Even now, one acre has been known to yield, by spade cultivation, enough to support 20 persons.) There will doubtless be special Provi- dential arrangements, which will prevent too great a multiplication of the human race. This estimate of about 200,000 millions as the possi- ble maximum of the earth's population (being 15o times greater than its present population of 1300 millions) will make the ungloriiied inhab- itants of the Millennial earth to be 500 times more numerous than the glorified saints of the First Resurrection (Rev. xx. G) who will reign over them that is, if these latter (exclusive of deceased infants) be ap- proximately estimated to amount to about 400 millions. There would also thus be probably more people living on the earth at one time than, BEUGIOUS STATE OP THE MILLENNIAL EARTH. 15 f (2.) As respects the POLITICAL AKD^SOCIAL CONDITION of mankind. One Man will be KiiiLC over the whole earth, even Jesus of Na/areth, the God-man ; and his kingdom, like the tour ]>n kingdoms of llabylon, lVi>ia, (.rerce, and Kome, will be a literal, \;>i- ble, and earthly kingdom (Dan. ii., vii. 11, Zeeh. \i. over 1.1 1 1 ]<>/>!, Dan. vii. 14,) .a ]>hrase which exclusively denote> nations as they at pre- L exist in 1 , (Dan. iii. 4, iv. 1, vi. 25.) Although he will from time to time I himself personally in the terrestrial .!: arth's tin nment, \ her with hi- glori -. will be in tl lal Jerusalem, the ' the I 'ni . id !.">)( i miles in length, breadth, and height, :i. I* 1 .,) which ,vn into : > !. '2 t, ) bllt is no\\ irth ; inderd, it would be ijnitc incongru strtiotlU' })( |.nist-il ijjton a u'lob miles) in cin-nmlr :s associ; >vith ,Ic>u-, :. M rnni( nt of this world, (] . ;, Luke xi\. J7,) will constantly pass to and fro bi-twcfii the H. iiy and this ]>lanet, thus reali/iiiLT the ]ro|hetie vision o[' Jaoob's \:u\- dcr, ((i.-n. xxviii. U, Jojjn i. ; ].) It i- a jiu-stion whether they will rciirn visibly over the un^loriticd inhabitan- the earth, or invisibly, (occasionally, however, manifesting their jr. [fl which at ]resent lia\e mankind intrusted to their charge and ministry, (I I<-1). i. 14, ii. r>, 1'-. \\.\iv. 7,) and which wear the titles of the kingdoms of this world, (Dan. x. 13, 20.) It aj>] that the nalions will retain their di- OttfltOTOfl and lanmia^es, (unless Xeph. iii. 1) signifies that there' will be only one laiiirua^e,) but will probably all have the same laws, currency, and standards of in* nt, by wliich their mutual commercial dealing niav be facilitated. The earth's inhabitants will engage in a[rricultural, mechanic-. al, scientific, and mercantile occupations, and follow the clerical, and literary professions, just as in these the whole sum of all the successive populations during the past 6000 years. 158 THE MILLENNIUM. days.* But the military profession will be forgotten. Peace will prevail universally, (Is. ii. 4, Hos. ii. 18, Ps. xlvi. 9.) No standing armies or warlike navies will be maintained. Bayonets and rifled cannon will be regarded as the relics of a bygone age of darkness and barbarism. There will be no despotism, tyranny, or oppression. Cases of crime will be very rare. The whole earth will probably be covered with a network of railways and. telegraphs, and the surface of the ocean unceasingly traversed by innumerable vessels, maintaining constant intercourse among all the communities of the globe. England and North-America, released from the domi* nancy of Antichrist, will doubtless occupy the foremost position, next to Israel, among the regenerated nations. The Millennial state of the earth is strikingly illustrated by the scene of Christ's Transfiguration, which was a miniature picture of it, and therefore a prophetic vision of the Son of man coming in his kingdom, (Matt. xvi. 28, 2 Peter i. 16.) The six days (Matt. xvii. 1) typified tin; 6000 yfears, after which the Millennium commences, and Peter, James, and John represented the unglorified in- habitants of the Millennial earth, over whom the glorified raided and translated saints, represented by Moses and Klias, will reign eon jointly with Christ. (3.) As regards the IIKLIGTOUS CONDITION of mankind. Instead of three fourths of the human race being in hea- then darkness as at present, all persons will then be ac- * Although the business of the world will be carried on during the Millennium in somewhat the same manner as at present, yet it is vain for persons to think of retaining their possessions during the coming Tribu- lation, (Is. xxiv.,) and it would be impious for them to make any prepa- rations in expectation of surviving on the earth after the Second* Advent and during the Millennium. All converted persons will shortly be re- moved from the earth in the two Translations, and a few of the uncon- verted who are left behind will be afterward spared and converted, and will constitute the earth's population when the Millennium begins. It is clearly the duty of those who arc true Christians, and who are then-lore cure to be caught up in one of the two Translations, to spend as much of their remaining time and property as they can in preaching the Gos- pel and circulating Bibles and religious books as widely as possible, be- fore the approaching infidel persecution puts a stop to such efforts. The present momentous crisis justifies Christians in relinquishing secu- lar occupations, if they can do so without serious inconvenience to themselves or society, and devoting themselves exclusively to striving to enlighten the multitudes that are perishing for lack of knowledge. TIIE JEWISH NATION. 159 quaint el with the doctrines of Christianity, for the earth Shall be full of // 'he Lord as th cover the sea, (Is. xi. 9, Ileb. ii. 16,) and Christ will l> dominion also from sea to sea. m the river unto the ends of the earth, (Zech. ix. 10, n. Ixxii. s v ) for all nations shall come and worship before him, (Rev. xv. 4, xi. 15, xx., Ps. Ixxxvi. 9, Ixvi., II. Dan. ii., vii.) Al- thou_ 'in the deceiving influence of ii, (Rev. x.v 3,) yet they will h;i Mfce naturally sini'ul hearts as now, and this will necessitate the continu- ance of the means ograee ami the jnvaehing of the Gos- pel, which, however, will be accompanied by a much fcer outpouring of the Holy Spirit than in tin \xxii. I-").) < >pen incl drunkem. sibling, I] cruelty, impi. ill be promptly pnn- 1 whenever it 'iivly iv< but' there will itil \B among the n;iti. ibly n>t i: mill: .' tin' thirteen huiidre.l millions unw n]oii the ii are truly e.n\ eri ! or b.-rn a^rain, but then the propol'lioll nt' the Coll. ted will ] !- haps le nearly the re, -ih's j.jmlation is nnlv as 1 ianl it ]ni'.rht and ,-tps will eater,) there will be more ndnlt je' d in blM :.an in all the 200 generations, (without referring to fc1 \. At'ier the Battle of Armageddon, all the surviving Jews throughout tlie earth will be converted and restored to rale-tine, being brought as an ojj'- ?o the Lord out of all nations, n horses, and in chariots, and in lft- "pon mules, (Is. Ixvi. 20, see also Is. xi., Ix., Jer. hi., xxxi., xxxiii., Zech. viii. to xiv., Ezek. xxxiv. to xh iii., Rom. xl, etc.) It seems that the ships- of the maritime power called Tarshish (England or the American States, or both) will likewise assist in this work, (Is. Ix. 9,) (it ap- pears that they will, perhaps, have also assisted in the partial restoration under Antichrist seven years previous 160 THE MILLENNIUM. ly, Is. xviii.) Only one third of the Jews that were liv ing in Palestine- at the commencement of Antichrist's per- secution will be surviving when the Millennium begins, (Zech. xiii. 9,) and those of them who are in Jerusalem when Christ descends on Mt. Olivet will look upon him whom they have pierced, (Zech. xii. 10, Matt, xxiii. 39,) and will immediately repent and become converted through the outpouring of the Holy Spirit, as typified by the miraculous conversion of the Apostle Paul, (1 Tim. i. 16.) The Jews will then possess the land from the Nile to the Euphrates, which although promised to them, (Gen. xv. 18,) they have never yet obtained. Jerusalem will be the metropolis of the earth, and will be 18,000 measures, or 36 miles, in circumference, and 9 miles square, (Ezek. xlviii. 35,) each measure being 6 cubits, (Ezek. xl. 5,) and the cubit of the sanctuary being 21 in- ches. Within it (if not throughout all Palestine) there will never be any weeping or crying, (Is. Ixv. 19,) and the inhabitant shall not sat/ I am sick, (Is. xxxiii. 24,) for the very leaves of its trees will furnish an elixir vita3 and a medicinal panacea for human maladies, (Ezek. xlvii. 12.) All the Jews will be truly converted, (Is. liv. 13, Ix. 21, Jer. xxxi. 3-4-,) and will mostly live to the age of several centuries, being only children when a hundred years old, and rivalling in longevity the trees of the forest, (Is. Ixv. L>0, L'2.) They will be the chief of the na- tions of the regenerated earth. The Holy Land will be- come like the garden of Eden, (Ezek. xxxvi. 35, Is. vii. 21, 22, xxx. 23,) and will be divided afresh among the twelve tribes, (Ezek. xlviii.,) who will be governed by the twelve apostles, (Luke xxii. 30.) Over Mt. Zion will be a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night, (Is. iv. 5.) The Jewish Temple will be rebuilt according to the pattern given in the last nine chapters of Ezekiel, which also prescribe the order of the future sacrifices and other rites; for Israel, though Christianized, will still ob- serve the peculiar ceremonies of Judaism, not as expiato- ry or prospectively as a shadow of things to come, but as eucharistic, and retrospectively as a sacramental com- memoration of the past offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all. All the nations (or at least large delegations from each nation) will make pilgrimages to THE IltAYENLr JERUSALEM. r Jerusalem ov ;o keep the felies an extraordinary abundance at that time of facilities for locomotion, such as rail\va\ Is. The Dead S,-a will a!rael restored. ithly. Tin 4 whole world shall become convei 5thly. The earth shall become more fruitful, and the Othly. The saints who share in th I' hall not live iijM.n the earth, but in tl: 'The IIea\ '-nded over the earth duriiiLC the Millennial rcii^n, and probably over the earthly Jerii-aK-m, and will be a visible object throughout all the land of Israel. Thi- supposition solves a dirliculty which must occur Avith regard to the millennial CXIMATE. We all imagine that some ^reat impi'ovement must take place in the climate, productions, and fertility of the earth, dur- in the reij^n of Christ and all the prophecies seem to ur in foretelling this improvement. But the question i-. by what miracle shall this change be produced? We reply, that the Heavenly City wm become a source of liu'ht, and heat, and fertility to all the world, being 1500 miles square measurement, being filled and lit up by the glory of God, (Rev. xxi.,) aiid being suspended not far Jft2 THE MILLENNIUM. from the surface of the earth, it will fulfil the office of at* additional sun, especially throughout the land of Israel. and will thus produce that physical renovation of the earth which the Prophets have foretold as the effect of the reign of Christ. (See Isaiah xxxv.) But this City is described in such peculiar language, that it seems impos- sible to understand by it anything but a literal place of residence, a really existing structure, whether it be a City or otherwise, and a place whose materials will be the most magnificent and costly that imagination can conceive. A place filled with the glory of God, inhabited by resur- rection saints, and containing within its walls the throne of the Lord Jesus Christ, as King of Israel and of the world. Around the palace of the King of kings will be seen the palaces of all his saints, each of whom will bo himself a king and a priest unto God, having ' washed his robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and he that sitteth upon the throne shall dwell among them : they shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall the sun light upon them, nor any heat, for the Lamb that is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of water ; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.' No? is this the whole: for along with the presence of God, and the pos- session of more than royal magnificence, they shall possess irresistible power they shall reign with Christ over the nations of the earth, and shall rule the ungodly with a rod of iron. The empire of Satan shah 1 be broken the reign of radicalism shall be swept away the boastings of infidel science shall be silenced in darkness, and all power, know- ledge, dignity, and wealth shall be transferred from the man of the world to the man of God. The whole course of things shall be inverted ; the worldly man shall serve where once he ruled, and the saint shall rule where once he was despised. And the nations upon earth, looking up every hour to the heavenly city, and gazing with wonder upon its ineffable beauty, shall exclaim with a different ' tone than that of formal repetition : M 'Thou art the King of glory, Christ ! Make 113 to be numbered with thy Saints^ in glory everlasting.' MILLENNIAL BK1GX OF CHRIST. 163 " When once the Lord shall have returned to Mount Zion, lie will bring down heaven along with him, upon the earth, and spread the life and motion of celestial th. throughout all the recesses of the glbe. lie will restore the ;rib .-1 to their renowned and sacred land apita! oi' the world and the joy of the \vJ the teni]>!e from its ruins to more than its ancient splendor, and lill its sanctuary with the brightnt- . All the nations of the il] he attracted by the- fame .f his august do- mini heathen, that is king, and that he ^hall judge the people righteously: and this hall bring up all nations to Jei'ii>aleni. and there they shall heal' his name as a famil- iar tiling; their ears >hall he tilled with 1: y of that ^TQudrona govermoeaU They shall walk through tin.- '.lied spirits >il down at liospj. tahh n u ill be of the presenoe of ( > d, an-1 :' tb6 ; s oi' his glo: l'..rth, from day to day, to witness S..1IM : to h.nk Upon the far, with some man fresh from h. nd the limits >f the i-artl . > v- tlu-ir h brightness of the Eternal C'ity. 'Ihen, JK-II -ti-d mo- ment, the piv the L.>i-d \\ill he n,ad- \isil>le from the sanctuary, and a proclamation shall be h. aid through- out Jerusalem : w T}I< \ ; let all the i- ble or in lie righteous to re-train tlie wicked to regulate the world to bring all things ]u subjection to tin- ohedienc. t to be the disp> d's judgments and of his ; mankind to administer ;m authority which can not h d, and to dignity imjiaired j .int, who now labors for his high an elevation, then we .shall understand 1: ad truth of th> I /' '/' (t't]i and night for erer and ever. About the same period the renovation of the earth by fire, (2 Peter iii. 10,) which partially took place about 1000 years previously, will now be completely finished ; the 8ea disappearing, and the New Earth and New Heavens being perfected, (Rev. xxi. 1.) The great white throne is at the same time set up, and the wicked dead are raised to life and judged before it. This Second Resurrection probably includes also the deceased Millennial saints. The judgment of the wicked appears to be a long-con- tinued and deliberate process, in which the actions of each one of them will be made known to the assembled universe, (Rev. xx. 11-15, Luke xii. 2.) If tlu- earth's inhabitants during the past 6000 years (excluding de- ceased infants) amount to only 100,000 millions, and if even a 200th part of them have been saved, the entire EVERLASTING REIGN AFTER THE JUDGMENT. 167 number of the wicked, including the innumerable Millen- nial apostates, (Rev. xx. 8,) will perhaps not be less than 300,000 millions, and it would occupy 34 millions of years to jiniirv this multitude one by one,* if the judgment of each lasted only for an hour ; and if each stood upon a square yard of ground, they would cover a space rather more than 300 miles in length and breadth. All who have failed to become truly born again or converted will be then cast into a lake of literal tire? and brimstone, in the same bodies which they had in their lifetime, and which will be raised up from the dust and rendered in- destructible; tli< ' >r\}\ tormontod in hell-lire for ever and , Mark i\-. 43.) After the Millennium the : i KI:I.;\ N e'(> yeaTfl there -an only have I 270 gene Thus <>j' i\. 7.) and his saints with him will .) A put to every reader obtained that change of heart which ('"HMMs in be, and without wlii - n not gain adini heaven? (John iii. 3.) You n . upright, and amiable in your cond 1 i your fellow-men, but yet unless you become n ally eonveru <1, yo.-i will be cast into hell- fire. True conversion causes a person not only to ab- stain from drunkenness, profanity, gambling,, reading newspapers or worldly books on Sunday, or otherwise breaking the Sabbath, frequenting theatres or ball-rooms, and other openly irreligious acts ; but it also leads him to take a previously unexperienced delight in private, family, and social prayer, in attending religious services, distributing tracts, visiting the sick and afflicted, and in< I of criminally wasting time in reading novels or romances, to engage as much as possible in meditating on the sacred truths of the Bible. Nor is it presumption for anv one who is converted to proclaim that fact to 2 X"KACTICAL others, and to express a confident assurance of being finally saved, (Phil. i. 6,) for so great is the change of conversion, that those who have experienced it can gen- erally remember the time and the place where they re- ceived it; and possessing the witness of the Spirit, (Rom. Yin. 16,) can testify that they know and are sure that their sins are all forgiven. Neither can they ever "be lost ; for, at the moment of conversion, all their sins, future as well as past, those that they have not yet com- mitted as well as those that they have committed, are entirely blotted out. The means by which this change is obtained is by offering up to God, in the name of Jesus, the simple prayer of faith, such as: " O God! for the sake of Jesus, pardon my sins and give me a new heart, and be- stow upon me the influence of thy Holy Spirit." The 51st and other Psalms contain most suitable prayers of this character. And such supplications shouuVV-oiHinu- ally be offered up by the penitent, not only on the bended knee, but also continually, at all times, and in all places ; for many a prayer is inwardly breathed by Christians even while engaged in their worldly occupations. Nor should the unconverted consider themselves out of dan- ger, until they feel that their prayers are answered, and know, from a peculiar assurance imparted to them by the Holy Ghost, that they have become converted, and that all their sins are forgiven. In order to wnlk closely with God, it is most important always to begin the day with i <>ldly confessing Christ before men, so as to bear tin 4 rharaeter of bring avow- ed.y pious and religious, or whether they are mere nomi- nal Christians, living in practical forget fulness of the statement: " If any man love the world, the love of the r is not in him." (l John ii. 15.) Especially ^liould true Christians arouse themselves now that there is little more than four years iv during which the present opportunities will exist for preaching tin- word and circulath and religious bunks, which will be ,!>le value to those uh<> i hem during ; ;uent :>A years' iniidr. .tton. A pointed and deiin irding the awful j hients that will shortly accompan;. r a Advent re- quir' loudly prochiimed. To this end, persons holding ; ',->uld go from place to place, giving lectures un the s liing in t air in t: or public squares, for many will never attend in-dour sn Much ridicule and even persecution will ; :.gain>t tli<>-e who boldly :md prominently l><-ar t: : but to such the pro:.- andbeexccc/ J \> r so persecuted th ey the prophets which were before yo> ft hew v. 12.) It will require, on t! M8, as much coura-_ r t- to decl.ire T.oui- >n to be the- personal Antichrist as it required of LU!!HT to as-ert that iho ' u as the Papal Ant' but tlie jtrodanvit ion must be nvide, at all hazard^, i;i ord arn men inst furthering the exten-i-Mi of hi< ].uwer, or in any way snbmittine themselves to his authority or influence, it will ultimately be exert CM] by him for the purpose :ig them to renounce Christianity and to commit the unpardonable sin of worshipping his image. (Rev. xiv. 0.) This chapter* may be suitably concluded by quoting the subjoined extract from appeals to the unconverted to come to Jesus and to seek the salvation of their souls : * Those who may derive light and instruction from the perusal of tliese pa-_;es, are requested in return to supplicate the Giver of every good and perfect gift to accomp xny with his blowing the statements of divine truth aa set forth by this work and its writer. APPEAL TO THE UNCONVERTED. w Why did Christ, a king in the midst of .heaven^ glory, become a babe in the midst of earth's misery ? You* say : ' To save sinners !' Why did he toil, and weep, and preach, and pray, and sorrow for months and years among the worst and most hard-hearted, with hardly any reward but that of contempt, hatred, and persecution ? You say: 'To save sinners!' Why did he bow his head in wondrous submission when torn with the pains of deadly agony in Gethsemane ? Why was he silent when led by blaspheming murderers to the place of insult, and crowned as the king of sorrows with shame, and thorns, and misery ? You say : c It was to save sinners !' Why did he yield his body to be smitten with the hand and rod, and torn with the lacerating scourge, and pierced with the nails and spear ; oh ! why ? You say : ' It was to save sinners!' Oh! then, if the immortal Jesus has passed through viilleys of deepest humiliation through shades of darkest misery through flames of hottest tribulation and the black waters of death itself oh ! if he hath sighed, and wept, and prayed, and preached, and lived and labored and suffered, and died to save sin- ners to save sinners, oh ! tell me, will he cast them out when they come to him ? when they come and say, * Thy blood can Wiakc the vilest clean ; Oli ! let that blood avail for me I' will he say, ' Depart thou guilty sinner' ? will he say, *! will have nothing to do with thee' ? Nay, God forbid ; he will rather say : c Welcome, O thou poor penitent ! welcome to the cross, O thou returning sinner! welcome to thy Saviour and to life eternal.' Can you doubt any longer ? If you do, your doubt makes out Christ to be worse than you yourself are. Would not you receive a poor, benighted wanderer, in danger of dying from cold and starvation ? and do you think Jesus will refuse to admit you if you seek him in wretchedness and peni- tence ? But the case is stronger still. You would not turn your weeping child away from your door to die of hunger ; and will he turn you away from his door to perish in your sins when you repent and cry for mercy ? Yea, the case is still stronger. If you commanded your prodigal child to return^ and promised that all should be APPEAL TO THE UNCONVERTED. Ifl forgiven and forgotten, and by means of those com- mands, and invitations, and promises prevailed with the child, and when he believed you, and came home, refused to admit him, would you not be both false and cruel ? And has ,.&t Jesus', O sinner ! commanded you to come, and entreated you to come, and promised 'in no wise' to reject you ; and do you think he will j i'alse and cruel as to break his word and cast you out? Are all your doubts now cleared away ? If there is a single dark doubt still hanging over your head, and casting its shadow into your he.-irt, take this thought and be en- lightened and re!:evrl. No\v mark well : Chri-t never yet > ncfr trul\ : him. The ng and tin* old, the poor ami the rich, the ignorant and the educated, ti. "dly good, the Confessedly bad, scarlet Dinners and black sinners, all persons of all . and nations, who have ever applied to him duri: '.st nigh two thousand years, have been alike d with com] 1 with in- " Behold h r by the \\ay-side; some women with their children try to ] -ugh the crowd and him. u .What i want with him?' say ; : 'to bring your children to him? How fooli>h 01 you J take them away/ Christ i hears it, and straightway, with look and voice, re- bukes them, aini odd, "Suffer little children to come unto n rhid them not ;' and taking them in his arms 1 : 4 1 will in no w; .it/ he is walking along the road between Jeri- cho and Jerusalem, with a crowd of people, a blind beg- haviug foimd out who it is that passes, cries aloud: thou Son of David, have mercy on me!' 4 IIu-li !' s:iy the people; 'hold your peace ;' Rut he o'niy crieth the louder, ' thou Son of J)avid, have mercy on me!' Then Christ hears, stops, and commands him to be brought, asks him what he wants, and when he an- swers, 4 Lord, that I may receive my sight !' he touches only once his sightless eye-balls, and pours into them light and healing, keeping his promise : 4 1 will in no wise cast out.' "Again, he is sitting at the table of Simon the Phari- 172 APPEAL TO THE UNCONVERTED. see. A poor woman, who had been a dreadful sinnef, comes behind him weeping, and stooping down, with the large, heavy tears that are falling faster than you can count from her eyes, washes his sacred feet, and then wipes them with her long locks of hftir. SV.K ^Ts eye ia on him to see how he will act. Does he spurn the guilty woman, and crush with despair the heart already broken with sorrow ? Ah ! no, his soul melts with pity. ' Wo- man!' saith Jesus, 4 thy sins are forgiven thee! go in peace 1' keeping his promise: 4 I will in no wise cast out.' "Again, he 'is nailed to the cross of shame and glory. A wretched thief, hanging over the mouth of hell, turns to him his dying eyes ; his white, furrowed face becomes stiffened with a look of intense-ness of desire ; his dry lips part and quiver. 'Lord!' he cries, ' remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.' Did Christ an- swer, 'I can not hear you now I am in pain; besides, it is too late too late ' ? Oh ! no, but he turned upon him a look in which love and sorrow shone together, and said, ' Verily, I say unto thee, to-day shalt thou be with me in paradise !' keeping his promise : 4 1 will in no wise cast out.' "Come, then, O child of sin! in all thy weakness come to Jesus ; he will take thee in his arms and bless thee, as he received such of old ! Come, then, O sightless sinner ! in all thy blindness come to Jesus ; he will bid thee pray, and on thine eye-balls pour that light celestial which is 'marvellous' in power and glory everlasting! Come, then, O outcast sinner ! in all thy misery come to Jesus ; he will suiter thee to kneel beside him, and wash his feet with tears ; and will pardon all thy guilt, and bid thee go in peace ! . And come, then, O dying sinner ! in all thy hell-deservings come to Jesus; and he will hear thy groan of anguish, and answer thy prayer of penitence, and wash thy sins away, and carry thee to heaven ! for, oh ! he hath spoken of old, and hath kept in the past, and will keep till time shall be no more, this precious, ever precious promise: ' Him that cometJi to me, I will in no wise cast out? (John vi. 37.)" DIAGRAM 3. FULFILMENT OF THE SEVENTY WEEKS As subdivided into Three Parts of 7, 62, and 1 Week. B C. 457 or 455. r ThA^MMMteAjrth of thft /vymmnriflmAnt to restore and build Jerusalem. Dan. ix. 24. Seventy weeks (sha- rf^ (Ezra vii., Neheniiah. ii.) . ^tf^'CL/"' bua, weeks of years *^v^L 'V^ Gen. xxix. 27)*are de- K ^ termined (or cut off} o " fr upon thy. people ^and 3 B" upon thy holy city, to ?* .... - finish the transgres- ^^^^^TS sion, and to make an end of sins, and to Dan. ix. 25. make reconciliation Know, therefore, and understand, for (or, cover over) in- rf^ that from the going forth of the com- iquity. and to bring in jjf everlasting righteous- ness, and to seal up ^ mandment to restore and to build Jeru- ^ salem, unto the Messiah the Prince, p, 2 g* 3 g. come, (the Romans, the nation of Anii- *< * ^ ^ ^ J ? ^ christ that s^a// come: 1 Jn. ii. 18,) o P shall destroy the city and the sanctu- c_ g 2. o ^^ - r* arv ' an( ^- ^ e en( ^ thereof shall be with ^^cr^^gS'o' a flood, and unto the end of the war CD i *-* o too. desolations are determined. Loui* Napoleon ^| ) DI Dan. ix. 27. K And he (Napoleon III., the Anti- P HJ christ "the Prince that shall come,") Ilisima^esettipin^ ^ the temple. > ^4 shall confirm a (not the) covenant with ^ many for .one week; and in the midst j ^j= CO o of the week he shall cause the sacrifice V>V NJV**> '/**-- \> *** and the oblation to cease, and for the o overspreading of abominations he shall lie perishes at ^ z: make it desolate, even until the con- Christ's descent ^ co summation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolator. \ SEVENTIETH WEEK. 175 CHAPTER III. EVIDENCE FROM MORE THAN THIRTY EXPOSITORS SHOW- ING THAT DANIEL'S SEVENTIETH WEEK OF SEVEN VKAUS WILL BE FULFILLED WITHIN ALMOST EXACTLY THE FINAL SEVEN YEARS OF 1 MILE DISPEN- SATION, AND WILL K WITH A SEVEN YEARS' COVENANT DEINO CONFIRM i i H L PLKSONAL AM) lit |, TlIKIlEFORE LOUIS NAPOLEON, IF HE is TUP: PERSONAL ANTICHRIST, WILL CONFIRM A SEVEN YEARS' COVENANT WITH THU JEWS ABOUT SEVEN YEARS BEFORE Till-: K.M> THE faith of professing ms is about to be tested by a signal and extraordinary 1'ullilinent of prophecy, which will 1) 1 ami rejected by those who aro "fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken/' L Y.v \\ hut will he distinctly understood by the wise and watchful, so as to enable them to discover the date of Christ's approaching Advent. It was very generally believed by the early Christian Church, that Daniel's 70th week would be fulfilled at the time of the Second Advent, by tin- Antichrist being received by many of the Jews as their Messiah, and sul^njuently placing his image, " the abomination of desolation/' in the rebuilt Jewish temple, which would thus be defiled during the latter half- week the ;JJ years of his tyranny. This view was very little advocated during tin- dark ages of papal corruption, but during the hist half-centnry it has been extensively revived. It is thus expected that seven years before the Kii-1, Antichrist u will confirm a covenant with many of the Jews for one week of seven years, and in the midst of the week will cause the sacrifice to cease, even until the Con- summation, (or End.)" As Louis Napoleon is clearly foreshown to be the Antichrist, and as the End appears, from the chronological prophecies, to be about or soon after 1872, therefore it now remains to be seen whether these interpretations will be proved to be true, by Napo- 176 DANIEL'S SEVENTIETH WEEK. leon making a seven-years* covenant with the Jews about or soon after 1864-5, Humanly speaking, there is no par- ticular reason why Napoleon should ever make a covenant with the Jews, much less that it should be for exactly seven and not any other number of years; and also that, just about 9 or 10 months after the date of the covenant, the Jews should re-establish morning and evening sacrifices in some building then used by them as a temple. The little probability of such events so soon taking place, will, however, render their occurrence all the more remarkable.* but even then there will doubtless be unscrupulous and unprincipled individuals, including, perhaps, some persons of reputed piety, who, to obtain notoriety, or for the sake of gain, will labour, with plausible and specious arguments, to show that these events do not prove Christ's Advent to be near at hand. Or what will be almost as bad, some preachers, unwilling to encounter ridicule and opposition, ehunning to declare the whole counsel of God, and being ashamed of these words of Jesus, (Acts xx. 27, Luke ix. 26,) will be content to maintain a shameful silence upon the subject. But as an exterminating persecution will be carried on during the latter half of the seven years throughout all Christendom arid many parts of Heathendom against those who will not worship Napoleon's image, or receive his mark, (Rev. xiii.) it is therefore necessary'to warn persons at once that the commission of that act will.be an unpar- donable sin (Rev. xiv. 9) like that of blasphemy against the Holy Ghost. It will oe too late to proclaim the warn- ing when the persecution actually begins, for the voice of testimony will then be violently stifled. Now at the pre- sent time, and especially as soon as the covenant shall be made, believers in these prophecies should labour widely to diffuse these Second Advent and other Gospel truths, even thus expending all their property except what may be required to support them until the Ascension of the Wise * In the author's "Coming Battle,*' published in 1860, Louis Napoleon was spoken of as certain to make the seven-years' Cove- nant with the Jews very soon. In this enlarged edition (1862) of the present work, Chapters I. III. and IV. are fundamentally the same as in the first edition, in June, 1861, in which the substance of Chapter II. was not inserted. T11K SEVENTY WKKK3 EXPLAINED, 177 Virgins, two years and five or six weeks after the Covenant. Only those who practically evince their faith by acting thus, can reasonably expect to be caught up among the Wise Virgins. TIIF: IMPORTANT PROPHECY of seventy weeks, which are universally admitted to be seventy weeks, or set-ens of years, that is, 490 years, is contained in Dan. ix. 24 27. Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for (or cover over) iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the Most Holy, (in the Hebrew, the Most Holy Place.) 25. Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jeru- salem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. ~o. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut oil', but uut i'.r IUIUM!!': and the people of the prince that sh y the city and the sanctu- ary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. '27. And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week .ill cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for tho overspreading of abominations, he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate. The true explanation >!' this prophecy appears to be, that seventy weeks of years dated from the going forth of the i Artaxerxcs' 7th year, were marked off as the periud of <;.d's dealings with the Jews while na- tionally L r ath< -red in their own city, and were to end with their complete redemption and deliverance, as described in verse -4. Had the Jews received the Messiah, when he officially came to them at the end of the 69 weeks by the Baptist's preaching and by his own public ministry, then apparently the 70th week would have followed continu- ously, and would have closed with the Son of David reign- ing uver the house of Jacob for ever. But their rejection of Jesus caused the fulfilment of the 70th week to be post* poned until they should be fully punished for that sin, and then the 70th week, after running its course, will end ag originally intended, with the setting up of Messiah's tem- poral kingdom over Israel, and the bringing in of everlast- ing righteousness. Thus Israel's rejection of Christ has 178 TilE SEVENTY WEEKS EXPLAINED. interposed between the 69tli and 70th week, the long inter- val of the Gentile dispensation during which they are pun- ished by their house being left unto them desolate. This prediction must extend to the Second Advent, when the desolation of the Jews and of their holy city shall be finished, for it was given by Gabriel in answer to Daniel's prayer for the restoration of Israel to Palestine, and is intended to forewarn him of all their sufferings prior to their final deliverance. It could not, therefore, omit to mention their final and greatest persecution by the last Antichrist, which is the principal theme of Daniel and Revelation, (see also Ezek. xxxviii, Zech. xiv.) It was also declared to be an explanation of THE VISION, (verse 23) which could be none other than the last vision Daniel beheld in Dan. viii., which was expressly stated to relate to the time of the <-t Hirial coming at the end of the 69 v !i This hitter event does not appear to have happened until about A. I>. 29 or A. D. 33-4. After this, the Humans, (he people '/INK PIUNCE THAT * There were three commandments, or public decrees, as it appears, issued concerning the temple or city of Jerusalem. THE r was given by Cyrus in 530 B. C., (Ez. i.,) but the erection of the U-inpli', :ii'ter being commenced, was discontinued until B. C. 610, the second year of l>:niu^. who, in that year, issued the SBC*- i"'l the temple was finished in his sixth year, (Kz. vi. 15.) But irre^ ::d abuses, in connec- tion with (he tempi' u r afterwards crept in, a THIRD DECREE was given in B. C. 45" . by Artaxerxes Longima- nus, in his seventh year, (Ez. vii.) This decree, unlike the two for- mer, related to the restoring of the city, as well as of the temple, for it commissioned Ezra ' to inquire concerning Judah and Jeru- salem according to the law of thy God tchich is in thy hand," (Ez. vii. 14,) and afterwards Ezra thanked God for having, "extended mercy to us to set up the house of our God, and to repair the desola- tions thereof t and to give 119 a wall in Judah and Jerusalem,' 1 (the wall built in troublous times, Dan ix. 25.) This decree is generally understood to be the commencement of the seventy weeks, (Dan. ix. 25.) Nehemiah's commission in the 20th year of Artaxerxes, seems to have been not a public decree or commandment, but only a private and personal commission, causing him to enforce and cany out more effectually the previous decree of Ezra, with whom he united his efforts. But whether the 69 weeks began with Ezra's or Nehemiah's commission, does not affect the 70th week, which is separated from them by more than 1800 years. Almost all writers, whatever chronology they adopt, allow the C9 weeks to end about A. D. 26-33. 180 ANTICHRIST'S COVENANT WITH THE JEWS. SHALL COME, that is, of the future Antichrist, destroyed the city and the sanctuary of Jerusalem in A. D. 70. The construction of the language evidently requires " the Prince that shall come," to be the person who confirms the cove- nant in the next verse. He is also referred to in 1 John ii. 18, " Ye have heard that the Antichrist shall come/' The phrase, " Ye have heard/' implies, as in Matt. v. 38, " Ye have been told in Scripture." And this is obviously one of the passages which had informed the apostles that Antichrist (the Prince) "shall come." VERSE 27. " And he shall confirm a (not the) covenant with many for one week (of years)." The person who shall confirm this covenant is evidently " the Prince that shall come," mentioned in the former verse, in apposition to Messiah the Prince, who had previously been cut off; the one being the future Antichrist, the false Messiah, and the other being the already crucified Christ, the true Messiah. Antichrist's Covenant with the Jews will be only for seven jears, and even then not observed for more than half that time; but Christ's covenant with them will be an everlast- ing one, (Isa. Ixi. 8.) The making of Antichrist's Cove- nant is mentioned abruptly as taking place some indefinite time after the cutting off of Messiah, spoken of in verse -26; and plainly cannot have yet occurred, because no "Prince of the Roman people," that is, no Head of the Roman Empire, has ever yet made a seven-years' Covenant with the Jews, and afterwards caused their restored sacri- fices to cease, and placed his image, the abomination, in their temple. Moreover, it is shown in Rev. xiii. and xvii. that the Roman Prince, whose image, "the abomination," will be worshipped for 42 months, the last half of the 7 years, is the seventh-eighth, or last Head of the Roman Empire, that is, Louis Napoleon. And in Ban. xi. 21 to the end of Dan. xii. he is described as "a vile person," or wilful king, (see Chap. II., Event 4,) who, at the time of the End shall perish upon the glorious holy mountain of Palestine, and his previous Covenant with the Jews is mentioned no less than FIVE TIMES in Dan. xi. 22, 23, 28, 30, 32, (as held also by Tregelles, Strange, Kelsall, etc.) This Covenant is also mentioned in Isaiah xxviii. 18, xxxiii. 8, Psalm Iv. 20. No objection can reasonably be urged against interposing THE SEVENTIETH WEEK. 181 nearly the whole of the Gentile Dispensation between the h and the 70th weeks,* for it has been justly said, that "Daniel's prophecies reach to the end of the world, and there is scarce a prophecy in the Old Testament concerning Christ which does not, in something or other, relate to his second coming/' Examples of a sudden transition in the prophecies from Christ's first to his second coming, over- looking the long interval of the Gentile Dispensation, are not unfrequent. The sojourn of Christ in Capernaum is predicted in Isaiah ix. 1. re Matt. iv. 14,) -hut the next three verses describe his final triumph over Anti- christ at Armageddon. This la.-t named occurrence is also spoken of in Xcch. ix. 10, hut the preceding verse men- tions Christ's ridinir on an ass into Jerusalem, (compare Matt. xxi. .">. i althou-h there i< more than 1800 years between the two events. It mi -lit similarly appear from Micah v. -.that the complete deliveramo and restoration of Israel was to take place imim '. fter the birth of Christ in Bethlehem, (see Matt. ii. 5, John vii. 42.) So again in Jer. xxxi. 1017, Joel ii. 28 ;>'_>, I-aiali xi. 3, 4, * While it has been almost universally admitted that the 7 and 62 weeks ended before the crucifixion of Christ, according to tho plain statement, " After threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off," yet many modern Commentators have glaringly erred respecting the remaining 70th week, by superficially concluding that it follows immediately sifter the 69 weeks. The strange dis- mce of their interpretations has sufficiently evinced the un- tenableness of this view. They hare variously alleged that John the Baptist, or the Messiah, made a seven-years' Covenant with the Jews, although there is no evidence whatever in j-upport of such a notion, and some have placed "the cutting off of the Mes- siah" in the midst, others at the end of the 70th week, though it is mentioned in verse 25 as occurring after the 09th and before the 70th week. Other Commentators, like Gill and Lloyd, have come a little nearer the truth by admitting that it is not "Messiah the Prince," but "the Prince that shall come," in verse 26, who .is to confirm the Covenant for seven years, and taking the 69 weeks to end before the crucifixion, in A. D. 33, they place the 70th week from A. D. 63 to A. D. 70, when Jerusalem was destroyed by the armies of Titus, whom they suppose to be the Prince that shall come." This arrangement is not quite so erroneous as the others, since it allows a break, or interval, between the 69th and 70th weeks, but it is untenable, inasmuch as Titus made no seven- years' Covenant with the Jews, nor can the sacrifice be shown to have ceased in A. D. 67, nor did Titus perish in A. D. 70. 182 ANTICHRIST'S LAST SEVEN WEEKS. lii. 13 15, xl. 3 5, and in Isaiah Ixi. 1, 2, compared with Luke iv. 19, 20, prophecies relating to Christ's First Adrent abruptly pass on, and merge into those referring to his Second Advent. It is manifest that soon after Antichrist's covenant with the Jews the sacrifices will be renewed, because "in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease/' and (as the Septuagint renders it) "in the temple shall be the abomination of desolation, even until THE CONSUMMATION, and that determined (namely, the plague of the vials) shall be poured upon the desolater." The word "abomination" in Greek constantly signifies "an idol." It is rendered, in 2 Chron. xv. 8, "the abominable idols," and used in the passage, "Chemosh the abomina- tion of the Moabites." It here signifies Antichrist's image, that will stand in the temple from "the midst of the seven years'' even until the End or Consummation, when Antichrist shall be destroyed at Christ's descent at Arma- geddon. The latter half of the seven years is plainly identical with the 3J years which is mentioned in Dan. vii., xii., and Rev. xi., xii., xiii., as the period of Anti- christ's persecution; but 30 and 45 additional days, alto- gether 75 days more, are given in Dan. xii. 11, 12, as the interval occupied with his subsequent overthrow by the literal-day outpouring of the vials. Thus there will be seven years and 2} months (75 days) from the beginning of the 70th week at the date of the Covenant, until Anti- christ's complete overthrow at Christ's descent upon Mount Olivet. MORE THAN FIFTY EXPOSITORS are enumerated below who substantially interpret the 70th week in this manner. Among them are five Bishops of the early Church, whose distinct expression of this belief accords with the well- ascertained fact that the primitive Christians, some of whom had conversed with the Apostles themselves, (2 Thess. ii. 5,) almost universally entertained these views; the extracts from them are quoted in B. W. Newton's "Ten Kingdoms," and Maitland's "Apostolic School." It may prevent repetition, to mention preliminarily, that futurist literal-day expositors, such as Burgh, Denny, Tre- gelles, Kelsall, B. W. Newton, Kelly, Molyneux, Scott Phillips, Guinness, etc., distinctly state that THE Antichrist LITERAL-DAY AM> V MAR DAY WRITERS. 183 or M an of Sin (2 Thess. ii.) is the same person ns the i Head of the Jk-ast, v.ho i* eailed in lleve- n the Beast himself: also the same as " the little horn' ; "of Dan. vii., and "the little horn or kintr of fierce counte- '" of I)an. viii. and "the Prince that .shall come" of I 'an. ix. 26, 27, and the wilful king of l>an. xi. 06; and th:it he is not the Pope, but an individual man who shall perish at Christ's descent, abour Ms cove- nant with the Jews. They likewise generally consider th it the ten horn or toe kintrdums ( i>an ii.-U, Kev. xvii. 12,) have not yet boon completely formed within the whole ter- ritory nfiho Roman Empire; and that tlio :.!>. mmation of desolation (Matt, xxiv . iii.) is the future image of Antichrist which will htand in the .lewish temple; and that the two witnesses (Rev. xi.) will bo two real persons who will prophesy duvi > days or 81 years of Antichrist's tyranny. They hold, moreover, that the 31 1 m'.Mitionrd in P:in. \ii. xii. and Rev. xi. xii. xiii. as : t\ nr t- JMONlibf) th week of sevfn ) T ears, which commence with a sevea-youru' covenant being made be- tween the Antichrist and the Jews. This does not conflict with the viow that tlu-n- has been a typical ycarday fulfil- that 3J time*, as 1260 years of Papal dominancy; and f the -little horns" of Dan. vii. and viii. as the Papal and Mahometan powers respectively. works of literal-day expositors who inter- pret the 1260 days, 31 times, and 42 months, to mean 1260 or 3J years, and of yearday expositors who interpret the same periods to mean 1260 years, the pro- phetic student must not be stumbled at their sometimes mutually rejecting each other's views. Each system of interpretation is, however, equally correct, for there is a double fulfilment of most of the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation, primarily in years and secondly in days. The certainty of England's submission to the Personal Antichrist because it was part of the original Roman Empire, is virtually admitted by Sir E. Denny, Purdon,* * la the Last Vials for 1858, No. 6, (at G. J. Stevenson's, 54 Paternoster Row, London,) Purdon says, "As Britain is part o*' 184 VIEWS or Tregelles, B. W. Newton, Burgh, Kelsall, Taunton, and others, who fully acknowledge that all the old Roman Empire, Eastern as well as Western, including of course England, will undergo a final tenfold division, and fall completely under the power of the Antichrist, or Eighth Head, (Rev. xvii. 12.) About thirty out of the following fifty writers distinctly hold that Christ will translate the Wise Yirgins to the heavens before the latter half-week or 3-| years' Antichristian persecution : and twelve, including Purdon in 1852, Porter in 1856, Taunton in 1857, Scott Phillips in 1859, and the English author of "Armageddon 7 in 1858, have expressly shown Louis Napoleon to be the Antichrist who will make a seven-years 7 covenant with the Jews. The following are the extracts from the fifty writers referred to. (1.) IKEN^EUS, who was- a Bishop in the primitive Church and a disciple of Polycarp, who was a companion of the Apostle John, wrote in A. I). 180 a work "against the heresies." He considered the worship of Antichrist and his image in the Jewish temple just before the Second Advent, to be flic threatened abomination of desolation, and expected Daniel's 70th week to be fulfilled by Anti- christ, of whom he says, "Putting away idols to per- suade man that he is God, he will set up himself as a sole idol, combining in himself the manifold errors of all the idols. . .. . He will sit in the temple of God, showing him* self that he is God. In the temple at Jerusalem the ad- versary will sit, striving to show himself* to be the Christ: as also the Lord says, (Matt. xxiv. 15,) "When ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place, &c. . . They shall believe, it says, in the False one, (the Man of Sin, 2 Thess. ii. 12,) that all may be condemned who believed the Roman Empire we cannot discover the slightest bint in Scrip- ture as to the probability of her escape from the tyranny of the Beast. . . Britain as part of the Roman Empire will, we believe, be subject to Antichrist/' (whom he shows to be Napoleon III.) * In these quotations the author of the present work has, for the assistance of the reader, occasionally inserted references to the chapters and verses of the texts spoken of, where such references were not in the original. For the sake of brevity in quoting from these thirty writers, mneh of what some of them, advance on vari- ous points, is necessarily omitted- VIEWS OF HirPOLYTLS, 185 not the truth, but ha/1 pleasure in unrighteousness. His .John thus describes in the Apocalypse, (Rev. xiii:) Beast, which I saw, was like unto a leopard, &c. And afterwards of his armour-bearer, whom he calls lilso the tal>e prophet, (llev. xix. -*', lie .-pake, it says, (Rev. xiii. 12,) like a dragon, and he exerciseth all the power of the first Beast before him, c. This is said that all may know his miracles to be done not by divine power, but by nninc art; and no wonder, if having demons and apostate .-pints to help him, he thro- i performs miracles by which he de ">e that dwell on the earth. He will alsiv command them to make an image to the Beast. "At the half of the hebdomad (or week) Daniel saith, (Dan. ix. 27,) the sacrifice and libation shall ! away, and in the temple shall be the abomination of desola- tion and unti) the consummation of the time, a cmiMimmation shall be appointed upon the desolation but the half of the t hrce years and six months." (Irenxus adver. eh. 26, -An I wh.-n thU Antichrist shall have laid waste all things in the world, reigning three years and six months, and ID the temple of Jerusalem; then the Lord shall einne from heaven in rlouds, in the glory of the leather: and casting him and those that obey kirn into the lake of lire, will bring about to the just the times of the kingdom; that is, the rest, even the seventh day made holy. And he w'f to Abraham the promise of the inheritance; in which kingdom, saitb the Lord, many shall come from the Kast and from the West, and shall sit down with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob." (Cap -LYTUS, BISHOP OF OSTIA, (A. D. 220,) con- sidered 69 of Daniel's 70 weeks to end with the first Coming of Christ, and that then, after the Gospel had been univer- sally preached, Antichrist's abomination of desolation would be set up during the last half week of the 70th week, which would terminate with Christ's Second Advent upon the earth. The following are extracts from his works. "When the sixty-two weeks have been fulfilled, and Christ has come, und the Gospel has been preached in every place, and the tinies have run out, there jpili remain one week* 186 AF1UCANUS AND OUIGEN. the last in which Enoch and Ellas will come. And in the inidst of that week there will appear the abomination of desolation, until Antichrist announces (or " even Antichrist who announces/' as the Roman editor suggests,) desolation to the world. . . . And this the prophets Enoch and Elias will declare, saying, Believe not the coining enemy; for he is an adversary and destroyer, and son of perdition, he will deceive you and bring you 4o ruin. But the sword shall smite them And the dragon, it says, (Rev. xii.) beheld, and he persecuted the woman that brought forth the man-child. And there were given her the two wings of that great eagle, that she should flee to the desert, where she is nourished for a time, times and half a time, from the face of the serpent. These are the 1260 days, even the half-week during which the tyrant will rule, persecuting the Church as she flees from city to city. . . Blessed they who will then conquer the tyrant, they will take rank above former martyrs as more exalted and more glorious. "With what praises and crowns will they not be adorned by Jesus Christ our King. . . " The six thousand years must needs be fulfilled that the Sabbath may come even the Rest, that holy day on which God rested from all his works. The Sabbath then is a type and ima^e of the future kingdom of the saints when they shall reign with Christ after his coming down from heaven, as John declares in the Apocalypse. For a day of the Lord is as a thousand years. Jruis AFRICANUS (A. D. 220) was a cotemporary pf Ili|)]olytus, and is stated in the Rev. Dr. Burgh's " Second Advent Lectures," and by Jerome, to have con- sidered the last half of Daniel's 70th week to be identical with the future Antichrist's 3 years, but this statement being contradicted by others seems to be incorrect. (3) THE CELEBRATED ORiGEN (A. D. 225) explained Dan. ix. 27 to be fulfilled by the future Antichrist, as will be seen from the last paragraph of the following extract from his works. "Through the assistance of lus father, the devil, that wicked one will perform miracles, and signs, and wonders of a lie. For as wonders were wrought by magicians, through the help of those demons who seduced man into wickedness, so this man will receive from the devil himself power tfl do yet greater wonders' to deceive VIEWS or vicx' 187 the human race. And concerning the so-called Anti- christ, Paul speaks, teaching us, though with some reserve, the manner, the time, and the cause of his visiting the human race. And now, see if Paul has not spoken on this subject in a manner most j :d not deserving even the slightest ridicule. < We beseech you, brethren, by the coming of the Lord/ &c., 2 Thess. ii. " To explain the whole of this is not our present busi- ness. But there is in Daniel a prophecy about this same Antichrist which cannot but excite the admiration of any one who will read it with common sense and candour. For th'-re, in words truly divine and prophetic, arc described 3 that were to conn-, hegimiiiiL r from the time of Daniel, down to the destruction of the world. And this prophecy may be read of all mm. Now see if Antichrist in these words: 'In the end of their kingdom, when their transgressions are filled up, there shall rise a king aid understanding pro!>! "And that which I have already t the desolation/" (quoting appa- rently from the SopHia-int of Dan. (4.) YirroiuNts, BlQBOP QI 1 Y.TTAI, in Austria, and one of tli .rote a Commentary on the boat A. 1>. 290, He il stated, in Elliott's 'Appendix on the History of Prophetical Interpretation/' and in Maitland's " Apostles' School of Prophecy/' (p. 202,) to have held the latter half of Daniel's 70th week to be identical with Antichrist's future 3i years' per- ition, and therefore all the 70th week to be yet unful- till-'d. He says of this persecution, "The black horse (under t: ;, liev. vi. 5,) means famine, for the Lord 5, * There shall be famine in divers ] Now this iu r properly extends to the time of Antichrist, when e will be a great famine, by which all men shall suffer. .... In the trumpets and vials there are described the execution wrought by the plagues sent upon the world, the madness of Antichrist himself, the blasphemy of the 188 APOLLINARIUS AND PRIMASIUS. people, the variety of their plagues, the hope in the king- dom of the saints, the fall of the cities, and the fall of that great city, Babylon, that is Rome. . . . The Lord sajs in the Gospel, < Then let them which be in Judea flee to the mountains/ that is, let as many as are gathered together in Judea, go to that place which is prepared for them, and be nourished there for three years and six months from the face of the Devil, (Rev. xii. 14, 15.) The water which the serpent casts out of his mouth, represents the army which he will send in pursuit of her; by the earth opening its mouth and swallowing the waters, is shown the vengeance that will be inflicted at the moment. . . . " The False Prophet will cause a golden image to be set up to Antichrist in the temple of Jerusalem, and into this image the vagabond angel will enter, emitting voices and oracles. He will also cause both bond and free to receive a mark on their foreheads, or on their right hands, even the name, that none may buy or sell without it. Now Daniel had foretold this abomination and provocation, saying, i He will set up his temple upon the glorious and holy moun- tain/ that is, he will then set up in Jerusalem an image, Buch as Nebuchadnezzar made. This the Lord explains, admonishing his churches against the last times and dangers, saying, i When ye shall see the abomination spoken of by Daniel the prophet standing in the holy place/" &c. (Matt. xxiv. 15, Dan. xi. 45.) (5.) APOLLINARIUS, BISHOP OF LAODICEA, (A. D. 380,) as quoted by Jerome on Dan. ix., explained Daniel's 70th week to be awaiting its fulfilment at the end of this age in the time of Antichrist, whose 3} years' persecution will synchronise with its latter half, and whose statue, then set up in the Jewish temple, will be the abomination of deso- lation. Maitland, Burgh, and B. W. Newton speak of him as entertaining this view. (6.) PRIMASIUS, BISHOP OF THE CARTHAGENIAN PRO- VINCE, (A. D. 500,) who published a treatise on the Apo- calypse, similarly considered Daniel's 70th week to be the last seven years of the Christian era, ending with Christ's descent to destroy Antichrist, whose 3} years' universal reign would be the latter half of the 70th week, (as stated in Klliott's Appendix on the history of prophetic interpre- tation); this seems to have been the case also with other EEV. I>R. BURGH'S VIEWS. 189 writers in the primitive Church, such as Barnabas, us. There are thriv ] as.-ap-s in Daniel, where 'the abomination of desola- tion' lirst to which I would refer, is the contimi.ais prophecy of chapters x. xi. and xii. In this cunt- ..nit iuiK-d, but it is very im- portant to observe that the two notices, thoirji rather far the fn>t foivtrllin- ' t! t < & th'mj up,' and the otht :. abomination, (Dun. xi. 31, xii. 11.) 'I'!. pters, it will be observed, resj- should befall Daniel's people in '.alter clays, i Dan. x. 11.)... To proceed to the only other mention <,f 'the abomination of desolation' by this pro]'! . that in connection with the prophecy of the nty weeks, (Dan. Jty then may he in foniiiii- a c , lew of this prophecy, there ;;e thiiiLT about which I think there can be no doubt, vix., tha; \B to the Second Advent of Christ, and includes -ts, as well as tlm^e of the First. For, inh -JM -ndrnt of the words 'unto the PRINCE/ per- haps 'tin- (h termination upon Daniel's people and holy city' 'the finishing of transgression, making an end of sins and reconciliation 11. r iniquity,' are expressions which in their application to the Jewish nation must be referred to another time than the First Advent, which was a day of :< anee to them, and the infliction of a judgment under which they still remain. The whole period is seventy -, /. ' . * sevens,' or periods of seven years,) and thi* period is divided into parts of 62 and 7 and 1. The ' sixty- two,' we are informed, (verse 26,) reach to the First Coming and death of Christ. . . . There is yet one week to be accounted for, the last of the seventy, which we per- ceive is considered in the prophecy distinct from the 'sixty-two' and 'seven. 1 This last week it is with which 190 REV. DR. BURGH'S VIEWS. our present subject has principally to do, and for its events we are referred to verses 26, 27. . . . 'The prince that shall come/ I take to be the last enemy of the Jewish people, the last invader of the holy city, ' the Antichrist/ His confirming the covenant with many for one seven (seven years,) I think is the same 'league' and 'deceitful working' and 'corruption by flattery' mentioned chap. xi. 23, 32, by which it would appear he will impose himself on many of the Jews and delude them, as the event proves, to their destruction. For half of the week (3} years) he is true to this covenant; but he then breaks it, and for the last half, the remaining 3J years, 'the time, times, and a half,' '42 months/or ' 1260 days/ he causes the sacrifice and tho oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abomi- nations he makes desolate,' or as the words evidently imply and another prophecy has expressed it, 'he places the abomination that maketh desolate.' That this last 'half- week' applies to the times of Antichrist I find to have been the opinion of the ancient fathers, as, for instance, IrenmtSj Jul.his Africa nun, Ifippolyttts the martyr, and Apvttinarisi Bishops of Laodicea." (Pp. 140, 147, 152.) Dr. Burgh, like other literal-day expositors, understands "the temple of God" in which the Man of Sin is to sit, (2 Thess. ii.,) to be the rebuilt temple at Jerusalem, in which the Jews will offer sacrifices soon after making the Covenant. He also considers that the final Antichristian apostasy will be far worse and more terrible than Popery; and that Antichrist's persecution and slaughter of the saints, who will not worship his image during the last half- week, or 3J years, will prevail not merely in the Roman earth, but throughout sill Christendom, until Christ's descent at Armageddon, (pp. 117, 181.) He says of Anti- christ, (p. 89,) " No indecision of character or profession, no slackness of devotion or service, no merely nominal religion will be allowed; but hi* (Antichrist's) pretensions will be enforced by the alternative of Life or Death, and 'as many as will not worship him shall be killed/ In a word, he will realize his prophetic name of 'Antichrist' denying Christ, by saying that he is the Christ, denying God, by saying he is the true God owned by the unbelieving Jew as the Messiah, the Hope of Israel, and taking the wise of the Gentiles in their own craftiness, BISHOP HURSLEY ON ANTICHRIST. 191 administering to their pride of reason, and desire for exter- nal evidence, < deceiving them that dwell on the earth by means of the MIRACLES which he doeth/ (Rev. xiii.) u That a monster of iniquity and blasphemy should accomplish the times of the (J entiles, and precede the ; merit of 's kingdom, was apprehended, or 1< distinctly, even by the Jews of eld, to v.hom the name 'Antichrist' (i. c. Anti-Mi >- iali . T/.-.S not nownj but was fully acknowledged hy tho iirsfc be- Jievers in Christianity. Type and propheev alike 4 fore- boded a last si a WICKED ONE, the fultillcr consiiinmatiT ' Iso <'i' Uivine indignation the rod , holy people/ and at tli -rate nat ; . . . The character of this ninny, ^ered from the propheei !, that ho should ri all 1, rs in tyranny, blaspheuy. oppression; that In- slu.uld be supported by a confederacy of the nations whili' liis i'lu-y slnmM l.o principally direoted (as was that ol' all hi- :-nd that he should u'. ic Messiah standi motmtad ! t' 1,' and I .man. . . . 4 Thr well worthy of attention. 'The Sun <>/ Pil.le .Ma; of JI '>r fall down before an idol. He will magnify HIM t is tailed God, or is wor- Bhipped] and with a bold flight of impiety, soaring far abo\ M the times of Paganism the Sennaeheril.s, the Xehuchadnezzars, the Antioelmses, ill" Htatlien Emperors, will claim Jin'nr honours to /, and consecrate an image of himself/ "Bishop Horsley adds: ' I doubt not but this monster will te made an instrument of that pruning which the Vine xviii. 5") must undergo/ " (pp. 54, 90.) id 9. ) Tin: REV. EDWARD BICKERSTETH and Rev. T. 13-irks, Secretary of the Evangelical Alliance, unitedly wrote th un ( 1 hronoloorical Prophecies in Bicker- 192 VIEWS OF BlGKli^STETU AND BIRKS. eteth's Guide to the Prophecies, published in 1839. The eminent piety, profound research into prophecy, and unsur- passed soundness of judgment of Bickersteth, give great weight to his \iews. They both distinctly affirmed their belief that the 2300 and 1335 years (Dan. viii. 14, xii. ]2) would end about 1868, as the epoch of the Consummation, and that Christ would come to remove the Philadelphia!! saints, or Wise Virgins, before the last 3J years, from about 1864 to 1868; for they remarked upon llev. xiii. 18, (p. 180,) "If taken as a date in its rise from 533, (>G6 brings us to 11989, the time of Innocent III. From 1198-9,666 brings us to 1864, just before Daniel's time of blessedness, leaving us only a period of half- a- week, men- tioned in Dan. ix. 27, for the infidel persecution, from which the Philadelphian Church was saved, (Rev. iii. 10, xviii. 10;) but the Laodicean part left in it to be purified, and to be the last gathering of the Church to the marriage supper." By Jewish iv<-koning, 1864 ends about April or September 1865, and 1868 about April or September 1869. Moreover, 534 seems, rather than 533, to be the commence- ment of the Papal 1260 years' supremacy. Thus Bicker- steth's and Birks' interpretation may be considered virtually to assign about 1865 for the translation of the Wise Virgins, and 186970 for the final Consummation, and therefore 18623 for the commencement of the 70th week, by the making of the covenant. Bickersteth, although a staunch year-day expositor, admitted that there would pro- probably be an ultimate reduplicated literal fulfilment of many parts of Daniel and llevelation in connection with the last infidel Antichrist, who, as Birks shows from Dan. xi., will be worshipped, as God, in the rebuilt temple at Jerusalem. The following extract is from Bickerstcth's Guide to the Prophecies, (7th edition,) by which it will be seen, that on the principle of a double fulfilment, they con- sider that two separate periods of 70 weeks are mentioned in Dan. ix. 24 27; first; in verse 24, a continuous, unbroken, complete ecclesiastical period of 70 weeks, or 490 years, from B. C. 457 to the Crucifixion, in A. D. 33"; eccondly, in verses 25, 26, 27, a subdivided trisected period of 70 weeks, the last week of which is the seven years of the infidel Antichrist's manifestation at the time of Christ's Second Advent at the Consummation. THE SEVEN!') 29$ :IOSL imp > Biological prophecies is 1 weeks (r The interpretation which Author's i -inipiicity, and fol- this. : the seventy weeks of ! i> ii <' of 490 years, ecclesi, -cull; nf ArtuxsTxes iriven to E ;-tion of our Lord i" A I>. ->>, which exactly Pi, The period IV r.i i> to ];..- reckoned is to be roiii the vision (^MM L'-'i of which it is rial Jill ii 1 1 -I asks the ques- >w long skcdk+9 the vision concerning th ansgrctswn of < ? . > ' / / // m. tit 0te 'nary itsand and // Tin- first \ ii. I'J. 1^:;. , lie decree of Artaxerxes, 458 years befoffe -t. f 4^:it dccri'o v.;' v. ith th< :--;hip and the ' years, seventy . the daily sacrifice to the completing of th. peri'. , when the spiritual tnnple was 21,) and the Mo< I Inly was Anoint i-'l AM, the iod f seventy weeks, or 490 years, re id an. >venly weeks, however, fcrwi ;v og in verses 25, 26, and 27. As the seventy years-' y had a double commencement, from tlie i decree -of Cyras, and from the second captivity under Zedrkiah to the decree of Darius, BO th period of seventy weeks appears to have a double couiiucncciaent The icncement is I to be i'roin the going forth of the rimnnaiidment to uilJ Jeru-'iU'iii. The date of Nehemiah's <3omn.'issioH from Artaxerxi I. But it appears very -clearly that the period mentioned by Daniel is to be 1 in complete weeks, and not in parts of weeks; feenee, &s in the period of our Lord's burial, parts of time reckoned for he whole. Tlie ^ornmeneenient of a 194 ANTICHRIST'S 3i YEARS, perfect week, therefore, in that course of weeks which had Begun to run with Ezra's commission, must be taken, or the year 451, There are three periods, (1.) sever* weeks, (2.) sixty-two weeks, (3.) one week. From 451 to A. IX 33 is just 433 years, or sixty-nine weeks. For seven weeks, or forty-nine of those years, constituting a jubilee, (a saered measure of time,) there are predicted troublous times, as we may judge by the history of Nehemiah there really were, till the Jewish polity was settled. This seems to be one reason mentioned for the separation of tfee first seven weeks from the sixty-two; though it is probable there may be other reasons^ Then follow the sixty-two weeks, which will reach to A. D. 3&, when the Messiah was to be cut off, and (as it is in the margin) the Jews were to be no more his people. We have then, in verse 26, an indefinite period, the events of which are, the destruc- tion of the city and temple by the Romans, and the Jewish desolation. This desolation was to last, as we learn by other prophecies, till the times o-f the Gentiks should be fulfilled, (Matt, xxiii. 38 r Luke xxu 24.) "In verse 27 we have the additional week at the close of the times of the Gentiles, when the people of Israel are again taken into covenant, as pointed out Ezek. xx. 33, 38. This week is divided into two parts. The character of the first half-week seems to be set out (Isa. Ixvi. 1, 3,) where the Jews are represented as, in a self-righteous spirit, rebuilding tke temple and pffering sacrifices; and the character of the second half, or dividing of the week, answers to Isakh Ixvi. 4 6, where they are represented as under the terror of the infidel Antichrist, who causes the sacrifice to cease; and at' the close is the Consumma- tion, in the destruction of that Antichrist, as set before us, Isa. x, 23. 25> 2 Thess. iL 8. (10.) SOME " LECTURES ON THE HOPES OP THE CHURCH," delivered in Geneva, by J. DARBY, were pub- lished in 1842. They advocate the futurist, or literal-day interpretation, and maintain Daniel's 70th week to be the final seven years of this dispensation, as held by the other writers here quoted. The same expositor considers the Rapture of the Wise Virgins to the heavens will undoubt- edly precede the final 3i years of Antichrist's persecution^ VIEWS OF SIR E. DENNY. 195 or last half of the 70th week. He has also written some other works. (11.) SIR EDWARD DENNY, BARONET, about 1845, published a valuable " Companion to the Chart of 70 Weeks," as an accompaniment to some lar A. P. :):J, he considers to have been disallowed as the place for the 70th week, be- tion of John th<- llapti>i and the Messiah. Tin* 7<>th week thus remains unfulfilled until :id of the (i en tile dispensation. Sir E. Denny, as well as TrcL- ':. >, Keball, U. \V. Newton, E A:c., maintain that tli 11 Pan. i\. _M, "to anoint the i Holy" >honkl be Fflo anoint the Holy of Holies/' i.e., the Holy IMaee, as is admitted by Lowth and other Hebrew scholars. He also looks for the Ascension of the AVi- i . : ion. A f his work on the 7) weeks is here subjoined. "This LTeat septenary period is divided into three dis- tinet ]; \\1KKS THREESCORE AND TWO :.nd ONJ-; \\KKK, the iii'M two .f which follow in due continuous order, without interruption. Whereas between the last two, nann-ly, the threescore and two weeks, and the one week, a long interval oc'-m>; these last two parated tl^3 one from the other by the whole period of Israel's dispersion. "The period of sixty-nine weeks begins B. C. 457, and as to the point in history when it was to end, we find that sixty-nine weeks out of the seventy should elapse before the Messiah should be come; that is, I believe be- fore whether they received him or not he should at least be offered to Israel. And this occurred neither at the birth of the Lord, nor at the time when he himself came forth in ministry. No; but at the time when the voice in the wilderness, namely, John the Baptist, his messenger, the prophet of the Highest, proclaimed his approach. The history of Christ upon earth properly opens with the preaching of John, his forerunner. His coming to Israel is to be dated from thence; and hence the Lord, speaking 196 VIEWS OF SIR E. DENNY. of John, said, 'The law and the prophets were until John: from that time the kingdom of heaven is preached/ Be- sides which the Evangelist Mark speaks of the preaching of John as the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, (Mark i.) Judging from all this then, I feel no hesitation in placing the end of this period, namely, the seven weeks and threescore and two weeks, just at the point where John the Baptist began to tell of Him who was coming, before he actually appeared on the scene. And after yfK) threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself. On hastily reading this pass- age, one would naturally suppose that the Lord was cut off at the close of this period. But in these words the preposi- tion ' after / is indefinite. We do not read immediately after, as if at the end of the period exactly. It was at the termination of this period that John the Baptist appeared as the prophet the Elias of his day announcing the coming Messiah. Between the Messiah's announcement by John, and his death, an interval elapsed of seven years or a week divided into two equal parts the first three years and a half being the time of John's mission the next that of Josus Christ himself. "This unnoticed w<>l:, as I term it, of the Messiah's rejection is left an utter blank in the prophecy. For the Lord for the last time was giving Israel a trial, but they despised him and his testimony; and for this Israel was thenceforth rejected, and the name of reproach the name of Loam mi was written upon them. The week of prof- fered blessing was, as it were, altogether cancelled and blotted out. The one week of this prophecy will come in at the end of the Christian Dispensation to complete the full term of seventy weeks, and to supply the place of the FOR- FEITED WEEK. " The last week of Daniel thus detached from the rest, being the great crisis in the history of the world, previous to the setting up of the kingdom, the period of Israel's ripened apostacy, will be one of deep and awful interest, of unparalleled judgment: and between this and the forfeited week there will be a sort of moral coincidence, as well as of palpable contrast : inasmuch as one was the period when the true Messiah came forth and was rejected; the other THE COMING OP ELIJAH. 197 will be a time when the false Messiah will rise and be re- ceived by the Jews as the hope of their nation.* "I the people of tic j>n'nrr that thall come shall '// and tli> san'-tnari/, and t/ir cjtd th< rcof shall "I. Here the destruction of Jerusalem and the Temple by the armies of Home under Titus, in the jiLisian, follows next in historical, and at the same tin, // order, after the foregoing notice of the cutting off of Messiah, the sin of the .K -\v> and their pun- ishment being thus linked together. This occurred about year A. \). 7". In this passage we should carefully murk the di.-tiiu-t; that shall come' and 'the prince' himself. 'The people^' that * As throwing further light on this subject, and as proving that this rs not a solitary instance of this sort of double fulfilment of hecy, I next turn to consider th<> testimony of John and of Blias, the forerunner of Christ at hi second appear^ r's is, we Bhall find, exactly a parallel case; these prophets standing precisely as to thuic testimony in the same no to ther, that the two weeks above named do in the purpose of In M.-.l.-n'hi iv. we road, in C"i rrd's, second I send yon in-t lu-foro v of the Lord," which we need not say will But ixi the meantime, when Christ at hi first coming presented himself to his people, claiming their allegiance as the heir of the throne, ho was preceded by one, who "in the spirit and power of Elias" ' came to prepare the way of the Lord." Of saM. "li 1 ye will receive it this is Elias was for to come." ncy, it depended on this had John been received, (his reception involving too that of him of whom he cnrne to bear witness) he would liuve really proved wjiat he ostensibly -the very ; i no other would have bcv. to announce the coining glory of Christ, i would in that case even then have been revealed. But John .y, a- in til.- c;:se of Jesus himself, have been alike naught: an-l hence the lias originally foreknown in tho ,sels of God will come, and as Jesus declared of him after the slaughter of John by King Herod, Matt. xvii. 10, 11, shall restore all things, and be in the full sense of the word the prophet of the Highest. Yes, he will assuredly come : taking up the burden once uttered by John, he will really be what John ought to have been the messenger of the covenant, the establishment of which will depend not on the will of the Jews, but on the power and grace of Jehovah himself. [Sir E. Denny's Companion to the Chart of 70 Weeks.] 198 VIEWS OP SIR E. DENNY. is the Roman Nation, existed when the Lord was on earth, and was afterwards used, as we have seen, in chastising the Jews for their ill treatment of him. ( The prince that shall come/ on the other hand, is the last head or king of this very same people : the same as the little horn which Daniel beheld in his vision come forth out of the head of the great Roman Beast who in the last day, when Israel shall have filled up their sin in owning him as their king * their promised Messiah, will be used as a scourge more fearful by far than Nebuchadnezzar or Titus, or any of those who like them have trodden Jerusalem down from the very beginning. "And unto the end of the icar desolations are determined* This passage refers to the present desolations of Zion, which began when the armies of Rome, under Titus, invaded, as we have seen, the holy city and temple, and which will continue to rage, in more or less violence, down to the time of the end, when the Seventy Weeks shall be accomplished, and Israel be owned again by the Lord. "And he shall confirm the covenant with many for ONE WEEK. Here 'the prince that shall come' the wilful king of* l)an. xi. 30 is presented. His 'people,' the Romans, many centuries before his birth, under the conduct of Titus, in the reign of Vespasian, had led tho way in the work of destruction. But now he himself rises he, the little horn in the fourth beast of Daniel, the great head and leader of Gentile apostacy, as well as the impious usurper of the power of David, here abruptly appears on the scene. "Now, then, we have reached the last, or 'one week' of this prophecy, which, as I before said, will hereafter come in the place of the forfeited week of Messiah's rejection- And for this week this deceiver (for such he will be at tlu outset) will enter into a covenant with the deluded children of Israel. They slew Him who once came to them in the name of his Father, the true Hope of Israel; and in return for this they will now be left to themselves, so as to fall into the snare, and to receive another, who, coming to them in his own name, in the pride and blasphemous independence of man without God, will treat them, as we shall see, according to their treatment of Jesus, so that with the same measure they meted to him it shall be measured to them again. . . . ANTICHRIST'S ni;\-R AC-TEH AND CAREER, 19$ n is not yet chained as lie will be; still, as the god and prince of this world, the spirit who works m the children of disobedience, he is -never at rest. And when the evil of man has well-niirh reached its maturity, just before the second coming of Christ, lie will at length meet with one uho, so far as he is suffered to go, will carry Satan's plans into effect. One who, assuming to himself all the power and glory of the real Messiah, will draw to himself the >M, the worship of all but the disriples of 'Christ; one whom Satan will clothe with all that is fitted to dazzle and captiTate the natural mind, srcinir that all the glory, the strength, the int.-i' <\ nature, will centre in him, so as to exalt him. both in his own oyrs and in the estimation of others. In him will be fully developed all the principles of evil which have ever lurked in the flesh since 111:111 fell. Human > n-laved in 1 debased by the enemy, will be shown forth in him. ^ieh is ihe one v.li" in ihe Litter day will arise, and, afi we read in the prophecy, will enter into : for one k with the deluded nation . who will pr- himself r :nd be received ns the expee -iah; and then, in th-- that nation, who Lord when ; \nd what wonder, if the whole Gentile world, as well as the chil of Israel, that world which ur^'d on, it is true, by the Jiews nailed the Lor. I to the cross, should fall into the \cr\ s.-mie snare, their companions in evil 9 Wh if. atlr.: by the false glory and beauty of thi- Ivor, uith their ten kings at their head, they should give their power and their strength into his hands, and beeome tributary to him? The truth is, the whole world, both Jewish and Gentile united., will wonder after the Beast, will fall prostrate before him, and own him as King of kings and Lord of lords names which we know belong only to Christ. Thus the week of this wilful one's empire will be the period of the world's ripened apostacy, when the unrestrained power of those three great agents of evil, the world, the flesh, and the devil, will be fully expressed, and will be seen linked in a daring attempt to cast the blessed God out of his own creation. "And in the midst qSthe week he shall cause the sacrific* 200 VIEWS OF SHI . and oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abomina* tions lie shall make it desolate 7 even until the Consvmmattunj and that determined shall be poured upon the dcsolate y (deso lator, see margin.) "The Prince Defore named, having for tte first three* and a half years of his time, reigned in peace over the Jews, he now at the end of that time, that is, 4 in the midst of tne week/ as we here read, throws of the mask and dis- covers himself. He had aeted as a deceiver at first, and now, having compassed his object, as in like instance has been 1 always the case, he shows himself forth as a tyrant. He had set up at first, with a view to flatter his subjects, that species of worship which only would take with the Jews. But now this is all set aside, he causes the sacrifice and oblation to cease, and fbr the forty-two months, or three years and a half spoken of in Revelations and Daniel, namely, the latter half of the week, he opens his mouth in blasphemies against the God of heaven, while he at the same time oppresses his people. "These according to tne Lord's word, will be 'the clays of vengeance/ when God, through the means of this false one, 'the enemy and the avenger/ as he is termed in the 8th Psalm, will punish his people. This will be i the time of Jacob's trouble/ Jer. xxx. 7, 'the great tribulation/ so fearfully shown in Matt. xxiv. and in Rev. xiii., when the the holy city shall be trodden under foot, the abomination of desolation set up, and the image of the Beast, namely, that of the desolator himself, shall stand in the holy place, as the object of worship, and when all shall be slain, who will dare to refuse to worship the idol? "There will be a soft of moral connection a s/'m*?^ /'?>?/, and at tne same time a contrast between the week of this wilful one's reign, and the cancelled week of Messiah's rejection. This is evident,, if we compare them in the foiPowing manner: John the Baptist came forth preach- ing, and then went out, we read, Jerusalem and all the region round about Jordan, confessing their sins. 'Their repentance Was, however, false and deceitful, as was soon shown by their murder of him, in whose light they had for a season rejoiced. Afterwards, when Christ himself came, he was met by the open enmity of Israel, and at last put to death upon the cross. Now here AS : >r. iii their treatment of John, and vurfntee wit! to the Lord, which two sins will be visited upon them at last, through Antichrist, the bloody and deceitful inan r as he is ternn d in Scripture, who will begin his reiga with. .ilinz, and end it with oppressing his victims. And will continue for the space of 42 months, or r.s and a half, corresponding exactly with the time that -the Lord walked ; r and pilgrim through thu land, enduring the hatred and scorn of those whom he nine to deliver and bless. \t length he whom we here read of as being used as a rod in tl: -f the Lord, will be turn jul. it wilful one I . n suffered to go to the lull / his native iniquity, and displayed the evil of the lloh in all its enormity, will now at length come to his end, and none shall help him. At the battle of Armageddon, so fearfully described in the book of Revelations, (chapter xjx.j the powers of the earth, with this great Apos : at their h-ad, arc seen in personal conflict with Christ. And there his impious career ie cut short there hrist falls with all his confederates, both Jewish and lie. Thus then we reach the close of our period the end hrist's week the last week of the seventy the point when the Lord, who through their sin in reject- ing his Son has b< 1 from his people for ages, will show himself faithful to his ancient covenant with Abraham, and returning again to the scene of his former presence on earth, will be known once again as the God of Jgduirun, the rock of his people. Thus W( the history of the Jews to the Second Coming of Christ at the end of the Seventy Weeks, And what have we seen ? Evil, nothing but evil, on the part of the creature : grace, wonderful grace, on tne other hand, on the part of the Lord. That which appears to be especially sweet and profitable in these meditations on this 1'th chapter of Daniel, is the application of the yery same truth to ourselves, as individuals, which belongs to the Jews, as a nation. How often alas! do we find that we have but little heart for the blessing which the Lord gra- ciously lays at our feet, just as Israel had at the first coming of Christ, the consequence of which is, that like Israel at present; we get awhile into deadness, darkness, 202 VIEWS or DR. TREGELLES, and distance from God; anxl in the end, like the Jews ifi the latter-day under Antichrist, plunged into a sea of trouble .nd sorrow; all the result of our folly and sin in not walkieg in kappy child-like obedience to God. Blessed however to know that such is not to be the -end of the path either of the saint in this dispensation (however per- verse in his ways) or of Israel hereafter, but that full bless- ing is reserved by the Lord for both one and the other/' (12.) DR. S. P. TREGELLES, LL.D., of Plymouth, an eminent Greek scholar, wrote "Remarks on Daniel" about the year 1846, giving the futurist interpretation of thai Book, like Sir E. Denny, KeJsall, Strange, B. W. Newton, &c. He shews in a chapter on the Roman Empire and its divisions, that its entire territory, Eastern as well as West- ern, including England, will be formed into ten kingdoms, and become subject to the future Antichrist. He also gives an excellent exposition of the future actings of Anti- christ as described in Daniel xi. 21-45. With respect to the Seventy Weeks, he considers the first sixty-nine of them to commence about B. C. 454 or 455, and conse- quently to end in A. D. 28 or 29, which he believes to be the year of our Lord's crucifixion, as he takes the date of the Nativity to be about four years before the common era. The last of the seventy weeks* he of course regards as yet to come at the end of this dispensation. The follow- ing extracts are from his work. (P. 106 to 113.) "The seventy weeks when distributed into portions, will Ftand thus: I. From the edict to the building of the wall, etc 49 years. II. From the building to Messiah the Prince, and his 1 , cutting off ] (Then an interval of unmarked length.) III. The period of the covenant of 'the prince that \ tt shall come" ... j "The various things spoken of (in verse 24) Ho finish the transgression, to make an end of sins, to make recon- * Dr. Tregelles justly rejects the idea that the translation of tho Oentilo Church from the earth will precede the 70th week as being Jewish time. He snys, " Some have thought from the -Church hav- ing become a constituted body upon the earth just at the end of the 60th week, that it was no longer found on earth when the inter- val is past, and the 70th begins. Nothing about the matter can be found ffom the vision, the Church not being mentioned in it." P. 116. DANIEL'S SEVENTY WEEKS. 203 oiliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteous- ness/ are all I believe future. I do not regard any of them as referring strictly to the work of Christ upon the cross, (although we, as believers in Him, know that many of these things have a blessed application to us,) but it rather appears to me that they all belong to the time of . Israel's blessing, when the preciousness of the blood of Christ shall be ////'"/ to those ' who are spared of them': when Hhou ahalt call me, my Father; nnd shalt not turn y from me/ (Jor. iii. 11> ) " VERSES 25 AND 26. Tin (the seven weeks and threescore and two weeks) from the issuing of the decree run on to ' the Prince': it becomes then important to inquire to what part of our Lord's earthly path the reference is made. He was 'born King of the -'but this appears to be something more than the mere titl in which we find the Lord ! taking \\\\< titl" in the presence of Jerusalem, was six ! '-e he suffered, when he came thither on the aas'scolt: He was then presented as Ki:r_-, and six days afterwards was put to death as th' Kimr of the Jews. I shouM regard the limit 'unto Messiah tho /'////' Dented to Jerusa- lem. It is worthy of remark, that the decree of Artax- erxes was issued in the month Nisan, the very month in which the passover was kpt. and in which our Lord both rode int> m ami wa* < rucified. . . . "The words which stand in our English version, 'but not for himself,' have often been t if they spoke of the vicarious character of our Saviour's suffering; this would however be, I believe, placing a most true and im- portant doctrine upon an insufficient basis. I believe that the words simply imply, 'and there shall be nothing for him'; he will be rejected, and his earthly kingdom will be a thing on which he will not then enter. " The series of years has run on unhinderedly from the issuing of the edict to the cutting off of Messiah ; but at this part of the vision, there are various events spoken of before the one remaining week comes into notice at all. 1 And the city and the sanctuary shall the people destroy of a prince who shall come.' This refers, I have no doubt, to the destruction of Jesusalem by the Romans; as was 204 VIEWS OF DR. TREGELLE8, also foretold by our Lord in Luke xxi., 'When ye see" Jerusalem compassed about with armies, then know that the desolation thereof is nigh/ This destruction is here said to be wrought by a certain people; not by the prince who shall come, but by his people : this refers us, 1 be- lieve, to the llomans as the last holders of undivided Gen- tile power: they wrought the destruction long aires -ijro: the prince who shall come is the last head of the- Human power, the person concerning whom Daniel had received so much previous instruction. It is most important to attend to the exact words of the passage; it is thus that we avoid the mistake of confounding the people and the prince who afterwards springs up. " l And his end shall be in the overflowing' : I suppose that this speaks of the end of the prince who shall come; in the expression i the overflowing/ allusion seems to be made to some known event in prophecy; I suppose that ifc is the same overflowing as that which is alluded to in Isa. x. 22, and xxviii. 18. This would identify the time of this prince with the crisis of Israel's history : this identifica- tion is (as we shall sec) yet more decidedly brought out in the subsequent part of the vision. The interval up to 'the end/ is only characterized by war and desolations. . . " The vision gives us no intimation about the times of events which belong to the interval : we only find at the cutting off of iMc's.-iah, one seven years is unaccomplished; this l reserved week/ as some have aptly called it, belongs to the time of the prince who shall come. " VERSE 27 : i And he (the prince who shall come) shall confirm a covenant with (/i<> imrny for one week. 1 In ' Remarks on Dan. vii. and viii./ I sought to show that the horn spoken of in the two chapters is identical, and here he again appears to come before us; in fact, the allusion seems to be made to known circumstances about him. He makes a covenant with the multitude; that of course means the multitude of Daniel's people; they are leagued with him, and he with them. This takes place three years and a half before he causes sacrifice and oblation to cease; hence it is clear that they go on as under his patronage for some time. This will, I believe, throw some light upon the two thousand three hundred days mentioned in chap, viii. 14. We find him there making a covenant for one RENEWAL OF THE JEWISH SACRIFICES. 205 seven years, then breaking it at the end of three years and a half; and the removal of sacrifice, etc., is so spoken of, as to connect it with the breaking of the covenant. This tends, I think, to show that one thing done in pursuance of this covenant had !> -tablishment of the temple worship. The period of two thousand three hundred days is a few months short of the whole term of the seven years, e'iM.urh being not included, it may bo, to be allot- ted for ttoose preparations which will be needful lor the worship to be set up: tln-n follows the time during which it is carried on und'.T his auspices, and then follow three <-t peraecu blasphemous "The eharaeter of this period of three years and a half ' be especially ;i., in which i tion It',' and also from th . which are Bpoken of in t! 'Th .-hap. vii.. r almost i'Vi.if, h-we\ > ! : the horn in chap, vii., a .- in 1 ->n until l''sus and his peopl- :n ; the thr ya*n and a half run on to that point: here in this chapter, the * i in the absolute I, Daniel's people: the week of this covenant is the last portion of the seventy weeks, and the half week after the sacrifice is taken away, is the latter portion of that w<-< k. Thus the period in chap. vii. and the com-lu'li; _: period before us run on t . -qual in duration; hence, they begin at the same time, and are altogether identical. If we would form a just estimate of the events of the last half week, we u\u>\ gather it from chap, vii: here we have the same power in its local connection with Jerusalem. " Pan. xii. 1. This time is one of trouble, such as has never been equalled : our Lord, in Matt, xxiv., predicts a time of tribulation also unequalled, and that without the like ever having been before, or to be after. This, then, in Daniel, cannot be subsequent to that in Matt, xxiv., for our Lord's words would then be contradicted. Daniel's 206 VIEWS OF DR. TREGELLE8. people are delivered at the time here spoken of, so that there is no place for the tribulation in Matthew as a subse- quent thing; hence it follows inevitably that tke same period is spoken of in both places the time of which it is said in Jer. xxx., 'It is the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be delivered out of it/ This tribulation is during the reign and blasphemy of the Antichrist, whose fearful power will be thus permitted of God. Past history will afford no parallel, and the energy of Satan will 4hen have an unhindered character, which God at present does not permit, (p. 167.) " His reign is a time of grievous and grinding oppression to Israel; his abominable idol (the image of the Beast, that the false prophet causes both to speak and breathe,) Rev. xiii., being set in the holy place, all who refuse to worship it are the objects of his wrath; death is the doom which their disobedience receives. But God preserves some in his own sovereign power, each one whose name has been written from before the foundation of the world in the Book of Life of the slain Lamb. This is proved by a rem- nant being spared, when the Lord Jesus comes with power of destroying judgment; for none can be spared who have joined in the Antichristian blasphemy: 'If any man wor- ship the Beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God/ etc., (Rev. xiv. 9, 10.) This rem- nant must not be confounded with those who have con- fessed Christ previous to his coining; they, as being an integral part of the Church of the first-born, will share his millennial reign in glorified bodies; this remnant, on the contrary, (however previously acted on by testimony,) will not know the Lord Jesus until they see him, and the Spirit of grace and supplications is poured out upon them, (p. 165.) " These prophecies of Daniel, and the predictions of Christ in Matt, xxiv., will be used in the day of the setting of the abomination of desolation in the holy place. The Church ought therefore to know what these things are, in order to stand prepared, arid not find these things taking her by surprise. "There is a wide-spread incredulity at present as to Satanic agency and miraculous power an incredulity ANTICHRIST'S FUTURK MIRACLES. 207 which needs t/> be dispelled, because it leads many to be Mind to their danger. The working of the ' mystery of iniquity' wmmMMed ID the days of the apostles; it has gone on, including LVpoty and all other forms of corrupted and corrupting Christianity, and at length it will result in the niani fetation of the 'man of sin/ who will arise accredited by Satanic- miracles 'with all power, and signs, and lying wonders.' Surely this is not believed by many; and yet the Spirit of God here speaks of actual miracles, and no mere deceptions of men's senses. What some of we read in ll-v. xiii , where we are tuld of lire made to come down from heaven iu the sight of men, and an image made to speak and br< "If claims to miraculous power be made, let us t heed and hol-i truth of (iod; it is nowhere tuld us in Scripture that (lod will give us any new revelation con- firmed by miracles, bu* , unit d that Satan will thus introduce the Antichrist; and that in flu's manner men will Vceived. an untu; \ The fact of redemption by the blood of the Son of God will '.-work of all Christian religion, . if ten t! iraeles were wrought ! din this is a truth but little con . nl<> heed wiU Lt- /,ut, if it be different from the prospects which may have been imagined, we have only to ask whether this is not the truth of Scripture. If this be the . then it is well for us to know it; for God never instructs us by holding out false expectations. Have not Vpostles Paul, (2 Tim. iii.,) John, (in speaking of 4 many Antichrists' as the characteristic of * the last time/) Janus, v. 1 8,) Peter, (2 Epist. chap, iii.,) and Jude, all 5it us that the concluding days of this Dispensation 208 VIEWS OF im. KELSAUL. %e -days of peculiar evil in the Church and in tlie world, up to the coining of -the L&rd, (p. 213, 214.) " The S.criptiire presents a criterion and a safeguard t& those who are watchful : i If there arise among you a prophet, or a dreamer of dreams, and giveth thee a sign or a wonder, *xnd the siyu or the wonder come to pass, whereof he spake tinto thee,, Bayieg, Let us go after other gods, which thou hast not known, and Jet *is serve them; thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that prophet, or that dreamer of dreams: for the Lord your God pr^rrfk you, to know -whether ye love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul/ (Deut. xiii. 1 3.) Thus, if any miracle be wrought in confirmation of any contradiction of ra truth previously revealed of God., .then -such miracle ought not t be received as though it accredited in any way the newly-introduced doctrine or opinion. The divine miracles of Scripture were in full accordance and harmony with every previous revelation, and their .nature and -character \rere distinctly opposed to Satanic power,," (p. 24.) HENLIY KELSALL, M. I)., 11. N., wrote an admir- able futurist literal-day treatise, in 1846,, -upon "Anti- christ." Among many other remarks, he observes that the Chaldaic (a Gentile language ) is used from Dan. ii. 4 to 6he end of Dan. vii., but the rest of Daniel is in Hebrew, implying that the prophecies of Dan. ii., iv., vii., relate more to the Gentile powers, and their connection with Antichrist, while -those of Dan. viii., ax., jd., xiL, refer chiefly to Antichrist's connection with the Jews :and Jeru- salem. He also notices that e:u-h of the four successive Empires of Babylon, Persia, Greece, .and Rome, assumed its prophetic pogitioa of supremacy as soon as it fulfilled the three conditions of being a monarchy, and of having possession of Palestine, and of -extending to the Mediter- ranean, "the Great Sea/' He thus expresses his expecta- tions as to the future: " At first the Prince, Antichrist, makes a treaty or cove- nant with the Je-ws for one seven, or hebdomad, the iast of the 70 weeks, (Dan. ix. 27,) but after making this seven years' covenant, he will break it in the midst, and cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, after which the period for the exercise of his open blasphemy exactly eor- WOUSHIP OF ANTICUHIST'S IMAGE. 209 responds witli the time times and a half of Dan. vii., at the commencement of which the abomination of desolation will be set up, and the worship of him and his image con- tinue until the time of fulfilment. The abomination of desolation is probably the image endowed bj Satan with the power of speech and breath or life. (Rev. xiii. 15.) "That the Gentiles should worship the image of Anti- christ is not difficult to conceive, seeing that idols, and crucifixes, etc., are even now adored by the nations of European Christendom. . . . Gentiles and apostate Jews will place the abomination that inaketh desolate fabricate the image and set it awful instant of time la 1 (Matt. xxiv. 15) will imme- diately quit Jeru>;il.:m. From this moment will commence that 4 dreadful tribulation such as was not from the begin- ning of the world.' This will consult not only of the i -SOT u tions of A iu e prophet, but of tl visitations of God which are now about to be poured out. This is the point when Antichrist ka his oorenanJ in irs, and when two witi. ;.-v. xi. 3) mak.; their appearance in Jerusalem. Forty-two m tin iv'ure left for the completion ox -ame time as the two witnesses, (probably Klias and Moses, p. 96,) th.-re will appear in J< I a false prophet, who will be empowered to perform astonishing miracles. He will image of Antichrist to be set up in the sanc- tuary, whirh. v of Satan, he will be enabled to endow with life and the power of speech. This image seems to be typified in Dan. iii. He will require every man to worship this image, and to receive a mark in his forehead, or on his right hand, as a token that he acknow- i s Antichrist as God, and he will cause to be put to death all who refuse to receive the mark. i( The. Apostary (Atheism, and the self-exaltation of man) will probably, towards 'the end/ receive its great impulse from the progress of human learning (which Satan knows how to direct and to use for his own pur- poses.) Science daily now adds some new wonder to the knowledge which has been rapidly accumulating for the last sixty or seventy years; that short period only having advanced the Gentiles of Christendom further in every 210 VIEWS OF DR. KELSALL. variety of science than the previous seventeen centuries. Should knowledge continue to progress in the same ratio for a similar period, to what must it eventually lead? The adoption of railroads throughout Europe, and of steam navigation to every quarter of the globe, will tend to bring the world to maturity. . . . "The results of a more perfect acquaintance with the nature and powers of electricity are also perhaps incalcu- lable. This comparatively recent discovery will eventually lead to important consequences; because it appears to bo, or really is, the agent which God has appointed for the regulation both of organic arid inorganic creation. When man finds that he can with certainty control and apply this wonderful power to. the imitation of the ordinary, but hitherto mysterious operations of nature, the inevitable consequence will be the lifting up of his heart. " The recent revival of Animal Magnetism is also worthy of notice; there can be no doubt that it is identical with the arts of sorcery practised in the early ages of the world. At present, only the elements of this long-lost art are understood. The phenomena already observed are suffi- ciently startling; but when greater perfection in Mesmerism shall be arrived at, it will probably be found capable of effecting all that sorcery ever performed. Witchcraft will be one of the characteristics of the latter days, and will co-exist with the idols of Antichrist, the Assyrian. Micah v. 8 15, prophesies of the vengeance which Christ, at his second coming, will execute upon the heathen; when the remnant of Jacob shall be among the Gentiles in the midst of many people; and when God will cut off witch- craft, and the Jews shall have no more soothsayers. Per- fection of scientific knowledge will hurry on 'the times of the Gentiles' to the crisis/' This writer correctly states that precisely ten kingdoms (the ten toes and ten horns, Dan. ii. 44, Rev. xvii. 12,) will be formed out of the territory of which the Roman Empire consisted in the time of Trajan, including, of course, England; and will become completely subject to Anti- christ. He says, (pp. 35, 102, 21, 22.) "The quadruply divided Grecian was included territori- ally in the Roman e^rth: and when the final settlement of the latter into ten kingdoms takes place, the four ancient ANTICHRIST SUPREME OVER ENGLAND. 211 Grecian kingdoms (Egypt, Syria, Greece, and Thrace, with Bithynia, &c.) will most likely be restored, and make four of the ten. . . . The ten Gentile kingdoms into which the whole Roman earth (ro/>?y,A // /// thr time of Trajaii) will be ultimately divided, and which are now developing them- selves, will make their appearance so as to be distinctly recognised by those who take the light of prophecy as their guide. While the Jews, on Gentile sufferance, or Trrider Gentile protection, are allowed to worship in their new Temple, and perform again all the ordinances "f the Mosaic law, the maturing of the ten kingdoms will be effected. When the^e ten kingdoms are perfected, they will all become nutinn^th/ a] ... "These, when they are formed, will be connected with 'tin? great sea;' England now has possessions there. Ire- Ian 1 \va< never broii-lit within the limits of the Roman empire, and probably does not come within the scope of the prophecy. The present course of events in that island renders it po separation from Knt a(iiaiiitance with their literal meaning) who it is that most truly builds again the ruined tain-made of havid; the Nazarene, whose coming was followed by the destruction of David's city) and by the departure of the sceptre from his tribe, or he who makes the holy city the seat of universal em: And who is it that is set up as king upon the holy hill of /ion? The Nazarene, set up as a malefactor on tho hill of Calvary, or he who, like a kin-_r, plants the taher- nacles of his palace in the L r lorimis holy mountain? In this way will be felt that sign of the latest days, i perplexity/ "Thi'ii-h the craftiness of Antichrist may at first lead him to employ the^e ar^ui Ml pride will not long suffer him to apj he word of Another He will hasten to set up himself above every god, and will open his mouth airain- :ods; even agaii:>t his name, his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. The style and character of his blasphemies we are not told : whether he will imitate the coarser forms of the French Atheists, or the more polished defiance of ancient Rome. r, in the absence of fuller particulars, two general expressions present themselves to our notice. The first ' He opened his mouth :' an idiom foreign to classical Greek, and used by the Evangelists in prefacing a set speech, such as the Sermon on the Mount. Of this char- r was the proclamation of Sennacherib, the closest parallel afforded by Holy Scripture: 'Whom hast thou reproached and blasphemed? Even the Holy One of Israel/ And, secondly, < There was given him a 214 VIEWS OF REV. C. MAITLAND. A phrase used elsewhere to express direct Inspiration : ( I will give you a mouth and wisdom/ but seeming here to imply a peculiar Satanic gift of blasphemy, far exceeding in malignity the efforts of unassisted man. 'He shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods/ All this God shows to be mainly directed against himself; doubtless that, from the example of his own long-suffering, we also may learn patience. " But how, taking up a position contrary to the instincts of human nature, will the imposter support his preten- sions? 'He doeth great miracles/ Upon this passage .the Church has evermore kept her finger; noticing with undis- guised dismay, that the very words used to describe the Saviour's miracles are likewise applied to those of Anti- christ. Some writers have proposed a qualification; but in vain; for St. Paul speaks of * all power, and signs, and lying wonders/ Even the word lying, on which they have built hopes, does not occur in the other passages; therefore we are forced to conclude, that even if unreal in essence, they will be proof against detection by human vision. The false prophet will call down fire from heaven, arid will 'deceive those that dwell on the earth by the miracles which he hath power to do in the sight of the Beast/ "At these miracles all the non-elect then living shall wonder, that is, they shall be deceived. The elect also would be deceived, but it is not possible, and for that reason alone they stand. The Church has long desired to know how near a doubt will be suffered to approach the mind, before it is repelled by the stern front of the eternal purpose. On this subject the first Gregory thought deeply; and, if it may be said without disparagement to his faith, his courage quailed at the prospect. "While the elect behold with horror such signs and miracles wrought by the ministers of Antichrist, even they, though despising life, will feel a mist of uncertainty rising in their- hearts. For as, through its miracles, the imposture flourishes, so in some degree does their steadfast vision grow dim. Therefore, by the influence of his lying wonders, a sha- dow of doubt will obscure the sight of the righteous; and, in the hearts of the elect, at the sight of the terrible miracles, a dark thought will gather form and substance/' " Compared with the history of our Saviour's life, faith ANTICHRIST'S REIGN OF TJSHUOK. 215 and unbelief will seem, in that day, to have changed sides. "What it was blasphemy to say of % tlie iirst, it will be soul- saving truth to think of the second: he truly u hath a devil, and is mad;" he lives and reigns "by the operation of Satan/' for it is the Dragon that gives him that power, and seat, and great authority. For the heaven-sent mes- senger must be backed, not by miracles alone, but by every word of God. The same Scriptures that foretold good things of Christ have declared bad things of Antichrist. Seen by this light, his very miracles will resolve them- selves into a fulfilment of prophecy; the supernatural won- ders by which In; will think to style himself God, will temp him "Man of Sin;" for, if he did no miracles, he would not be the Antichrist of prophecy; if that pro] 'd down no fire from heaven, he would not be the false prophet of the Apocalypse. "In Auti<-liri>t's prrs'-cution there is no death ion-told but }>\ d m, (Grec-1.. >ke of the axe, Apoc. xx. 4.) This state of things reminds us of the French 'minn, in whirh two millions of persons 1 by instant dca;h. T: : i i ; liar source of distress, a universal conflict in tin- h -art of each < untry, each city, and each home. Without doors, the certainty of ins: ; no refuge from tin- maddening anxiety, but ie savage hatred and deadly re The daughter is at variance with her mother; some word or or gesture betrays that their (lod is not the same God, and the executioner is called iii to end the dispute. "Chil- dren shall rise up against their parents, and ghall cause 00 to be put to death." In this desolation of hearth and home, one nanctuary, as it appears, shall be spared, for nothing is said of treachery between husband and wife, d we attempt to supply the omission, since the worst is professedly revealed: " Behold, I have foretold you all th'. To the severity of that tribulation the prophets oppose its shortness. Its duration is reckoned in three ways: by Uod, by his Son, by the angels, and even by Satan, it is reckoned as short; but to the souls under the altar, and to the elect crying day and night, it will seem long- There- ' fore, as a common standard of reference, its actual length i- given; and to suit the readers of all times, its duration 216 VIEWS OP 11EV. C. MAITLANIX is laid down in months, and in years, and in days. It will last for forty-two months', (Rev. xi. 2, 3, etc.) It must be for some higher end than to gratify an idle wonder, that the limits of this trial have been so strictly defined. To know when things are at the worst, how much longer the worst will continue, is a consolation, which, till that day of rebuke and blasphemy, the believer cannot learn to estimate aright. For that knowledge, though it must preclude false hopes of an instant deliver- ance, will as certainly supply true hope, and banish utter despair. The tyranny, in proportion as by the lapse of time, it appears to be gaining stability, will thus be known to be most surely hastening to its fatal hour.. The towers rise proudly, but their base is crumbling; the torrent foams madly, but its source is failing; "the ungodly is in great power, and flourishing like a green bay-tree;" but with equal truth shall it soon J)e added " I went by, and lo, ho was gone; I sought him, but his place could no more be found." "Meanwhile, Israel's Keeper is neither slumbering nor sleeping. The earth is his, and the fulness thereof; though, for his own purposes, he has seemingly abandoned it to this ruinous tenant. And, first to provide for his own : the Church, which now in her worst troubles longs for the wings of a dove, will then, as Bede remarks, both need and receive the wings of a great eagle. Next, unveil- ing the secrets of his eternal purpose, God proceeds to show the world who are his, and who Satan's. This is done, perhaps invisibly, by the sealing angel; but beyond the possibility of mistake, by the plague of locusts. Before that plague is let loose each monarch marks his own : all will have either the sign of the Beast or the seal of the living God, (at least throughout the land of Judea, for none but Jews are sealed.) And, as the angel once passed by the blood-stained threshold, so will the locust, during those five months of woe, pass by the seal-bearing fore- head. " But the high office of witnessing for God in times so critical will not be left to the locusts only. 'I will give 'power to my two witnesses/ They shall prophesy, it says, twelve hundred and sixty days. It seems impossible to go far wrong in anticipating the substance of their discourse : SLAUGHTER OF THE WITNESSES. 217 that, like their Master, they will begin at Moses and all the prophets, showing that, as he must needs suffer those things, and enter into glory, so Antichrist must needs achieve these things, and go into perdition; that while boasting himself supremely free, he is toiling slave-like to fulfil the Scriptures; that the duration of his power has been fixed to a day, and the letters of his name have been nil numbered. "The cry of the elect still goes up to heaven. The with their sighs and unspeakable gruanin-s, i further laden with the curses of the Aritielmstia.ii herd. both speak the same language, 'How u I Jut tl, n triumph reserved for tho powers of hell. The witnesses, though proof airain-t human violence, fall 1 Vniiehrist's kingdom. Thus far it had secim d a drawn battle; miracles against miracles; fire breathed out, against ire called down from heaYeji. But now Hatan at all points; the witnesses of truth have been slain; the foundations, it seems, are destroyed, and what shall the righteous do? "The season for Divine interference has at ! arrived. Till all else had failed, it was too early for the Son to quit the throne ; but now earth, mastered by hell, has no helper, save in him who took other substance, and who, from the right hand of the Father, beholds the unequal struggle. 4 For when/ asked one of old, 'when else should the true King come, but to dethrone a tyrant, to avenge his country, t" it world? The alien Herod fad usurped the Jewish sceptre, had subverted liberty and rule, bad profaned the sanctuary, and had con- founded the rites of worship; therefore, when, things human were found failing, the Divine drew near to succour; the helper, denied in man, appeared in God him- self. In like manner will Christ again come, to destroy Antichrist, to throw open Paradise, to strike off the fetters, of a world, and, in the place of bondage, to establish eternal freedom/ " Meanwhile the world prepares to take its fill of joy. There is now none to say to the fools, Deal not so madly; nor to the ungodly, Lift not up your horn. They send presents one to another : everywhere the word is, * Peace 218 VIEWS OF REV. 'C. MAITLAND. and safety/ A bad ouien, lor then sudden destruction is to come upon them. "Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven. Upon earth there is distress of nations with perplexity; a suspicion of the fatal truth strikes terror into the hearts of all. In that suspense of death-like syncope, a portentous sound adds horror to the gloom: 'The sea and the waves roaring/ Inanimate nature conceives a hope of the manifestation of the Sons of God; therefore the floods clap their hands, as if remembering the ancient saying, 'Let the sea make a noise, and all that therein is, for the Lord cometh to judge the earth/ " But why this darkened hemisphere and these extin- guished lights? The bright sign of the Son of Man is about to be displayed in heaven. By that sign all doubt is removed ; the true Christ is none other than the Naza- rene. He whom, his enemies have seen for the last^tiine, as he hung between two thieves, now reappears in glory amidst ten thousand saints. "They shall look on Him whom they pierced. By the wound of their own inflicting, He condescends once more to be known. In that mark of the Roman spear, they read all that they dread to know; that their Judge is no new-comer, essaying for the first time, a reception among men, but a sojourner of old, who has already trodden their paths, and has carried away with him a token of their hate. But others, in that pierced side, will sec mercy as well as judgment the sin and the salvation, the rebel- lion and the pardon, the warfare and the triumph all written with that iron pen in the Rock for ever. " With supernatural firmness the impostor supports the blow: upon his heart, blasted by the operation of Satan, no dew of repentance may descend. In that hour he justifies the election of his master in his madness, defying heaven, and hastening to decide, at the sword's point, who is God 'of gods and Lord of lords. For this moment Satan has long been preparing; and at once the Dragon, the Beast, and the False Prophet beat to arms. (Rev. xvi. 13, 14.) "All great battles receive a name: this is called 'the battle of that great day of God Almighty/ Of this en- THE BATTLE -OF ARMAGEDDON. 219 counter what prophet has not sung? At the thought of that conflict Habakkuk trembled; and Enoch, who dwelt beyond the flood, even he caught the din of that warfare, the thunder of those captains and their shouting. Then it was that, regarding neither the trackless distance Dor the sounding flood between, he uttered the exulting cry, < Be- hold the Lord comet h with ten thousand of his saints.' "The kings of earth stand up, each at tha head of his army. The rulers take counsel together, how they may break his bonds in sunder, and cast away his cords from them. At their mat fnlly ho that sitteth in the hea- 1 lauirh: the most merciful, that willcth not the 'h of a sinner, even he shall have them in derision. Like the disdainful warriors of old, he invites the fowls of -.en to feed upon their flesh. The white-robed army is now marshalled upon the heavenly plain. " The lighting is soon end- d. The Beast ia taken alive, and translated to the lake of fire. And whither he goes, disciples do not follow him now, hut they shall follow him afterwar death and hell shall he cast into the lake of fire, and all who have worshipped the Beast and his image shall ho tormented with him. Vet dwn that steep and ihnning road the King of Pride goes not alnnc : the False Prophet, still his companion, shares with him the precedence in eternal fire. From that time it is said, as a synonym for the place of torment, ' Where the Beast and the Fal>e IV": "And the remnant were slain with the sword of Him that sat upon the horse, and all fowls were filled with their fle.-di. ' And I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the Beast, nor his fflilge, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their Is, and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand <.'" 1 >. ) PROSPECTS OF THE TEN KINGDOMS, published by B. W. Newton, in 1849, contains by far the ablest exposition extant upon the future division of the original Roman Kmpire into exactly ten kingdoms. The following remarks are also made upon the seventy weeks, in his consecutive explanation of the whole of Daniel. "The seventy hebdomads of years mentioned in thii 220 VIEWS OF BENJAMIN WILLS NEWTON. passage, Dan. ix. 24 27, are distributed into three divi- sions : " The first consists of seven hebdomads, i. e. 49 years. "The second of sixty-two hebdomads, i. e. 434 years. " The third of one hebdomad, i. e. 7 years. "The first of these divisions, viz., of 49 years, com* menced when the commandment went forth to restore, and to build Jerusalem, and ends by the street being built again, and the wall in even troublous times. "The second division, viz., of 434 years, commenced from this completion of the wall, and extends to the l cut' ting off 7 of the Messiah. After threescore and two hebdo- mads, i. e. 434 years, shall Messiah be cut off. "The third division, i. e. seven years, will commence when 'the Prince that shall come/ i. e. Antichrist, * shall make a covenant with the multitude/ and ends by wrath being sent upon the Desolator, and blessing upon Jeru- salem. "The hebdomads, therefore, do not commence as soon as the prophecy was given to Daniel. It was given in the first year after the conquest of Babylon by Cyrus, i. e. B. C. 537 : but it did not commence to be fulfilled, until B. C. 454 or 455. "The ' seventy divided hebdomads/ are not concerned with any or every period in the history of Israel. They concern only periods in which God regards Israel as na- tionally gathered in their own city, and in which his hand is directly engaged in carrying forward his great plan of overthrowing the Gentile Oppressor, and of delivering his people. Consequently, the progress of the seventy hebdo- mads is stopped at the crucifixion : for then Jerusalem was virtually set aside, when the Lord Jesus, four days before his death said, ( your house is left unto you desolate/ The plans for its national blessing, and the destruction of its enemies, which till then, the hand of God had steadily car- ried forward, were suspended; and soon after, Jerusalem was utterly blotted out. The course of the hebdomads will not be resumed, until Israel, under a covenant formed with Antichrist, shall again assume a national existence in Jeru- salem. Then a^ain they will become in Jerusalem, the subjects of direct dealing from the hand of God, 'set to/ as he himself expresses it, to effect his own designs of final THE LAST WEEK OF SEVEN YEAR3. 221 blessing. That blessing, however, is to be reached through judgment, and fiery indignation^ that will consume the transgressors. Jerusalem is to be l the furnace/ before it is the City of Peace. 'The Lord's fire is at Zion, and his furnace in Jerusalem/ (Ezek. xxii., etc.) " I quote these texts in order to show how peculiarly the closing period of unbelieving Israel's existence in Jerusa- lem, is marked as one, in which the i>ivine hand begins n, in an especial manner, to act in Jerusalem, for the : nation of its own purposes. The Great 'Desolator' is only an instrument, eummissioned of God to effect this end: 4 I will send him against au hypocritical nation, and :ist the juoj.le of my wrath will 1 give him a charge, to take tin- spoil and to take the prey, and to tread them down like the mire of the Isa. x. (>.) The pro- -ion, therefore, of the hebdomads which was suspended at the erueiiixion, has not been yet rcsun. 11 r .; - soon as L gatbtreJ laek to Jerusa- lem lor judgment, and nationally re-exist in tlu-ir land and Th- e.,\ enanl made with Antichrist, that e :' whieh i, ' your cove- nant with death shall be disannulled, and your a;' with hell shall not stand/ (Isaiah ixviii. 18,) will be a sign of their re-constitution as a nation, and then the hebdo- mads will again re.Mime their course. '! -ri. 4j months/ or 'time, times and a half time/ so often spoken of in Daniel and the Revelation. "Tin' h-'pe that I.M-ael eheri>hes of protection and rest under this covenant with Antichrist, will soon be dissi- pated. ' Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that rule this people that is in Jerusalem. Because ye have said, We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are at agreement, when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us : therefore . . . when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, then ye shall be trodden down by it.' They will think to escape desolation by making a covenant with the Desolator, but it 222 VIEWS OF B. W. NEWTON. shall not stand. They will soon have to say, ir temple and re-institute their sacrifices: and although, >u-h worship will be hateful to God, and 'he that killcth an ox will be as if lie slew a man/ and 'ho that "irereth an oblation, as if he offered swine's blood:' yet, there will be enough that inds of God in tln-M- tilings, to excite the enmity of him, who intends to 'exalt himself above all that is called (Tod, or that is worshipped.' Antichrist will little i whether God docs, or does not own the Templr, and accept the sacrifices. He will be the servant of Satan; and Satan knows, that those sacrifices, and that Tempi.-, how- ever prostituted and mi the end; ia *U a-iy, luitil tli" >( .indsthenito puwu be wliule e a {.lain and recognised de\ f elopuiet, aaaJogous to that of the Kn;]iros that have alrcii'l cue, and Home, -red and nil -i : i-iuj.ii-fs. The devel- decided, m of the those conditions has ever taken j lace ; it follows, that thi: the \ i.^iuii remain* iuliill^L" "Tho changes, thare&ra, that luay.bo expected in those aatiuns which lall withiu the Konian Etupbe, may be f m rco heads; "First, the iiitrodm'tiou nf popular inonarcliio princi- ples im-> th received . (all ten nd iron.) " Secondly, an n. ---sent territuri.il divi- .ut the \vhole extent of the Uoinau J umpire, i-:i kiimJ* .'ins tlier. Thirdly, the dissolution of governmental union between countries, one of which //./ fall, and the otlicr of >vhich did not fall within the Roman Empire. " As regards the first of these, comparatively little re- in: .ins to be accomplished. The countries in which popu- lar- monarchic principles are cot yet established, are Mo- rocco Kory pt Turkey Luxembourgh Rhenish Prus- sia on the west of the Rhiae Baden Bavaria Wirteio- 226 VALUABLE REMARKS OF B. W. NEWTON. fc ur g Switzerland Italy* and Bessarabia. How the extension of the military power of France or the commer- cial influence of England, and the return of the Jews to Palestine would effect or facilitate these changes, we can- easily imagine. In Austria, the change was effected even- without such influences. "As respects the alteration of territorial arrangement, mueh more remains to be accomplished. The legs of the Image, corresponding with the division of the Roman Em- pire into Eastern and Western would lead us to expect that five kingdoms will ultimately be found in the Eastern, and five in the Western part of the Roman dominions. The eighth chapter of Daniel places it beyond a doubt that Greece Egypt Syria, reaching to the Euphrates and the rest of Turkey, both in Europe and Asia, will form four of the Eastern kingdoms. As these are the only four, out of the ten of which the Scripture speaks specifically, we cannot with certainty name any other kingdoms. But there seems little doubt, that France, Spain and England, will continue kingdoms ta the end. We must, however, as to these specific points, wait the unfolding of events. The accomplishment of the final division will probably precede very little the closing hour of the dispensation. " With respect to the third point, that is to say, the dis- solution of unions at present subsisting between countries, one of which did, and the other did not, fall within the Roman Empire; there are two cases to be considered. "First, there is the case in which a country external to the Roman Empire, holds authority over a country, that fell within the Roman Empire. Such was the relation of Hol- land to Belgium. It has been dissolved. We may expect to see a similar dissolution, in all cases where the German confederation exercises authority west of the Rhine, or south of the Danube. Baden, Wirtemburg, the chief part of Bavaria, and Rhenish Prussia, are the countries thus circumstanced. * " The progress of liberal institutions in Austria, will no doubt equally affect Italy. I should expect Switzerland to be finally united either to France, or to Austria, and thereby to have her too democratic constitution, modified. It may probably be divi- ded according to its language; the French cantons connecting themselves with Franee." APPROACHING CHANGES IN EUROPE. 227 " We may, therefore, expect their separation from Ger- many, and annexation to some of the countries that fall within the Roman Empire. AVe may also expect that Rus- sia will resign Bessarabia, and that her influence will be supplanted in Moldavia and Wallachia; that is, if the full extent of the Roman Empire is to be taken, as it existed in the time of Trajan. "13 ut, secondly, there is a more difficult question, in cases where a country external to the 1 toman Empire, is xufy'ected to a country within the Roman Empire. The countries thu danced, are, Ireland, in its relation to Kn-lan.l. f Hungary, which lies be- tween the Danube on the West and the Yallu% Romanum on the Ka>t, also Bohemia and all German Austria North of the Danube, and the colonies of England, France, Spain, and Porti; * "This .|uestioii cannot perhaps be answered with the same confi'l* ing; but I think there can be little doubt, that the union between such countries will be d : : if not fully, yet to the extent of distinct and independent legislatures being granted, as indeed, is already done, in the nd. The import- ance of sueh separate legislation, toay not, perhaps be fully apprehended now; but when the hour arrives for a decree to go forth, enfof worship of Antichrist, and the rejection of Christ and of God : the value of a separate legislature will be more distinctly felt/'* * \Vhethrr. therefore, w<- take the actnal territorial divi- sion by Valentinian and Valens or follow the more satisfac- tory guidance of Greek eivili/ation,as determining the extent of the Kastern and Western branches of the Roman Em- pire; in eith we may, I believe, safely take the boundary, which now separates Austria from Turkey, as the European line of demarcation. In Africa, I feel little doubt, that the districts of Cyrene and Carthage (Tunis) in which civilization was so early established by the Greeks and Phoenicians, will form the frontier countries of the Eastern 'division. This will establish the boundary of the Turkish Empire, as the limit in Africa also, between * "The separation of Hanoyer from England may be regarded ag an exampU." 228 EXTRACTS FROM PURDON's LAST VIALS. the East and the West. It would give Tunis, Tripoli, Barca, and Egypt, to the Eastern division, and would make Algeria the first province of the Western. Tunis, which answers to the ancient Carthaginia, would, in connection with Tripoli and Barca, (ancient Cyrenaica) form one of the five divisions of the Eastern part of the Roman Empire. When we consider the eighth chapter, we shall see that we can with much certainty affirm, that (the other) four, out of the five, are formed by Egypt, Greece, Syria, and the remaining part of Turkey." " We can scarcely form a more accurate notion of what the extent of the Eastern branch of the Roman Empire was, and is {# be, than by marking the limits of the Turk- ish dominions, before Greece and Egypt were separated therefrom." (16.) AN EMINENT EXPOSITOR, R. A. Purdon, a clergyman of the Church of England, has published in London a prophetical pamphlet of 16 pages every month since 1845, under the title of the "Last Vials." Although it may be thought that his zeal in rebuking the vices and follies of the present day is at times carried too far, and invests him more with the sternness of Elijah than the gentleness of St. John, yet it cannot be denied that he possesses great ability and genius in the interpretation of prophecy, and frequently striking eloquence of expression. lie was almost the first to proclaim distinctly and emphati- cally that Louis Napoleon is the person who shall be mani- fested as THE Antichrist. This he spoke of in December, 1849, and in subsequent numbers of the Last Vials, and has continually foreshown from Scripture the universal spiritual and political dominion which Louis Napoleon is to acquire throughout the world. He has long held that the year-day and literal-day systems of interpretation are equally correct, but that the future literal-day fulfilment is the principal and most important one; also that Napoleon the Antichrist will make a seven-years' covenant with the Jews (Dan. ix. 27) seven years before the End, the latter half of which period will be the 3J years' Great Tribula- tion: and that the first translation of exactly 144,000 living saints, or Wise Virgins, at Christ's coming in the air, will precede that 3J years, and the second translation of living saints at Christ's descent on the earth, will follow NAPOLEON'S COVENANT WITH THE JEWS. 229 the 3} years; a description of this by him is extracted in the author's u Coming Battle/' He also holds that soon after the covenant the Jews will re-commence their sacri- fices in Jerusalem, which, however, Napoleon wjill abolish in the midst of the 7 years. The following extracts are from "The Last Vials" for 1852. u \Vhen the Last Antichrist has attained to a certain ee of power we shall then or perhaps before that md movement of the Jewish people toward the land of Israel. The Jews, wishing to strengthen their ':ion in their own land, will look abroad for some power- ful alliance, and finding the AiMichristian kinir in supreme power, they will ei i-_rue with HIM for a period Dan. ix. l!7. ) Encouraged by his patronage and a! y will next proceed to rebuild or cow/>' ! erusalem. In the meantime the Jews will continue day by day to flock to Palestine, still under the auspices of i hristian king, and still con- fident aa to the continuation "f hi- friend -hip. Uut after i a half, a change will occur in the relations of ; parties towards each other. Anti- chri inic arrived at the highest pitch of blasphemy and extravagance, will begin to claim divine honours for h 'id finding that * all the world wonders after the Beast,' he will demand of the J- unit the erection of hi :n tin holi ; heir I ile, and also the recognition of his divinity. But the nt least many <>f them, will resist this claim to the utmost. However willing they may be to adopt him as their Messiah, they will not be prepared to accept him as their imit his ima-e to their temple. From that moment hostilities will break out b< \ntichridt and the Jews. The Infidel King will succeed in setting up his image, by main force, in the newly-finished temple. And this will be the exact fulfilment of our Lord's pro- phecy, (Matt, xxiv.,) "When ye shall see the abomination of desolation standing where it ought not, then let those that are in Judea flee to the mountains/' From the time in which the rupture takes place between Antichrist and the Jews, the 1260 (literal) days of Rev. xiii. will pro- bably be reckoned. Beginning in the second half of the 230 STARTLING PREDICTIONS OF PURBON IN 1852. seven years' league, and continuing to the end of the seven years> and to the fall of the apostate king. . . . " There can no longer be a doubt but that some terrible lesson is preparing for the nations of Europe^ and that the Empire of Napoleon is about to be revived. We do not speak of the title of Emperor- that can be foreseen even by a London newspaper; but the actual Empire of Napoleon, in itefull territorial extent. Louis Napoleon has already laid the foundation of his power with a depth and solidity that are truly superhuman. . . In 1815 Napo- leon I. fell, and not only was his empire broken up, but his name and family were annihilated in France. Napoleon was extinguished for ever! His nephew has arisen, and struck this record out of the book of Europe. He has taken up the line of empire exactly where the Allies broke it off. The interval is henceforth to be a blank. Napo- leon is to be again as if he had never ceased to be. His name, his Empire, his ideas, his principles, his very eagles, are all to be revived. The interregnum of 35 years is to be 'even as a dream when one awaketh.' . . . But perhaps it may be said that we are travelling too fast, for that not a particle of the empire has yet (in May, 1852,) been revived. We believe that the revival of the Empire is as certain as if it hatl alrratli/ /tfcti rjfrrfct/ : that it is predes- t'n\1, and that the whole creation could not prevent it. Louis Napoleon, we believe, will regain, year after year, all the provinces of the fallen Kmpire from north to south; and will add to them (what Napoleon I. never could do) the Turkish provinces in the East. He has already begun a subterranean work destined to undermine both Italy and Bel- gium. This work he will carry on until the time for open action has arrived; and then he will advance by military occupation or by right of conquest. He will not cease until he has regained all that Napoleon lost, and will add to the Empire what Napoleon was unable to acquire the provinces of Asiatic Turkey. He will take up the destiny of Napoleon just where it was broken off at the siege of Acre, and will carry it out to its final consummation. . . . "The eighth head is to / . . So subtle and profound has been his polky hitherto, that we may suspect that he will hardly im;- ifi predece.- (1 may not undertake tbe conquest of tic Western Empire by force of arm . II.- may inv.- i',;M he May regain tl, l.y milit:ir\ foree; but in ;ind lasion; by acting on th* he hopi*. and the ,e id lieutenants. There may perhaps be no display ^violence, and yet nd ten horns will very soon appear upon tho 1 least. The Beast, it should be remeinbeivd, has a >n, repre- senting y hristian Roman Kmp; and also the last Antichrist, as the ruler (!' the, empire ..... The eighth head of the Beast will be worshipped as God, (Rev. xiii.) iSuch is the Arru<;Anu.\ri APOSTASY ..... '\ here are two circumstances that seem also worthy of bein^ noticed. One is, the contemptuous designation so frequently applied to Louis Napoleon, "The Nephew of his 1'ncle." But this designation exactly corresponds to the prophetic description of the eighth head " He is of the seven." For the Uncle being the seventh, and the Nephew being the eighth, we have a connection between the two exactly similar to the scriptural designation, " He is of the seven," (Rev. xvii.) Again, as the Latin name of Louis (Ludovious) contains the famous number of the Beast, 666, it is remarkable that the word Ludovicu* has -just VIEWS OF KEV. JAMES &ELLTT. Seen forced upon the public notice by trie religious formu- feries of the Papal Church in the public prayer, Domine salvum fac Ludovicum Napolecnwm. . . .- " The whole French nation is the body, and Louis Napo- leon is the MIND. An- infinite number of railroads exteaxl themselves from Paris, as a centre, throughout the whole territory of France and to alt its- seaports. These are the MUSCLES of the frame. The electric telegraph, terminating at Paris, conveys every* sensation of the Great Capital throughout all its dependencies. The telegraph* are the SERVES. All are gathered together ami centred in Paris. In the centre of the Capital there is ONE man of the most perfect iiKlivi duality of character; bold, unscrupulous, and remorseless; thinking for himself in the darkest recesses af his heart; impenetrable to- all;, inflexible, deliberate, and yet rapid; a perfect specimen of unity and' force. This man is the MIND. He has collected all the powers of the state in his own person-; he has but to speak the ward and the thing is done. . . . The body of the Great Image (the territories of the Chaldaean, Persian, Grecian, and Roman Empire, D^an. ii.) seems now to be in the course of re-con- struction, and the Head itself seems already to be prepared and in full activity. It has not yet assumed its prophetic form, because the whole Image is not yet completed. It may continue incomplete for several years to come, but we see decisive evidence of its progress and its formation. We see the scattered members dispersed, but we see them slowly drawing into one. We see* the ruling HEAD in- ereasing daily into gigantic proportions, and we see that lieud possessed of an indomitable will, and a complete unity of purpose. Can we doubt that the reconstruction of the Image of Xobuohadnozznr is at hand?" (17.) THE REV. JAMES KELLY has published at Nis- bet's, London, (1850) very valuable "Lectures on Pro- phecy/' and also, "The Apocalypse Interpreted/' giving, in many respects, an excellent futurist literal-day exposi- tion of the seals, trumpets, and vials, which (although they have had a past year-day fulfilment) he rightly con- siders will be fulfilled literally during the period of rather more than 3 } years, between Christ's coming in the air/br his saints, and his subsequent descent with those saints. In his expository remarks upon Revelation vi. and tNT, xiii. 5, ^ /* unto- him fa continue forty ''.<, he says> "Such is to be the duration of the Anti ">pen tyranny and persecution r after Laving with his hosts- captured Jerusalem, ( llev. xi., Dan. vii. 25. )> As already observed, this* period also- runs parallel with that of the prophesy in LT of the two witnesses; and appears to be the latter half of Daniel's week or hebdomad, ( Dan. luring which for some provocation or other, hav- ing broken his- covenant with the deluded Jew*, he throws off the mask, mtd becomes- their rut hi -or. At the expiration of this assigned time, we may conclude that the seven vials of retributive wrsrtl. ire<$ out upon? him and hi?* confederate^ _to be succeeded by the epiphany or manifestation of the Divine presence, in order to his de- tru i. 8.) . , . In that much canvassed hecy, (Dan. ix. 27,) in whir-h seventy weeks or / y his n\vir ] -> T l<\ when he came to them as 'a minister of tl. M, fT the trnth of God, to con- firm the promises Made nto the Fathers/ rRom, xv. 8.) With this event, in like manner, as in all the prophecies which celebrate the advent and kingdom of Messiah, a pause in the fulfilment of the Divine purpose towards thf Jews and the nations, has ensued, which at length, termi- nating in the removal of the intercept of this dispensation, the remaining week or hebdomad of the prophet wil! bogin to run i- . What will then succeed is also recited by Daniel, namely, the career of the Antichrist, under the denomination of 'the Prince that shall come' And , as in the Apocalypse, a division of the seven n (Kins: 'he shall confirm the 'covenant with many lor one week, (one hebdomad of years:) 'and in the midst of M'' iri'f/c he shall cause the sacrifice and the obla- tion to cease/ (verse 27.) This writer holds that a literal image of Antichrist will be worshipped, and a literal mark on the forehead or hand received by his worshippers, and says, regarding the verse, Rev. xiii. 8, All that diwll wpon the earth shall worship him. 234 VIEWS or EDITOR OF "THE "As the preceding verse, (ver. 7, Power was given him ever all kindreds and tovfjues and nations,) -ascribes to the Antichrist a universal lordship over 'all kindreds and tongues and nations/ it is reasonable to interpret similarly this universality of worship which is to be rendered to him. All mankind ' whose names are not written in the book of life' will do him homage; though, of course, the inhabit- ants of the land (Palestine) may be especially included, as being the scene of the tyrant's most* blasphemous usurpa- tion sitting in the temple of God, and showing himself as God," (2 Thess. ii. 4.) (18.) WILLIAM KELLY speaks of Dan. ix. 27 in his able work on llcvelation; and, also, in "The Prospect" in 1849 he said (after noticing that the coining of Christ to remove the wise virgins will precede Anti- christ's 3} years,) "The prophecy of Daniel had already revealed the leading features of the interval during which 'the prince that shall come' plays his terrible role. 'And he shall confirm a covenant' (see margin and compare Is. xxviii. 15) 'with the many' (?'. e. of Daniel's people, the Jews,) for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined, shall be poured upon the desolate/ "That this prince (Dan. ix. 27,) is not 'the Messiah the prince ' is manifest, not only from this, that the for- mer is described as one 'that shall come/ after the latter has already come and been cut off, as is pkin from verse twenty-six, but also from the certainty that 'the prince that shall come' is the prince of the Roman people: his people ' shall destroy the city and the sanctuary/ We know who destroyed Jerusalem and the temple the people of this future prince. The latter part of the twenty-sixth verse does not continue the thread of the history, further than the general expressions 'and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined/ In the last verse we are transported to the epoch of 'the prince that shall come/ and his actings dur- ing the last week of the age. This period is shown to bo broken into two parts, during the former of which, accord- ing to covenant, Jewish worship is resumed, but 'in the THE SEVENTIETH WEEK, 235 midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the obla- tion to cease/ If chap. vii. be consulted, it will be seen that there ie a certain little horn rising after the ten horns of the fourth lloman beast, before whom three of the first horns fell 'that horn that had eyes and a mouth, that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows/ (verse 20.) 'And he shall speak yrcal words lost High, iind >hall wear out the saints of the High, (or of the high places,) and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand, until a time and times ami the dividing of time.' (verse Is it nor ev , in ehap. vii. is a horn or king iu<.im pride ! L'luent upon the beast, . C. 450, thus termi- natin iiem in A. l>. :;:), at the Crucifixion, and nTerrinir the laol week to th 1 Advent. Among various remarks upon Dan. ix. 'J-l -7, he bays, "The period was dnided into three portions. The two first p'Tti'Mis pe kn-vv, have been fulfilled . . . ! iiu r one i a period of seven years, to be accounted for. The operations with \vhieh the 70 hebdo- niads were to terminate, namely, the finishing the trans- gression, the making an end of sins and the making recon- ciliation for iniquity, have been thought to have been ful- filled at the death of Jesus; but that this was not the case id i- nt, for he was to be cut off at the O'.Jth hebdomad, while these crowning results were not to be realized till after the 70th. It would seem to have been overlooked that the sacrifice of Jesus makes no end of sins, nor recon- c illation for iniquity, unless faith in that sacrifice be ac- corded. God having 'set him * forth to be a propitiation* only ( throw/h faith in his blood/ (Rom. iii. 25,) and that the mere act of shedding that blood, of itself, could not effect any of the required ends. The sacrifice then was 236 VIEWS OF JUDGE STRANGE. to be offered up at the 69th hebdomad, and the fruits thereof realized at the 70th. " It becomes us to know in respect of whom these fruits were to be realized. Clearly it must be answered, in re- spect of the Jews. The 70 hebdomads apply to them, and to no other nation on earth. It is not, of course, meant to be said that the sacrifice of Jesus extended no further than for them, but simply that, as it is here adverted to, and as regards the setting forth of these hebdomads, the Jewish nation are alone in question. "This has been specifically intimated. 'Seventy weeks,' it was told Daniel, 'are determined upon thy people, and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sin, and to make reconciliation for iniquity/ The people and the city of Daniel are exclusively the sub- jects-indicated; and no other nation, or place, than the Jews and the city of Jerusalem, are here treated of. Fur- thermore, the anointing of the holiest of holies, which could only exist in the Jewish temple, and which formed one of the features of the work to bo wrought on the ter- mination of these hebdomads, also fixes the whole upon the Jews. " The Messiah then was to be cut off at the close of the 69th hebdomad, and, according to the tenor of prophecy, at the lapse of the 70th, or nr the expiration of just seven years more, 4 the iniquity of Israel' was to be * sought for/ and there was to be 'none/ and the 'sins of Judah/ and they were * not to be found/ (Jer. i. 20,) and everlasting righteousness was to be their portion. We see the nation, however, even now, when not seven, but more than eighteen hundred years have passed by, still in their sins, unable to accept the means of reconciliation provided for them, and ' concluded all in unbelief/ "The operation of the prophecy must then have been suspended, and this is just the case. . . . The conditions necessary to the prophecy in the existence of the distinctive people and the holy city, ceased at the expiration of tho <>!)th hebdomad, and the long unmeasured dispensation of the Gentiles has been introduced, and the 70th hebdomad has still to be looked for. "And he (the said 'prince that shall come') shall con- firm a (margin) covenant with many for one week : and in ANTICHRIST'S FIRST WEEK OF YEARS. 237 the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease/ (proving thus that these had been main- tained during the former part of the week,) 'and upon the battlements bhall be the idols of the desolater/ (margin, the image apparently of his own person,) 'even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolater/ (margin.) " The desolater who is to be destroyed at the time of the end, can, of course, be none other than the Antichrist, and he then, as the construction of the language .so evidently necessitates, inu-t IK- the prince adv as having to come. The Antichrist, as his name denotes, is to j-r. himself as the antagonist of Jesus, taking up the place that ho should hold, and hence the title under which he is here brought is is the rival one of 'the prince' ; be In iv i '] 1 in the air'' ii.r his saints to precede Antichrist's 3J years' tyranny, scendg on the earth. Antichrist's BCtin forth in l>an. .v . de- scribed in his work. '.; THK EUcy. CAI x, an eminent minis- ter c tses deliv< in Lmk Chaju-l, in London, in l^L', and published as "Israel's Fuimv," say*, i chap. ii. an<.s the prophecy, and with it, also, the history of the present age. It is the end of this dispensation; and so far. therefore, it exactly agrees in time with the restoration of Israel; for this, aj^p, is to be at th# end of this dispen- sation, (p. 50.) "The Man of Sin will make a covenant with Israel, which stands for three and a half years, but at the close of 238 VIEWS OF REV. CAPEL MOLYNEUX. that time he will work deceitfully, break the covenant, and become their deadly enemy. Afc this time the time when he breaks the covenant he will set himself up in the tem- ple of God at Jerusalem, showing himself that he is God, arrogating the very perfections, attributes, and glory of God, and claiming universal homage and adoration. He will then commence a system of persecution against Israel, and all in the world who refuse to acknowledge his preten- sions, unprecedented in the history of man, which termi- nates at last in what is called ( Jacob's trouble/ or 'the great tribulation/ About this time, and while these perse"- cutions are raging, two other remarkable individuals will appear, denominated 'the Witnesses/ they will be just what their name imports witnesses; but witnesses for God and his cause against Antichrist and his cause. They will finish their testimony and accomplish their work in three and a half years; and, having so done, will be over- come by Antichrist and put to death; they will lie dead for three and a half days, and then will rise up on their feet, and ascend up in a cloud to heaven. About the same time, or immediately afterwards, there will be a gathering of all nations, under Antichrist their head, (for the nations will cleave to him though Israel reject him,) against Israel and Jerusalem, in order to the siege of the city, the accom- plishment of the battle of Armageddon, and the events of the great day of God Almighty. At the close of this battle the Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ, will personally appear in power and great glory, to overwhelm with utter destruc- tion Antichrist and his host, and take to Himself the king- doms of this world for ever and ever/' (p. 67.) This expositor 'considers that Elias will be one of the Witnesses, and Moses, Enoch, or St. John, the other. He also holds that, in the course of the first 3J years, the Jew- ish temple will be reconstructed, and within it sacrifices offered, which Antichrist will abolish in the midst of the week of seven years. The subject of the first translation of the Man-child, or first fruits of 144,000 wise virgins, (Rev. xii., xiv.,) brfore the 3} years' persecution, is not investigated in his exposition. The nature of the persecu- tion he thus defines, (p. 66, 135,) "The Man of Sin will be a literal man, an individual human being, energized by Satan, and possessed, therefore^ of supernatural powers, UNIVERSAL WORSHIP OF ANTICHRIST. and urging therewith marvellous pretensions; he will be accompanied by another individual, th>* fttlw prophet, (Rev. xix. 20,) and this false prophet will cause an image to be made to the Man of Sin, which image will be made to speak, and almost universally worshipped. . . . The Beast 'has power over all kindreds and tongues and nations/ and all who refuse to worship his image and bow down to him, he causes to be put to death, K<-v. xiii. 7, 15.) And, dou 1 number who suffer will be great; ana, doubt- less, also, that number, great as it may be, who do so suft'rr, r i'.r Cli ., shall bo included among the imi:;' the saved and glorified together with the Lord" (21.) A MOST TAI.KNTED AND MASTERLY exposition of f ion, in three octavo volumes, waspublish- i tosh's, London, by Mr. Beale, a Canibri' 1 under the title of Arma^blnt : -field of Nations.* and most com pl'tc modern work on I'rj: ilypticte, published in i so much discursive lear r to Klli" exposition in of its interpreta- tion. Both w.rk>, bd : tho irrahd conclusion- that the Advent of Christ and the final crisis uill tu within the period of 1865 ivhich the Millennial 1000 y will run their course. It fully ex he year-day accom- plishment of the pro] ith reference to the Papal Antichrist, and the Gentile Church ; and their subsequent literal-day fulfilment in relation to the Personal Antichrist, Napoleon 1 1 1. mid the Jewish as well as the ( i entile Church. ttfl mostly arrive with those of Bickersteth and Birks, are as follows that the year-day seven seals represent the pro. .-tages of the Church Militant * It was not spoken of in the first edition of the present work in June, 1861, because it had not then come to band. Its high J.'. 105., or 13 dollars, must limit its circulation, which would be better promoted by publishing it at one-fifth of that price, in ^mailer volumes. It must not be confounded with a wild and rhapsodical effusion by Mr. Baldwin, of Cincinnati, (subsequently epitomized by a Mr. Pitt,) similarly entitled Armageddon, buk which is more a work of imagination than prophetic exposition, (It appeaia that Mr. Bcale recently departed this life.) VIEWS 43F AN ENGLISH BO0K. during this dispensation from primitive -parity to increas- ing apostacy, -until its ultimate regeneration at Christ's Advent; tkat the year-day seven trumpets ,are parallel and synchronous with the seals,, and denote the consecutive divine judgments inflicted on mankind during the same period; that the year-day seven vials, describe the final strokes of judgment from tlie French Revolution in 1790-4 to the Consummation in 1-865-9 ; that the 1260, 1200, and 1335 years (Dan., xii.) begiu with Justinian's grant .of civil power to the Pope at the period 530-3, .and thus the 1335 years end about 1865-9, as the period of the Second Advent and Resurrection; and that in tho uitiinate literal- day fulfilment, the 1260, 1290, .and 1335 days commence in the midst -of the Covenant- week of seven years, Daniel's 70th week, and are identical with Napoleon's SJ years* Antichrist ian persecution, (Dan. xii. 1, Matt. xxiv. 21,) supplemented by the 75 days of his overthrow through tlie judgments of the literal-day seven vials. The author of " Armageddon" also shows from the same arguments as are advanced ia this work, and in the works of Faber, Frece, Verner, Pardon, Jackson, etc., that Louis Napoleon is unquestionably the representative of the seventh-healed, (septi mo-octave) or eighth Head of the Beast, (the liuuian Empire,) and is therefore THE Anti- ohrist, "who uniting in his own person all the powers of church and state, will strip the Roman PontiiF of all hi* temporal jiossessioiis, and degrade him into a secondary position as his special prime minister, and miracle-working False Prophet (Rev. xiii.) who shall cause all to be killed who refuse to receive the mark, and worship th-o image of his Imperial Muster/' (Chap, xi.) He further says of .Daniel's 70 weeks, (chap. viii. p. 227, and xii. p. 77,) "AVe must look upon this 70th week as an insulated portion of the prophecy which is yet to receive its accomplishment under the last great ^eueniy of Israel. . . . We have strong scriptural warrant for the application of the whole of this 70th week to the time of the end. David, ui the 55th Psalm, passing on in the Spirit from his own personal ene- mies to the confederate armies of Antichrist assembled against Jerusalem IR the last siege of the c-ity, foretold in JZechariali xiv., says, "lie has put forth his hands against flick aa be at peace with him; he hatJibroken his NAPOLEON'S SLAUGHTER OF THE SAINTS. 241 And Isaiah, foretelling in chap, xxxiii. 8, the consum- mating misery to fall upon the Jewish nation through the lion. us breaking of the covenant with them by Anti- christ or the last Assyrian, to whom the action passes ou in that chapter from the previous Assyrian invaders of the land, as it docs in this prophecy from Titus to Antichrist, . '-The highways lie waste, the wayfaring man ceaseth; iiftitf, he hath despised the cities, he r ' \\ no man." . . . -At the l.o-innini: "!' this v,v.-k, said Daniel, shall he, lating I'l'i::;-,-, c< me, who will enter into a cove- nant or t li many of the Jewish nation, but that in fli.- bfl will break that covenant, < accustomed sacrifices and oblations of the temple to cease, plant his idols on tin- bat 1 1< -incuts, and probably his own ..e in the Ban we are told, (Rev. xiii.,) tli l-'al -e miracle-wo. t will be permitted, through Sata: mine with the power : ceeh to sentence all to death who will not fall down and worship this terrible antitype of the (ioldcn linage of Neburh All, however, it would seem, goes on smoothly bet \, iwidra throughout the earth during the lirM half uf this last week of )v All are lost in admiration of th< not until th" c -including half, or of it. that his tyrannic rule commences. And during those days it is, as we 1 both from prophet and apostle, that those of the Church .Militant, who shall be I '/"' earth to encounter these fearful days, will be given into tin- hands of the l>east to be made war with and overcome. For, although many will, doubtless, like the faithful Albigcnses and Waldenses of the historical fulfilment, flee for safety into the wilderness of Judea, and into the inaccessible retreats of the Gentile world, carrying "the everlasting Gospel in their hands to ovtiy nation, and kindred and tongue and people," (llev. xiv.,) yet will there be a great slaughter throughout Anti- christ's dominions, of all who have neither the mark, nor the name, nor the number of the Beast. During these days, too, it is, that the two personal Witnesses will be em- powered to deliver their testimony against the abomina- tions of Antichrist, and the wickedness and unbelief of the Jewish nation. And these witnesses; who will they be? 24 4 ^ VIEWS OF THE ENGLISH WORK "ARMAGEDDON." "Enoch and Ellas/' says Terfcullian, "were translated, their death was never known, for it was put off. But they are reserved for death: they will extinguish Antichrist with their blood." Testifying against the sorceries, abomi- nations, and blasphemies of Antichrist, warning all, if they would avoid the wrath to come, not to receive the mark. of the Beast in their forehead or in their hands, and to wor- ship neither him nor his image, these two illustrious wit- nesses will ultimately, like their heavenly Master, seal their testimony with their blood. . . The Antichristian Beast of the bottomless pit, the Septimo-octave Head, shall be suf- fered to gratify his fierce revenge against them, arid to slay them. Their dead bodies will lie for 3 days, (Rev. xi. y ) exposed to the gaze and rejoicing of their murderers; but at the expiration of these days, they will again, to the terror of the beholders, stand upon their feet, and reasceiid in glory to those blessed mansions from which they had been sent back again to earth on this, their predicted, mis- sion of mercy and salvation. . . It is during the remainder of the literal 1335 days that the last vials of God's wrath will probably be poured forth in all their terrible liberality, ushering in the Millennium at their close. Blessed will that day be to the saints of the New Jerusalem, for then will they all visibly appear in glory before God and the Lamb, standing each of them with Daniel in their appointed lot." The writer of "Armageddon" further considers, (chap, xii.,) that 1862 will most probably be the year when Louis Napoleon will make the seven years' covenant with the Jews. By Jewish reckoning, 1862 will not terminate until Nisan or Tisri, (about April or September,) in 1863; but whenever the covenant is made, there will be only 7 years and 2 months to the End or Consummation. He holds "the King of the Huutli," (J)an. xi. 40,) to be the sove- reign of Egypt, whom Napoleon, "the Wilful. King," (ver. 36,) is to vanquish. He also views England as one of the doomed ten horn-kingdoms, (Rev. xvii. 12,) and says, (chapt. xxiii.,) "With the French army, the largest and best appointed of any in Europe, and its navy unceasingly increasing in all its branches to an unprecedented and over- mastering power, what course is unhappily left us but sub- mission to that < Wilful King/ who, to (trnf/f> the defeat of WISE VIRGINS ESCAPE NAPOLEON'S PERSECUTION. 243 Waterloo, may at any time turn round upon and rend us?*' does not, however, give fully the chief argument which proves this view, and which is, that ALL the original Roman empire, (of which England was part,) MUST i'all under the dominion of the seventh-eighth Head, or Anti- christ, (Rev. xiii. 7, 8,) and at the same time be divided into exactly ten kingdoms, five in the Western, and five in Eastern division, (Dan. ii. 41, vii. ~4. Rev. xvii. 12.) It is correctly shown by this author that the ascension of the Man-child, (Rev. xii. 5,) in the year-day fulfilment, MS the ascension of Chr: 11 v in A. 1). 33, about yearn la-fore the Papal Antichrist's ll!i" cut;. xii. t>, 11,) and that in the literal-day fulfil- in. -lit it means tlie ascension of the Wise Virgins, the mys- tical Christ, before the Personal Antichri>t's ll^Jo ' persecution. He omits, however, to state the i conclusion, namely, that the ascension of the 1 1 !,<> ution, that is, the last half further proved by several other reasons. lint ho clearly shows that this first ascension or translation of II!. 1 Is at Christ's coming in the air, will //' Napoleon's 3J years' persecution, and the second transla- titin of the remaining saints will be shortly it//- r the 3} , when Christ Descends and slays the unrepentant. meeting this, he says, "It is, I think, manifest that the glorification of the 144,000 will not only precede that un- piralleled Reign of Terror of Pan. xii. 1, of which the one in 17 ( .>o was but a Vearful type, but precede also the glorifi- cation of the Great Multitude, (Rev. vii. 9,) since we learn from Rev. xii 12-17, that before the last 'time times and half a time/ (3} years,) of Antichrist begin, the Dragon will be cast down from the heavenly places to the earth and persecute, during that period, the remnant of the wo- man's seed left therein after the Man-child or First-fruits, the mystic Christ, the 144,000, (comprising the Wise Vir- gins,) shall have been caught up to God and to his throne. . . . And if the Queen of the 45th Psalm, and the Dove of th-j sixth of Canticles be the predicted representative of the 244 -VIEWS. OF THE ENGLISH WORK " ARMAGEDDON/* "First-fruits, then the < King's daughter attendant upon the Queen, and the Virgins her companions that follow her, and the threescore queens and fourscore concubines, the Virgins without number, and daughters of the Church associated with the Dove will be identical with the palin-beariug mul- titude. Of these it is said that 'with gladness and rejoic- ing shall they be brought unto the Queen : they shall enter into the King's Palace/ (or the New Jerusalem,) Ps. xlv. : and that 'they saw, and blessed and praised the Dove/ Song Sol. vi. 9. Thus, amidst the gladness and rejoicing of the angclio hosts, and of the sealed ones, shall these king's daughters, and queens, and concubines, and virgins without number, this palm-bearing multitude, that no man can number, be brought out of this fiery tribulation re- deemed by the blood of the Lamb from the persecutions of Satan and the power of Antichrist, and be joined for ever to the Queen, the Dove, the First-fruits, in the city of the living God, blessing and praising them for their minis- trations during their 1260 days' sojourn in the wilderness, ami God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes/' The same writer regards as erroneous the current idea that the Foolish Virgins, (Matt, xxv.,) are ftilse-professing Christians. In common with Ofehausen, Stier, Dean, Alford, Dr. Seiss, etc., he considers that they are all true Christians, but that the Wise Virgins are believers, and the Foolish arc unbelievers in the speedy second personal coming of the Bridegroom, and that the latter may be saved either at death or at the second translation after the 3 J years' great tribulation. He says, " For some years the cry of 'the Bridegroom cometh/ has rone forthwith a con- tinually increasing force. The wise virgins apparently arc the sincere believers in the event. . . . The united light which they give in the procession by means of the oil in their well-trimmed lamps, that is, by their faith, is sym- bolical of that prophetic light which they will endeavour to diffuse throughout a benighted world : of that public tes- timony which, like Noah, that preacher of righteousness before the Deluge, they will render to the certainty of the premillennial advent of the Bridegroom, and of the conse- quent near approach of the awful day of the Lamb's wrath, in which all the ungodly shall be drowned in a flood of iiiv as formerly by the flood of waters. The foolish virgins are 1 ' TMILLENNI/ 4 BELIEVERS. 245 those who lacking faith in the literal coming of the Bride- groom, both as regards themselves aud their influence with others, are without the oil of expectation wherewith to trim their lamps, and consequently without that light which would enable them to join in the wedding procession, or to assist in preparing their own people or the nation> of tin earth to meet the returning Saviour. Looking only for a providential, or a spiritual, or a postmillennial advent of the Bridegroom, they are seized with conster- nation at the unexpeci.-d cry, 'The Rri'lfjrouin cometh.' They Mek aid iVom the wise, hut arc hidden to go and buy lor i 'i the Scriptun s under the Holy Spirit's teaching, for that faith, that oil to trim their lamps, where alone it can he obtained. Whil.-t thus cm- ployed the UridcLrrooin n.im s, and the door is shut. At \\\\> they knock, seeking admittance with the agonizing cry Lord, Lord, opm t" u<,' aiid are. answered with the words, '1 know you not; words not dc*notir ntly, like the * I iH-Vi-r knew von/ or, *di j art Ir-.m |, J of Matt. vii. -o, xxv. 11. eternal CMmlemnation. but exclusion fora season irom the marriage feast. Th> -remnant of the woman's seed 1 are thus h-l't without, to be brought, like : ..f Levi, thron-h that ti.-ry purification, the subse- quent tribulation of the last (literal-day) 1260 days, which, it may be, will alone remove the veil from their h open their eyes to the truth, 'heir faith to believe all that the prophets have spoken coneerniii'j- the om's promised premillennial return in .LI lory to his widowed and waiting Church." ^Chap. xiii.) iisT KKTITS i> a useful prophetic tre by Alexander Porter, which was published in Philadelphia, I 'nited States, in !>.")'). It distinctly asserted that Louis oleon would be the future Antichrist, who should make the seven years' covenant wit^ the Jews, seven years before the end. .'l>an. ix. 27.) The following is an extract from it, (page i " < Behold, I will make thce know, or explain to thee, what shall be in the hist '>W of the indication; for 7. He shows fnnn much the same arguments as are adduced by Pmdon, I-';/ IMiillips, reau-r Im-ih in chapter 1. od in the Jewish temple, the sacrifices being abolished, and his image, 4 the abomination/ being* sot up there. lie says, * It if? not surprising that ft few -writers should have imagined that some of the periods of 3^ years mentioned twice in Dfin. vii. : i. 7, and five times in Rev. xi. 2, 3, xii. 6, 14, xiii. 6, should signify tke fint-kal/of the final week of 7 years, and others of these periods, its last half. It is a n.itural mistake for those to fall into, \\-ho do not understand how remarkably all the periods have had a precursory year-day simultaneous fulfilment within 1260 ', from A. D. 534 to 1 7*94-95, ou. "The Lord, in .Matt, xxiv. ! ' When ye therefore Khali , i>f ly haniel the prophet, Mandini: in the holy place, (of the T tor then, I,; shall 1" .' This I n we have already hho\vn to b; the Kimr that Daniel refers to in chap. xii. L. J^y the cuniu-ctimi (.fall tin .- srrij.turrs, we 'lish beyond a doubt the futurity of the ge\eutieth peek. k - Then it follows, that if seven years still remain to be divided off to the .Jewish nation, there must be an inter- venini; sj.aee of time, a kind of interregnum or parenthesis, BO to speak, between the termination of the sixty-ninth, :uid the commencement of the i-eveiitieth. This space 18 occupied with the gospel di n which i- d of (iod, k t;> -aii; . the gentiles, a people for his name/ "When the Lord had concluded his last public address to the Jewish nation, he said, ( Matt, xxiii. 38,) 'Beholdl your house is left unto you desolate/ and this desolation they scaled upon themselves, when they cried out, *IIis blood be upon us> and upon our children/ In consequence of this the natural Jewish ( branches were broken off because of unbelief/ and 'the wild Gentile branches grafted into their place,' (Rom. xi. '24, ) and this was tp continue 'until the fulness of the (1 entiles be come in/ which also agrees with the words of Christ, (Luke xxi. 24,) 'Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gen tiles, until the times of the lien- tiles be fulfilled/ It is, therefore evident that the gospel 250 TAUNTON'S PREDICTIONS CONCERNING NAPOLEON, dispensation, or the heavenly calling of the Church, com-, tnenced where the earthly calling of the Jews broke off. " We must here remark, that 'He' who confirms a (not the) covenant or agreement with many of the Jews for seven years, (Dan. ix. 27,) is the individual spoken of 'as the prince that shall come/ (yet to come.) The nation who destroyed the city was the Romans, therefore the ex- pression 'the people of the prince, tkr romhig one? (lite- rally,) connects thin <-initt'j priii'-^ with the Roman empire, and proves that the man who will restore the Jewish peo- ple, and undertake to protect their worship for seven years, will be the Eighth Head of the Beast, or the Antichrist acknowledged as the prince of Israel. Under his guard- ianship they will repeople Palestine. Perhaps the day may not be far distant when Louis Napoleon will preside over a congress of Kuropran kings, and when he will assign pacific and political reasons for the expediency of the reoc- iipancy of the Holy Land by the Jewish nation. This might be brought forward as the most desirable method of tranquillizing this excited country. And if Napoleon TIL wills it, what nation shall prevent it? Thus, he will ac- complish one of the favourite projects of his uncle, who gathered together the chiefs of the Rabbins, at Paris, with that object in vio the individual head of thai astounding system of " Anthro- p"th'i;-m," or man-worship. As to the nature of the mira- cles that he will perform, by the power of Satan, they will il any that may have been wrought by the power of He will, like Klijah, fall down (ire from heaven, he will impart life and articulation to the inanimate statue <>f the Antichrist, and he will command that all shall sutler the i ;' death, who will not bov,- down to this second Uahylonian imago. Of old, those who refused were cast into a burning tiery furnace; now they will be killed with the pfaoidj or probably guillotined. I Jut i-\v, and ; only the ele. i, chi.-lly the saints of Daniel's r will refuse to D and worship. 31 < n nf the pftbeal day, confident in tin- b >a~t. d enlightenment of the age, arc incredulous of such a .-tat-.-im-nt, hut we credit the Scrip- tures of truth, which declare that, 'Cod will send them .at they should l>-licvc a lie.' *J Tliess. li. 11. Moivov.-r, thf Seri:-r%-e dearly shows that the ml in the Church. of Christ will be transited before Acs 1 it is certain that a flood of demons will be cast down from the heavenlies into the earth, ( B xii. 7, 8, 9. Compare the Cm k of Kph. vi. IL'. tilings make it not diflicult to belir-ve in the possibility of strongly delusive signs and wonders, for how astonishing will be the c! ;iced upon the world at large, by the sudden transference of all those who are looking fr the. iviurn of Christ, and by the actual presence of Satan and his hosts in the midst of the inhabitants of the earth and having great wrath, because he knowcth that he hath but a short time/ Religiously, politically, socially, and morally the world will be, under such circumstances, another chaos; infidelity, anarchy, injustice, and immo- rality, will reduce the earth to a condition not far removed from hell. a would here remark, that this counterfeit lamb-like power, (Rev. xiii. 11,) which is at present Popery, and other corrupt systems of the Christian faith, will so remain until within three and a half years of the close of the crisis, by which,, we mean the manifestation of Christ in glory. 252 VIEWS OF MAJOR SCOTT PHILLIPS. This is evident from the stated fact, that the persecution of the saints is to last that length of time. (See Dan. vii. 25, Rev. xiii. 5.) At the commencement of that three and a half years, it will become infidel, and this entire trans- formation of its system will probably be induced by the thorough disgust that the nations will exhibit for the Pa- pacy, and this will cause the ten kings to 'hate the whore, and to make her desolate and naked, to eat her flesh and burn her with fire/ (Rev. xvii. 1C.) They and their peo- ple will trample her polity under foot, and they will fall upon her wealth and fatness for a spoil. But, alas, it will be from bad to worse, from a religion professedly acknow- ledging God, to one in which God shall have no place, and man will lay claim to that worship due to Jehovah alone/' (24.) MAJOR SCOTT PHILLIPS, of London, wrote a work in 1859, called " Interpretations." He shows that most probably the earthquake that is to cleave the Mount of Olives asunder at the descent of Christ at the battle of Armageddon, (Zech. xiv. o, 4,) will open a valley between the Mediterranean and the Dead Sea, and as the former is 18 12 feet higher than the latter, the waters rushing down- wards into the Dead Sea will cleanse it, and find an .outlet by the ancient bed of the Jordan into the Gulf of Akabah, which constitutes part of the Red Sea. Jerusalem, the metropolis of the millennial earth, will thus stand upon the highway of vessels passing from Europe to Asia. In regard to Antichrist, he says, (page 86,) "The papal system, under its successive popes, has been repeatedly proved by comparisons of history with Scripture to be the year-day Antichrist of 1260 years' endurance. Although the difficulty of proof has been increased by a literal indi- vidual Antichrist of 1260 days, being also to be manifested in extreme power and earthly glory immediately before Christ's coming to the earth. (2 Thess. ii.) But the last individual Antichrist, as well as the long-enduring Anti- christian popedom, are now well conceived and recognised in the minds of faithful interpreters of prophecy." After showing that Louis Napoleon is the seventh- revived or Eighth Head of the Beast or Roman Empire, and be:srs the number 660 in both his names, (Ludovieus and NaTT&Xsorr*,) and is to "destroy many by peace," (Dan. via. 1_T> ; ; ho says, (page 91-1)5,) "Ever since 1847-48, NAPOLEON'S FUTURE MARVELLOUS ACTS. 253 the prospects of the Jews have tended more and more to their restoration; and it only remains that they should IK' >red to their own land by tie of the Antichrist, who ( Dan ix. '21 } shall confirm a covenant with them for a week of years, break it in the midst thereof, and himself be ovod 1-o'0 literal-days, or - afterwards, con- sumed by the brightness of our Lord's coming. . . . When from the troubled sea of the nations we behold the nephew oft; Napoleon upheaved by revolutionary passions and when directly upon access to supreme power, he com holy plans' at Jerusalem, we recognise an incip'h ti war-r-teainers; lie h -hips in irn, invented sere : meoleon, turn his eye eastward. And he will make a covenant for seven yars with the Jews, and r.-tore them to Palestine. . . Breaking his covenant in the midst of the seven years, he will cause all who re-fuse to worship the Beast, or to receive his mark, or the number of his name, GGG, in their ri^ht hands or on their foreheads, to be killed, (Rev. xiii.) thus commencing that most dread- ful period, the last U years, the literal L260 days, during which the Devil gives to him 'his power and his seat and t authority.' Immediately before this terrible period of 1-iiO days, if not at the commencement of the seven years, will take place the removal of the select people of God, of those who are watching and praying, and shall be accounted worthy to escape the sufferings which will come 254 VIEWS OF REV. II. G. GUINNESS. upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth; and they shall ascend to meet Jesus Christ in the air,- in order that at the close of the final period, be it seven years or 3 years, they may return to judge the world, according to that which is written, 'the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with thee/ (Zech. xiv.) and 'do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world/ for such honour have all his saints. (1 Cor. vi. 2, Ps. cxlix.) The wise virgins enter in unto the wedding feast, the foolish remain where they were. Then whoso will be saved during that great and terrible day of the Lord, must be saved yet so as by fire. Everywhere Antichrist has triumphed. He has lived to put down all opposition on the earth, (pp. 114, 120, 123.) . . . Subduing the territories once reigned over by Nebuchadnezzar, the four Empires foreshadowed by the ' great image/ (Dan. ii.) Antichrist will, as it were, recon- struct that image, work miracles by Satanic agency, speak great words ;i-.iinst the Most High, wear out the saints of the Most lliiih, and think to change times and seasons, and they shall be given into his hands until a time, times and h.-il'f time, 1260 literal-days, or 3J years, (Dan. vii.): at the close of which period, gathering his armies around Jerusalem, < he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.' (P. 98.) (25.) THE REV. IT. G. GUINNESS, who is eminent for hi^ evangelistic labours in Great Britain and America, published ;i prophetic pamphlet in 1861, (at Hamilton's, Philadelphia ) It consists principally of texts usefully !iiT;mr pr< miUi-n nial. Again: if, as these Scriptures prove, the world in the milieu niuui will be filled with righteous- ness; and if, as these Scriptures also prove, the world will continue in its present unrighteousness until the second coming of Christ, tialoowtm^ ?nuxt br before the millennium. Again : if, us the Scriptures represent, the last head of the 255 REMARKS OF H. G. GUINNESS. fourth (or Eoman) Monarchy, that is Antichrist, is to perish before the millennium commences: and if, as these Scriptures also represent, that very Antichrist is to be de- stroyed at the second personal appearing of Christ, his second personal appearance must be prcmillennial. " Again : if, as these Scriptures represent, no false pro- fessing apostate church will exist on earth in the millen- nium; and if, as these Scriptures also represent, the pre- sent false professing church will continue on earth until the second coming of Christ, and only perish at his coining, that coining must be premillenniaL And lastly, if, as these Scriptures represent, the true Church of Christ will reign with him over the whole earth, in righteousness, blessed- ness, and visible glory, during the millennium; and if, as these Scriptures also represent, the true Church of Christ on earth will continue in an imperfect and persecuted state until the second coming of the Lord from heaven, tluit second coming mitxt, be pr<.mill< unidl. Do not close your eyes to these facts, dear brethren in the Lord. I solemnly assure you that these are but a few out of very many unan- swerable arguments in proof of the premillennial coming of the Lord. 'Search the Scriptures' daily concerning these unspeakably important truths. And as the second coming of the Lord is to be prcmilfcnnidf, (and there is not a single* text in Scripture that states tluit it will not bt) so, while there are hundred of t which prove that it will,) then make that coming the one great object of your hope, your daily desire, arid hourly watching. Let it lead you, as it surely will if you yield to it, to separation from < this present evil world/ whether it be the -world professing or the world denying the religion of Jesus. Let it lead you to more true, earnest, and untiring effort for the everlasting welfare of all around you. Knowing the shortness of the time that remains for such labours, let it lead you to holiness of life, for ' every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himself even as He is pure/ (1 John iii. 3.) "A word to those who are unprepared for the Lord's coming. How fearful is your state! The appearing of Christ, which is the * blessed hope' of saints, is a terror to you ; for you know that he is to be ' revealed from heaven in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, > AIYJ;M -UP CHRIST.. . 25? .11 Lc punis-ked with evcrl:: iruction from ace of the LorJ, and from the glory of his power.' O, were 1 y, or even this week or month, ' would y >u Jo? where would you appear? Poor, rable .sliiiK-r! .lie would come in love to minions, but ixot to you. lie would come to brealc the chains of mil- lions, but yours would be riveted for ever. . lie would coma brin iriiJLT mar :lit to the eyes of -millions, but to you, th.- l.hn !,!! ss ROME is a lengthy and somewhat diffuse dissertation upon the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation, by Dominick McCaus- land, LL.D., Barrister at Law,, published in 1859, at Bent- ley's, London. It agrees with the other works here quoted, in regarding Daniel's 70th week as the last seven years of this dispensa- tion, which are to be marked by unparalleled judgments, and by the persecution of Jews and Gentiles during the latter half-week by the personal Antichrist, or Man of Sin, who is then to arise. It is correct in the general outline of its views as to the visions of Daniel and Revelation de- scribing the calamities that befall mankind within the final seven years, but its jxrrti'rultir applications of the seals, trumpets, vials, and some other parts of the prophecies, are misty and indefinite, especially as to the chronological pro- phecies. It is written, however, in well-chosen language, and though not near so profound or accurate as Purdon's, Burgh's or Kelly's works, is yet, on the whole, a useful and timely production, containing many important elements of prophetic truth. Its writer justly considers "the abomi- nation," mentioned in Dan. ix. 27, xi. 81, xii. 11, Matt, xxiv. 15, etc., to be the literal image of the future Anti- christ, or Man of Sin, that will be placed in the Jewish Temple at the time of the Great Tribulation, (Matt. xxiv. 21,) during the latter half of the 70th week. He says, "This period of seventy weeks is, in the subsequent versos Of the same chapter, divided by the angel into three parts, ^the first consisting of seven weeks; the second, of sixty- two weeks, ending with the cutting off of the Messiah; and the 'third and last, of one week. These seventy weeks, de- THE COVENANT AND ANTICHRIST'S IMAGE. 259 noting seventy weeks of years, or 490 years, commencing ' from the going forth of the c jnimandment to restore and build Jerusalem,' began to run from the year 4 .">;"> B.C.; and, therefore, the seven weeks, and sixty-two weeks, (six- ty-nine weeks,) terminated A D. -t>, which was the year of the Saviour's death, when, as appears from the twenty- sixth verse, the Jews are to be no longer his people, (mar- gin .) The old dispensation was finished, and they became outcast. Bur, though they ihus outcast, and alien of Abraham, and h ptimied ever since, they are not r :re told in the he shall confirm the covenant wifh me. . . fi.r the la>t remaining if the -Seventy . 1 durinr that we, ..Miination of de&>! fice - i. and the Jew< sul.jected to the A ntirhristian ;nbulatio! n allude.d to npture. i 1'. ::, ''TK : of the covenant with the Jewish ] in the 1 - ,tl other \Vrit. l-'-.r insane,', in tin- tw.-ntirth chap- -prakirnr of cathcring the ^it of : are scat- :. he says, ' I will cau>e you to j.a>> ur,d-r tin- rod, and 1 will bring you into the bond of the co\ er.ant,' ; v. 37.) "Thu- it appear- that in the latter days of this dispensa- tion, the Jews will be rest- >n ! t-> tln-ir own land, their temple rebuilt, and thoir ceremonial worship re-established; while, at the same period, the ilentile nations, as such, shall have wholly thrown off tip to God, arid submitted themselves to the head of the revived empire, the Anti !:ri:inicl, by the Key. T. Hirk :il Alii;;- "It 1 'll Cnmp;; time, (the Jewish lit Miration,) the t-mph' di-scrihed in K/.ekiel will have been built, and that f/i> /> ////- //<'. ; by the Wili'ul King, s la>t hours will fill up the inc. .sure . and ! '-atures of Antirhrist which are en ill the Mahometan delusion, and its At the s-iine time a Mttier will arise, fh> / and the ij-ply thi ly r/V//, f.r his seat, where he will plant his standard, and pmbably #, who also is followed by the Ethiopians and Lybians, and at last perishes on "the mountains of Israel." i The Rev. W. Marrable further considers that the Anti- christ, or Man of Sin, is to sit in the rebuilt Jewish temple, and that he is not the Pope, but an individual who will be Head of the revived Roman Empire, who is described in Dan. ix. 26, 27, as " the prince that shall come," and as the person "who shall confirm the covenant with many for VIEWS OF DR. SE1SS AS TO TEE COVENANT. 263 t>we week," &c., .after which there wiH be seven years to the (Vi)Hummation*or End, as -held by the other wri here guotrd. AN ISRAELITE, apparent!;, ng considerable . iiaiutance with the theological writings of the Jews, coRtribtit/id some articles in 1861 to the , Journal of Prophecy, which is published at London. 1 it to be the opinion of other Jews, heside himself, that Gog of Ezek. xxxviii. would be the last ureat x of Israu I rson who ar the latter n would 1 . ix. -7, u by cott- iirming ;i >and at .last, about the t represent the tfn godly, as is usually supposed, but denote true Christians who arc in a backsliding state, devoid' of retil faith in the nearness 'lirist's Advent'; who, althotrgh left behind at the first translation, are not necessarily lost, but being in the main Sruly converted and godly persons, ate eventually saved either at death or in the secotid translation, yet so as by Urov and after beirrg in ntany^ cases exposed to the terrors of the Great Tribulation. All his published works having been composed a* lectures, are written in an eloquent and popular style, which renders them most suitable and attrac- tive treatises for beginners* in the study of prophecy.* (30.) ISRAEL'S ZUKUNFT, or "Israel's Future," is the Aame of a moderate-sized exposition of the prophecies re- lating to the Jews, which is published in German, by Ernst Brccft, art Leipzig. Ft is a (Ic-mian translation of an origi- nal French work, written by E. Guers, in 185G, and enti- tled, "Israel aux derniers jours de* 1'economie actuelfe, ou fissai sur la restaumtion prochaine de cc peuple par M. G-uers, Paris, Gras^art : Geneve Emile, Heroud.) It is a; futu- fist literal-day exposition, and explains Daniel's seventieth treek to be tho Ia,st seven years of this dispensation, and to * T'hese books can be had at the Lutheran Publication House, -12 North Ninthstreet, Philadelphia. " The Last Times'' ($1,) contains rtbout 400 pa^etf, and treats of the Second Advent, Great Tribula- tion, Millennium, &c. It is almost the only popular elementary prophetic work that is easily obtainable in the United States. If republished in England, it would doubtless have a good circulation fhere. Dr. Cummings* recent prophetic works can be got at Rudd & Carleton's, New York; although very ex celletit, so far as they go, yet they do not touch upon many ofthenaost important propne-cies relating to the present momentous epoch. The Rev. Dr. Duffield's Second Advent Lectures, and Rev. Isaac Labagh's "Great Events of Unfulfilled Prophecy," are books admirably suited for general circulation. Shimeall's Bible Chronology (Barnes & Burr, New York,) is also a learned prophetic work. SflVKNT YEARS' COVEJAffr. 265 fomnrerwe with a serven years' eoren-arffc bcfngrnade between \ntidirist and tlrc Jews; the latter 3} years of flu* seven years being the period of the- Great Tribulation, tMn^ with the ] < f of Christ aC Armageddon-. not known- by the present writer whether or nok its author perceiYes and states- that Christ will eome to. take away some of the living saints, as is clearly Mrowrr fn Scrip 1 - ' ycar^. book by I-;. C ig published both in French and (reriwim, ami ,;nr pcni-'il t- pi-rsons 1 who <' k those- kurgUa^rrs, and become a great bl< uch Enropearrs as read it, if it nranu^s of tlio Advent of the and off lie awful prrsul:ition rrfentioned in \ii. 7, M, as "tli nhulati'in of tin- last half- "vid.-ntly tli- 1-ist lialf .f tlic 7^. I tli" distinction between k words, as thry arc used in texts referring- to Christ's Advent the first nnplvin;: the presence of Christ "in the air," to raise the paints and to take away the he final 3J years' Tribulation, and flic sivvmd denoting 1 the manifestation of his presence at his descent on the earth nfti-r th :rs, which it fur-' diowcd to be the latter half of Daniel's 70th week. (33.) THE COMING BATTLE is a prophetic treatise by the author of the present work, in which the same views were presented. It was published in 1860, and some of 266 "THE COMING BATTLE" AND NAPOLEON in. the following remarks, written before the Secession of thfc .Southern States, have already proved correct. " The fifty million, dollars that have been spent by Eng- land over the Chinese war had better have been reserved to relieve the poverty that will soon prevail among her operatives. For when the American Union is dissolved by the Secession of the Southern States, the exports of cotton are likely to be diminished by the outbreak of hostilities and servile insurrections. As this disruption may occur speedily,* perhaps wen before 1861, England must soon feel the effects, in want of employment among the one-fifth of her population who are engaged in cotton manufactures* In the midst of the riots and disturbances that would ne- cessarily arise, Napoleon might find a good opportunity to attempt an invasion of England. ... It is probable that unforeseen political complications may arise, and events take such a turn, as to bring across the oce.au some of Na- poleon's 600,000 French soldiers, and give them a foothold on American soil. The interference of France- was sought and obtained in the last American AVar, and the precedent may be followed in the conflagration of intestine warfare which seems likely soon to rage with uncontrollable fury. "The athei.sm which shall .signalize the period of the Napoleonic Woo, will proceed to the assertion and esta- blishment of the worship of man in the person of the ; oh Emperor. The commencement of this, by the Jews receiving him as their Messiah, may be expected very speedily. This would not be inconsistent with the cove- nant on his part, to permit them to continue the observance of the Mosaic rites during the seven years. . . . The seven years to be mentioned in the agreement, will proba- bly be the period for which Napoleon III. will engage to protect all Jews dwelling around Jerusalem, or to assist those who may wish to emigrate there, or to make free grants of lands to settlers. In the midst of the seven years, he will begin to tyrannize over them, setting up his image in their temple, and causing all to be slain who refuse to worship it. Liberty of commerce will also be granted to none but those who have imprinted on their forehead or right hand, the number 666, or one of the * The Secession of the Southern States began in December, 1860. OVERTHROW AT ARMAGEDDON. 267 wor Xnpnlw, or a certain mark which ho will appoint. At the close of the three and a half years, during which this will continue, the Emperor will inde- ial>ly exasperated with some acts of insubordination on their part, and will po forth at the head of a vast host, t threatening and ;-la^ -,d resolved, in . to luake away mm :tcd his armed liters upon Jem this modern Pharaoh will have n, in anticipa- tion, to exult over the victory within hi* urasp ; v denly, without a n i-n-monition, a i'riirhtful tumult will nip. A confusion Bore con found in;.: thao that d will be heard on ry side. The mutual hatreds and jraluole4>n, at Watrrloo, when the line of the Old (luard 1 and broke, is suddenly seized by the divine execu- er^ of the \judpmentwritten,' wit.h the l-'alse Prophet, his intimate associate, is cast alive into the lake of tire." *(34.) " THE MILLENIDM or the Doctrines of the Second Advent," by " Omicron," was published at Nisbet's, in London, in 1844. It stated that before the present dis- pensation terminates, the Roman Empire must revive in its imperial form spoken of as " the beast that was, and ia In this fourth edition in 1863, fifty-seTen instead of only thirty- *hree writers on the 70th week, are quoted, being twenty-seven more. 268 VIEWS OF MESSRS. BARKER AND REE8. not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven and goetb into perdition :" that this imperial power will kill the two witnesses, and have given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and will continue forty and two months (or 3^ years) and make war with the saints and overcome them, and possess universal power over ALL kindreds, and tongues, and nations, and be worshipped by ALL that dwell upon the earth except those whose names are written in the Lamb's book of life : and will have a subordinate agent, the False Prophet or two-horned beast, who will deceive people by lying miracles and great wonders, and will cause as many as will not worship the image of the beast to be killed ^see Rev. xi. xiii. xvii. throughout); but that, first of all, "this imperial power will make a covenant with the Jews, who will be partly restored to their own land in a state of unbelief, for a week or seven years : in the middle of the week he will break the covenant, put down their usual services, plant the abomination of desolation in the temple itself, and demand for himself the worship which belongs to God alone. Now will be fulfilled truly and literally the pro- phecy of the Man of Sin, or Wicked One (2 Thess. ii. 3- 12). Such is the end of the present dispensation, as de- scribed in the book of God : and for this terrible end the professing Church is making ready with fearful rapidity." (35.) THE REV. W. G. BARKER of the Church of Eng- land, wrote in the Quarterly Journal of Prophecy, in 1850, a short "Apology for Moderate Futurism," maintaining that both year-clay and literal-day interpreters are in the main correct, on the principle that "what has been acted over by Popery in 12(>0 years, shall be acted over again by Infidelity in 1260 days, and close the scene of Satan's opposition to Christ by his strongest and most daring effort." He is also stated by Elliott to hold Daniel's 70th week to be the last seven years of this dispensation, in the same manner as W. Kelly, W. Trotter, etc., explain (36.) ARTHUR REES, of Sunderland, in England, pub- lished a brief but striking treatise in 1852 called the "Death of Wellington and Resurrection of Napoleon," showing Louis Napoleon to be the future Antichrist or Eighth Head of the Beast, according to Rev. xvii. 10, 11, ... ' . VIEWS OP MB. HUNTER. 269 as demonstrated by Frere, Irving and others. lie, more- over, referred to Dan. ix. 27, as to be fulfilled at the future restoration of the Jews by the Antichrist Napoleon. The most important part of his treatise will be found quoted in the Author's forthcoming fiftk enlarged edition of the "Coming Battle." (37.) JAMES HUNTER, in Plymouth, in 1854, wrote a pamphlet entitled "The Personal Coming and Reign of the Lord Jesus over the earth,'' which gives as good a futurist outline of the leading events attending Christ's Advent, as has probably ever been expressed within an equally small compa.><. lain- "the prince that shall cume" who is depicted in Dan. ix. 2f', 27 as making a seven- :.L with the Jews, \<> b- the future personal Antichrist or -Man of Sin, to whom he also applies the nptioii of the little horn, in Pan. vii. and viii. and of the vile person in Dan :.">, and of the foolish shep- herd in /vh. xi. lie al.-o holds that nearly all persons in the ten kingdoms ti, be formed out of the old Roman Empire, from i to the Euphrates, will hip tin's Antichrist f<>r;;.J, years according to Kev. xiii, and then the Man of Sin will be ca into the lake of fire at the Battle of Armageddon. The wise virgins, lie believes, will be taken up to meet Jesus before the 3 fall on the earth. nun of " Notes on Scripture," which were printed in the si; numbers of the Quarterly Journal of Prophecy* tor several years following 1849, mentioned in No*. 9 and 10, the passage in Dan. ix. 27, ferriiiLc to a covenant to be made by the personal Antichrist with the Jews, and then to be broken by him. lie justly understands from Zech. xi. that Antichrist's right arm will be withered, and his right eye darkened, and from Rev. xiii. that his image will literally speak and breath. lie also maintains that the 144,000 wise virgins in Rev. xiv. 1-5 will be translated before the Great Tribu- lation, which Antichrist's persecution will cause. In the course of his many excellent remarks he thus, in No. 27, * The Rev. Dr. Horatius Bonar of Scotland is its editor. Ameri- can readers would do well to obtain it from Nisbet'i, London, and peruse its My written articles. :*.... 270 VIEWS OF VARIOUS AUTHORS. meets the hackneyed objection that none can discover the time of Christ's Advent, "The expression in Rev. i. 1, 'The revelation of Jesus Christ which God gave unto him to show to his servants things which mus* shortly come to pass,' implies that the revelation was a communication disclosed to Christ by the Father, and of which Christ had not been previously aware. The non-revealing of the day of the Lord to Jesus, while on earth, was part of his humiliation. ' Of that day and that hour knoweth no man ; no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father' (Mark xiii. 32). After his resurrection, however, the Father appears to have made disclosures to him, and these we have in the Book of Revelation. How interesting and blessed must be the study of such a part of the Word !" (3*9.) THE AUTHOR of a well-arranged "Syllabus of Fourteen Lectures," inserted in the twenty-seventh number of the Quarterly Journal of Prophecy, in 1855, explains the 70th week in Dan. ix. 27, as to be fulfilled by the future Antichrist at the -epoch of the Second Adrent, when the literal 3 years in Rev. xiii. 5, Dan. vii. 25, will be accomplished by him. In giving the usual literal-day futurist views, this expositor considers Apollyon, in Rev. xi. 11, to be the name of the Antichrist, and the "abomi- nation" in Matt. xxiv. 15, Mark xiii. 14, to be his speaking and breathing image that will be worshipped (Rev. xiii. 14, Hab. ii. 18); and also his acquisition of great treasures of gold and silver to be foretold in Dan. xi. 28, 88, 43, Ezek. xxviii. 4, 5, Hab. ii. 5-10. This last mentioned feature in Antichrist's character seems, at the date of the fourth edition of the present work in 1863, to be already developing in Louis Napoleon, whose seizure of Mexico and therewith the Mexican silver mines is the prelude to his speedy possession of the gold mines in Oalifornia, and before his career is ended, to the auriferous treasures of British Columbia and Australia. (40.) THE AUTHOR of " The Church and the Kingdom,'' published in 1851, at Granvilles in Bristol, remarks that only the seven weeks and sixty-two weeks out of Daniel's seventy weeks were fulfilled before the cutting off of Christ, and that, therefore, " one week or seven years yet remains to be fulfilled," and that it will be accomplished afc VIEWS OF MIDDLETON AND OTHERS. 271 the period of the time of trouble of Dan. xii., "when tho Church being already translated and in glory, and Satan cast down to the earth, events will thicken with a rapidity that has had no parallel in the history of the world the short but fearful reign of Antichrist, the great tribulation, and to close the scene, the Lord Jesus personally appear- ing to crush his foes now made his footstool." (41.) THE REV. F. G. MIDDLETON, of the Church of England, published a pamphlet in 1860, at Nisbets, in London, called "The Rapture of the Church," in which he maintained that the Advent of Christ to raise the deceased Wkfi n-anslate the wise virgins (1 T iv. 16) will precede the great tribulation. He also ad- verted to the 70th week in Dan. ix. 27, as awaiting its fulfilment at that Gnal crisis. i \V. C. HAYNES, of Montreal, Canada East, delivered in that city in 1859-GO, very able futurist lectures on prophecy, some of which were afterwards published. He maintained that Antichrist will make a seven-yeartt covenant with the Jews about seven years before the Mil- lenium, uii'l that the Jewish sacrifices will be re-in~ tinned in the re>* :;iple soon aftcnvar :hat the wi.-e virgins will be caught up before Antichrist's furi-m- .urinir the last half of the seven years. His general views are very like those of Denny, Tregelles, Trotter, (43.) A M'RiTi-ii in the Advent Herald a weekly pro^ phetical journal in Boston, U. S. (to which the annual subscription is two dollars). showed in some articles early in 1862, that Louis Napoleon is the embryo Antichrist, who will make a covenant for seven years with the Jews, seven years before the descent of Christ to destroy him (Dan. ix. 27), and will massacre Christians during the last half of the seven years according to Rev. xiii. 5. 9 other views were very similar to those of the writers above mentioned. (41.) THE REV. G. BROOKMAN, of the Church of Eng- *a ml, in London, Canada West, and formerly in India, has written and preached considerably upon the prophe- cies and firmly maintains, from Rev. xiii., xvii., that Napoleon III. is the incipient Antichrist, who will make a seven-years' league with the Jews, about seven years 2tT2 VIEWS 'OF MESSRS. -SCHOLTE AND T&OTTER. before his destruction at Christ's descent upon Mt. Olivet (Dan. ix. 27, Zech. xiv.); and that the first translation will precede the 3^ years Napoleonic infidel persecution, His views agree generally with Trotter's, KellyX P-ur- don's, etc. (45.) H. P. SCHOLTE, in " The Israelite Indeed," pub- lished in New York, in Jan. 1362, speaks thus.: "The signs of the times are portentous of great coining events The whole world is in commotion: and all the nations of the globe are in contact with each other. Science has conquered .almost every obstacle of time and space; the pulsation of the heart -at one place can be communicated in a mom wit to all the nations of the earth by telegraph : and an order emanated from a central power can be exe- cuted in a short space of time by steam motion. Religious indifference gains ground amongst Christians, Mahome- tans, and heathen. Every thing is prepared to bring about the last form of worlcllincss, which shall exist in the last or extreme part of the days of this world." " In that last period God's promises to Israel shall be ful- filled. Then -the broken chain of the seventy weeks ofyears will be resumed, and the Last week will be accomplished. That last week will be full of trouble for the holy people; but the final issue will be for Jerusalem as well as for Daniel's people ; 'to finish the transgression., and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy,' Dan. ix- 27. The numbers in Daniel as well as in the Apocalypse have reference to that last year-week of Daniel when Israel will be again restored as a nation, and to the rove lation of Antichrist against the middle of that week." (46.) W. TIIOTTKII, one of the best futurist literal-day interpreters, published in 1353-4 a series of " Plain Papers on Prophetic Subjects" at the Dublin Tract Repository, at 10 D'Oliver St., and at W. Macintosh's, London. In No. 15, upon " Israel in the approaching Crisis," he fully explains Dan. ix. 27 as to be hereafter accomplished by Antichrist, the eighth head of the Roman Empire, making a seven-years' alliance with the Jews, and in the midst of the seven years commencing his 3^ years' massacre of those wtu) will not worship him, and at last perishing at VIEWS OF MR. GRANT AND OTHERS. 273 Christ's descent. He looks for the ascension of the wise virgins at some period prior to Antichrist's 3J years per- secution. He says, "The seventy weeks were determined upon Daniel's 'people' and upon his 'holy city :' and whenever the seventieth week shall commence it will be Jerusalem and the Jews will bo again in question before God. And he (that is, 'the prince that shall come') shall confirm a (sec margin) covenant with many for one week : and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abomina- tions, he shall make it desolat", even until the consumma- tion, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.' Here we have the 'covenant with death,' and the 'agreement with hell' on the part of the Jewish rulers. iished in their land, under the protection of 'the prince that shall come,' the eighth, Satanic head of that i>lu who long ago d the city and the sanctuary, lie wille: with th> seven years." (47.) F. \V. GRANT, A rote ii brief prophetical publication i; , show that the Advent of Christ will most probably occur within the next few ul ri had no gifts oi' honour and glory higher than tlios-- v, Inch ;. ii>lriluti-d among tin- saints and nrsf (iud. I am an;;. pOU- fuimded whrn 1 atb :n]